AN16GN0AB Cutler Hammer Datasheet 8463650

NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33-1
Contents
Description Page IT. Electro-Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-2 Contactors Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-4 Starters Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-7 IT. Electro-Mechanical Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modication Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-25 33-29 33-31 33-33 33-42
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51 NEMA Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51 Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters 3-Phase Multispeed, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, C396 Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relays Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relays C396 Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom, Full Voltage Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Two-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relays Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relays Current Sensing Protective IQ500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-68 33-70 33-73 33-76 33-77 33-78 33-79 33-82 33-103 33-109 33-116 33-121 33-125 33-130 33-148 33-148 33-154 33-158 33-174 33-183
A200 Enclosed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-185 Starters Non-reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-185 Starters Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-187 Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-reversing, Two-Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advantage Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PowerNet Communication Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-193 33-194 33-195 33-197 33-207 33-217
Advantage, Full Voltage Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-220 Starters Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-224 Starters Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-225 Citation Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-229 Type N Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-232 Solenoids Alternating Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233 Shoe Brakes AC and DC Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235 Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-239
For more information visit: www.eaton.com
CA08102001E
33-2
NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

March 2009
Product Family Overview
ISO 9002 Certication

When you turn to Eatons Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO Certication process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
33
Publications
Pub. MN03305002E IT. NEMA Overload Relay Setup and Troubleshooting Manual
NEMA, Size 0 Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter
Pub. MN03305001E IT. NEMA Contactor and Starter User Manual Pub. 50102 IT. NEMA Overload Relay Quick Setup Guide Pub. 49416 IT. NEMA Contact Blocks (Size 00 4) Pub. 50140 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide Pub. 50150 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide Pub. 50160 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide Pub. 50170 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide Pub. 50180 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide Pub. 50141 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide Pub. 50151 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide Pub. 50161 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide Pub. 50171 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide Pub. 50181 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide Pub. 50142 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide Pub. 50152 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide Pub. 50162 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide Pub. 50172 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide Pub. 50182 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide Pub. 50143 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide Pub. 50153 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide Pub. 50163 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide Pub. 50173 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide Pub. 50183 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide For copies of these and other publications, contact the Literature Fulllment Center at 800-957-7050, Fax: 877-840-2371 or nd on-line at: www.eaton.com. For International, call: (630) 377-9798 (English only), Fax: (630) 377-1753.
Product Description
Eatons Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical line of Contactors and Starters is the result of a substantial engineering, manufacturing and marketing effort involving extensive customer input, combined with new advances in solidstate technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical products have greatly increased functionality, signicantly reduced size and utilize the benets of 24V DC control. The exclusive Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) control and digital microprocessor generate a minimized DC value which reduces energy to the contact block and provides the most compact system available.
Standards and Certications

Standard: Designed to meet or exceed UL, NEMA and CSA UL Listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDX Open, UL 508 CSA Certied: CSA File #156828, Class #3211 04 Open, C22.2 No. 14-95 CE NEMA ICS1, ICS2, ICS5 NEMA, Certicate No. 2074289
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-3
Catalog Number Selection
Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)

Table 33-1. IT. Electro-Mechanical Catalog Numbering System
N 101 B S0 J 3 A - RTX
Standard N = NEMA Configuration (Open Type) 02N 03N 04N 05N 06N 101 111 501 511 = FVNR Coil Controller = FVR Coil Controller = Contact Block = Solid-State Non-reversing Overload Relay = Solid-State Reversing Overload Relay = FVNR Starter = FVNR Contactor = FVR Starter = FVR Contactor Frame Width B C D E F = 45 mm = 54 mm = 76 mm = 105 mm = 140 mm Designator (NEMA) SA S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 = Size 00 = Size 0 = Size 1 = Size 2 = Size 3 = Size 4 = Size 5 Overload Type A = Standard N = Contactor or Not Applicable Pole Selection 3 = 3-Pole Overload Full Amperes Adjustment (45 mm) A = .25 .8 B = .59 1.9 C = 1.4 4.4 D = 2.8 9.0 G = 6.3 20 J = 10 32 (54 mm) A = .25 .8 B = .59 1.9 C = 1.4 4.4 D = 2.8 9.0 F = 5.0 16 H = 8.4 27 L = 16 50 (76 mm) F = 5.0 16 H = 8.4 27 K = 14 45 N = 31 100 Factory Installed Option RTX = Ring Lug Ready (E, F Frames Only)
33
(105 mm) K = 14 45 M = 28 90 P = 42 135 R = 63 200 (140 mm) P = 42 135 S = 84 270 T = 131 420
XC = Coil Controller XR = Overload
X = Contact Block, Coil Controller, Contactor or Not Applicable
Note: When using the Catalog Numbering System for Eatons Cutler-Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical products, care should be exercised to assure that the Catalog Number for the Overload Relay aligns with the IT. Contact Block selected for type, frame size and ampacity, if purchased as separate components. Examples: N101BS0J3A Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 0 Starter with a 10 32 amp overload range N111FS5X3N Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 5 Contactor N501DS2K3A Full Voltage Reversing Starter with a 14 45 amp overload range N02NCXCXNN Coil Controller 54 mm N04NBSAX3N Contact Block Size 00
CA08102001E
33-4

March 2009
Contactors Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing Product Description . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-2 33-2 33-3
Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Contactor from Eatons electrical business consists of an IT. ElectroMechanical Contact Block and IT. Electro-Mechanical Coil Controller as a Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device. Size 00 to Size 4 Contact Blocks combined with Coil Controllers (factory or eld assembled) are stand-alone Contactors. Only the Size 5 Contactors have internal factory assembled coil controllers.
33
33-4 33-4 33-5 33-10 33-13 33-15 33-17 33-18
Features

NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N111BS0X3N
Size 00 5, 9 270A, 2 200 hp, 600V 24V DC Coil Control safe, reliable global standard Frame width (mm): 45, 54, 76, 105, 140 No laminations, shading coils or magnet noise -40 to 149F (-40 to 65C) operating temperature No seal in auxiliary contacts required control wiring is not needed between the contactor and overload relay Conformal coated printed circuit boards for resistance to harsh environments Unique Pulse Width Modulated coil controller minimizes coil power consumption Microprocessor-based control Easily accessible mounting feet for panel mounting Meets or exceeds global standards for EMC (Electromagnetic compatibility) immunity and emissions Front and side mounted Auxiliary Contacts: 1NO, 1 NC, 2NO, 2NC, 1NO/1NC and logic level
2- or 3-wire control Built-in logic to provide either 2- or 3-wire control, eliminating the need to provide and wire auxiliary contacts to seal in and interlock the contactor coils Easy eld assembly of control wiring plug and unplug lockable control connector DIN rail mounting for Sizes 00 2 Optional mounting plates for Size 00 4 Common accessories Long-life silver nickel and silver tin oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion Environmentally friendly materials Low wattage coils and minimal heat dissipation
Reversing Contactors

Includes Reversing Power Wiring and bus bars Mounting plates for Size 00 4 Exclusive internal electronic interlock for reversing Field installed Reversing Kits Unique coil controller energizes both forward and reverse contactors one control point for wiring
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N511BS0X3N
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-5
Product Selection
Non-reversing Contactors
When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp and Non-reversing or Reversing
Note: An N111 (Size 00 4) consists of an N04N (Contact Block) and an N02N (Coil Controller),
factory assembled.
An N111F (Size 5) has an internal coil
33
controller, factory assembled.
Cat. No. N111BS0X3N
Table 33-2. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Non-reversing Contactors

NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz 1-Phase 115V 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 24V DC coil voltage. 1/3 1 2 3 7-1/2 230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 15 3-Phase 200V/ 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 230V/ 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 460V/ 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 575V/ 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz 3-Phase 380V 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 3-Pole Non-reversing Catalog Number Price U.S. $
N111BSAX3N N111BS0X3N N111CS1X3N N111DS2X3N N111ES3X3N N111ES4X3N N111FS5X3N
Note:
If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13. Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit. See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements. Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 5 mA).
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 33-16 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 33-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-18 33-21 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-6

March 2009
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp, and Non-reversing or Reversing
Note:
An N511 (Size 00 4) consists of two N04N
33
(Contact Blocks), an N03N (FVR Coil Controller), Mechanical Interlock, Fanning Strips and Mounting Plate, factory assembled. An N511F (Size 5) consists of two N111F (Contactors), an Internal Reversing Coil Controller, Mechanical Interlock, Crossover Bus Bars and Wiring Harness, factory assembled.
Cat. No. N511BS0X3N
Table 33-3. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Reversing Contactors

NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz 1-Phase 115V 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 24V DC coil voltage. 1/3 1 2 3 7-1/2 230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 15 3-Phase 200V/ 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 230V/ 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 460V/ 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 575V/ 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz 3-Phase 380V 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 3-Pole Reversing Catalog Number Price U.S. $
N511BSAX3N N511BS0X3N N511CS1X3N N511DS2X3N N511ES3X3N N511ES4X3N N511FS5X3N
Note:
If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13. Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit. See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements. Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 5 mA).
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-13 33-16 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-10 33-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-18 33-21 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-7
Starters Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Product Description . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-2 33-2 33-3
Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Starter from Eatons electrical business consists of an IT. Electro-Mechanical Contact Block or Contactor and IT. Electro-Mechanical Solid-State Overload Relay as a Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device. Size 00 to Size 5 Starters are factory or eld assembled.
33-7 33-7 33-8 33-10 33-13 33-15 33-17 33-22
Features

NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter, Size 0

24V DC control power safe, reliable global standard Unique Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) coil controller minimizes coil power consumption Microprocessor based control Phase loss and current unbalance protection, user selectable Standard selectable Trip Class 10, 20 (factory default) or 30 no individual part numbers no programming software Ambient compensated overload Motor temperature and power-up protection with thermal memory Front and side mounted Auxiliary Contacts: 1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 1NO/1NC and logic level (1NO/1NC) Easily accessible mounting feet for panel mounting LED status indication trip, trip class, motor thermal state, reset, overload state Unique Alarm without Trip option for critical must run applications Lockable overload cover protects against unauthorized adjustment and reset functions
No control wiring needed between contactor and overload relay eliminates seal in auxiliary contacts Minimal heat no full voltage coils -40 to 149F (-40 65C) operating temperature Wide 3.2:1 current adjustment range Exclusive internal 24-bit oating point math calculations with RMS calibrated current measurement Meets or exceeds global standards for EMC (Electromagnetic compatibility) immunity and emissions IP20 Finger Protection Motor running thermal utilization indication Manual, Automatic or Remote Reset Easy eld assembly of control wiring plug and unplug lockable control connector DIN rail mountable, Size 00 2 Communication Interface with Starter Network Adapter Product (SNAP) 2- or 3-wire control Solid-state alarm output indication Optional mounting plates with Ease of Installation slotted hole design Type 2 Coordination Conformal coated printed circuit boards for resistance to harsh environments
33
Reversing Starters
Includes Reversing Power Wiring and bus bars Mounting plates for Size 00 4 Built-in electronic interlock for FVR units Unique overload board energizes both forward and reverse starters one control point for wiring
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter, Size 0
CA08102001E
33-8

March 2009
Product Selection
Non-reversing Starters
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or Reversing and Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes)
Note: An N101 (00 4) consists of an N04N (Contact
Block) and an N05N (Non-reversing Overload Relay), factory assembled. An N101 (Size 5) consists of an N111F (Contactor) and an N05N (Non-reversing Overload Relay), factory assembled.
33
Cat. No. N101BS0G3A
Table 33-4. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 5), with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes) Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz 1-Phase 115V 00 9 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 6.3 20 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 6.3 20 10 32 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 8.4 27 16 50 5.0 16 8.4 27 14 45 31 100 14 45 28 90 42 135 14 45 28 90 42 135 63 200 42 135 84 270 131 420 230V 3-Phase 200V/ 208V 1-1/2 230V/ 240V 1-1/2 460V/ 480V 2 575V/ 600V 2 Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz 3-Phase 380V 1-1/2 3-Pole Non-reversing
Catalog Number
Price U.S. $
N101BSAA3A N101BSAB3A N101BSAC3A N101BSAD3A N101BSAG3A N101BS0A3A N101BS0B3A N101BS0C3A N101BS0D3A N101BS0G3A N101BS0J3A N101CS1A3A N101CS1B3A N101CS1C3A N101CS1D3A N101CS1F3A N101CS1H3A N101CS1L3A N101DS2F3A N101DS2H3A N101DS2K3A N101DS2N3A N101ES3K3A N101ES3M3A N101ES3P3A N101ES4K3A N101ES4M3A N101ES4P3A N101ES4R3A N101FS5P3A N101FS5S3A N101FS5T3A
18
27
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
45
10
15
25
25
25
90
25
30
50
50
50
135
40
50
100
100
75
270
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC coil voltage.
Note:
If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13. The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only. See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements. Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 5 mA).
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-13 33-16 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-10 33-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-22 33-24 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-9
Reversing Starters
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating, Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or Reversing and Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes)
Note:
An N501 (Size 00 4) consists of two N04N
33
(Contact Blocks), N06N (Reversing Overload Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock and Mounting Plate, factory assembled. An N501F (Size 5) consists of two N111F (Contactors), N06N (Reversing Overload Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock, Crossover Bus Bars and Reversing Wiring Harness, factory assembled.
Cat. No. N501BS0G3A
Table 33-5. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 5),
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes) Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz 1-Phase 115V 00 9 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 6.3 20 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 6.3 20 10 32 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 8.4 27 16 50 5.0 16 8.4 27 14 45 31 100 14 45 28 90 42 135 14 45 28 90 42 135 63 200 42 135 84 270 131 420 230V 3-Phase 200V/ 208V 1-1/2 230V/ 240V 1-1/2
with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection

Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz 3-Phase 460V/ 480V 2 575V/ 600V 2 380V 1-1/2 3-Pole Reversing
Catalog Number
Price U.S. $
N501BSAA3A N501BSAB3A N501BSAC3A N501BSAD3A N501BSAG3A N501BS0A3A N501BS0B3A N501BS0C3A N501BS0D3A N501BS0G3A N501BS0J3A N501CS1A3A N501CS1B3A N501CS1C3A N501CS1D3A N501CS1F3A N501CS1H3A N501CS1L3A N501DS2F3A N501DS2H3A N501DS2K3A N501DS2N3A N501ES3K3A N501ES3M3A N501ES3P3A N501ES4K3A N501ES4M3A N501ES4P3A N501ES4R3A N501FS5P3A N501FS5S3A N501FS5T3A
18
27
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
45
10
15
25
25
25
90
25
30
50
50
50
135
40
50
100
100
75
270
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC coil voltage.
Note:
If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13. The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only. See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements. Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 5 mA).
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 33-16 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 33-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-22 33-24 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-10

March 2009
Technical Data and Specications

Table 33-6. Specications
Description Non-reversing Contactor Reversing Contactor Non-reversing Starter Reversing Starter Non-reversing Contactor Reversing Contactor Non-reversing Starter Reversing Starter Size 00, 0 Size 1 2.1 x 4.4 x 2.4 (54 x 113 x 60) 4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6 (114 x 149 x 67) 2.1 x 5.4 x 2.5 (54 x 138 x 63) 4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6 (114 x 149 x 67) 1.46 x 4.10 (37 x 104) 3.15 x 5.35 (80 x 136) 1.46 x 5.04 (37 x 128) 3.15 x 5.35 (80 x 136) Yes Yes Yes .9 (.42) 2.6 (1.17) 1.2 (.53) 2.6 (1.20) 3/sec 10,000,000 95% Non-condensing 690V 6 kV Size 2 3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1 (76 x 150 x 79) 6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3 (158 x 188 x 84) 3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1 (76 x 150 x 79) 6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3 (158 x 188 x 84) .94 x 2.87 (24 x 73) 5.51 x 6.89 (140 x 175) .94 x 2.87 (24 x 73) 5.51 x 6.89 (140 x 175) Yes Yes Yes 2.8 (1.27) 6.9 (3.13) 2.9 (1.32) 7.1 (3.20) 2/sec 8,000,000 95% Non-condensing 690V 6 kV Size 3, 4 4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5 (105 x 203 x 90) 8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8 (216 x 242 x 97) 4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5 (105 x 203 x 90) 8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8 (216 x 242 x 97) 1.33 x 4.13 (33.8 x 105) 7.87 x 9.06 (200 x 230) 1.33 x 4.13 (33.8 x 105) 7.87 x 9.06 (200 x 230) Yes Yes No 6.7 (3.05) 16.9 (7.67) 7.1 (3.20) 16.8 (7.60) 2/sec 8,000,000 95% Non-condensing 690V 6 kV Size 5 5.6 x 14.0 x 7.0 (142 x 355 x 178) 11.7 x 17.2 x 7.0 (296 x 436 x 178) 5.7 x 19.4 x 7.0 (145 x 492 x 178) 11.8 x 21.0 x 7.0 (300 x 533 x 178) 1.75 x 13.0 (44.5 x 330) 7.82 x 13.0 (198.5 x 330) 1.75 x 18.3 (44.5 x 465) 7.82 x 18.3 (198.5 x 465) Yes Yes No 20.0 (9.1) 48.0 (21.8) 27.0 (12.3) 55.0 (25.0) 1/sec 5,000,000 95% Non-condensing 690V 6 kV
Overall Dimensions in Inches (mm)
wxhxd
33
1.8 x 4.4 x 2.4 (45 x 111 x 60) 3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7 (96 x 149 x 69) 1.8 x 5.0 x 2.5 (45 x 127 x 63) 3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7 (96 x 149 x 69) 1.33 x 4.0 (33.8 x 101) 3.15 x 5.35 (80 x 136) 1.33 x 4.62 (33.8 x 117.3) 3.15 x 5.35 (80 x 136) Yes Yes Yes .7 (.31) 1.9 (.86) .9 (.40) 2.0 (.90) 3/sec 10,000,000
Mounting Hole Spacing in Inches (mm) w x h
Mounting Positions
Panel-Vertical Panel-Horizontal DIN Rail Mountable
Weights in Lb. (kg)

Non-reversing Contactor Reversing Contactor Non-reversing Starter Reversing Starter
Mechanical Operating Rate

Maximum
Mechanical Life Humidity

95% Non-condensing
Insulation Voltage (Ui)

690V
Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp)

6 kV Auxiliaries add approximately 1.0" (25 mm) to depth for single, 1.2" (30 mm) for dual. Non-reversing contactors and starters only. No load condition. Up to 99% humidity depending on application. Consult factory.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-11

Table 33-6. Specications (Continued)
Description Size 00, 0 IP20 IP10 IP20 Size 1 IP20 IP10 IP10 Size 2 IP20 IP00 IP10 Size 3, 4 IP20 IP00 IP00 Size 5 IP20 IP00 IP00
Finger Protection
Front At Terminals At Terminals with max. size wire installed
33
Terminals L1, L2, L3/T1, T2, T3

1 Wire per Terminal (stranded or solid) 2 Wires per Terminal (stranded or solid) Strip Length Torque (max.) 14 8 AWG (1.5 10 mm2) 14 10 AWG (1.5 4 mm2) .45" (11 mm) 20 lb-in (2.2 Nm) for 14 10 AWG (1.5 6 mm2); 25 lb-in (2.8 Nm) for 8 AWG (10 mm2) 14 4 AWG (1.5 16 mm2) 14 6 AWG (1.5 16 mm2) .5" (12 mm) 35 lb-in (4.0 Nm) for 14 10 AWG (1.5 6 mm2); 40 lb-in (4.5 Nm) for 8 AWG (10 mm2); 45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for 6 4 AWG (16 mm2) 3 mm Hex Key 24V DC 20 28 14 1 AWG (1.5 35 mm2) 14 2 AWG (1.5 25 mm2) .7" (18 mm) 45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for Single 14 8 AWG (1.5 10 mm2); 100 lb-in (11 Nm) for Single 6 1 AWG (16 35 mm2) and Dual Wire Combinations 5/32" (4 mm) Hex Key 24V DC 20 28 6 250 MCM (16 120 mm2) 6 3/0 AWG (16 70 mm2) .8" (21 mm) 250 lb-in (28 Nm) 4 750 MCM (25 420 mm2) 1/0 300 MCM (50 150 mm2) 1.5" (40 mm) 550 lb-in (62 Nm)
Driver
2.5 mm Hex Key 24V DC 20 28
5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key 24V DC 20 28
5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key 24V DC 20 28
Operation Performance
Coil Voltage (nominal) Coil Operating Voltage Range (V DC)
Control Terminals
(- and +) 1 Wire per Terminal (- and +) 2 Wires per Terminal (P, F, R, 1, 2, 3) 1 Wire per Terminal (P, F, R, 1, 2, 3) 2 Wires per Terminal Torque (max.) Strip Length Driver 14 12 AWG (1.5 2.5 mm2) 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) 22 12 AWG (0.5 2.5 mm2) 18 14 AWG (0.75 1.5 mm2) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) .25 (7 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) Flat -40 to +149F (-40 to +65C) -58 to +176F (-50 to +80C) 15G/5G 6600 FT (2000M) 15 75 5 65 14 12 AWG (1.5 2.5 mm2) 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) 22 12 AWG (0.5 2.5 mm2) 18 14 AWG (0.75 1.5 mm2) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) .25 (7 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) Flat -40 to +149F (-40 to +65C) -58 to +176F (-50 to +80C) 15G/5G 6600 FT (2000M) 15 80 5 70 14 12 AWG (1.5 2.5 mm2) 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) 22 12 AWG (0.5 2.5 mm2) 18 14 AWG (0.75 1.5 mm2) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) .25 (7 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) Flat -40 to +149F (-40 to +65C) -58 to +176F (-50 to +80C) 15G/5G 6600 FT (2000M) 25 88 12 75 14 12 AWG (1.5 2.5 mm2) 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) 22 12 AWG (0.5 2.5 mm2) 18 14 AWG (0.75 1.5 mm2) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) .25 (7 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) Flat -40 to +149F (-40 to +65C) -58 to +176F (-50 to +80C) 15G/5G 6600 FT (2000M) 30 95 15 80 14 12 AWG (1.5 2.5 mm2) 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) 22 12 AWG (0.5 2.5 mm2) 18 14 AWG (0.75 1.5 mm2) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) .25 (7 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) Flat -40 to +149F (-40 to +65C) -58 to +176F (-50 to +80C) 15G/5G 6600 FT (2000M) 70 200 120 300 50 150 70 250
Temperature
Operating Storage
Environmental
Shock/Vibration Altitude
Pull-In Time (mS) @ 24V

Excl. Debounce Time Incl. Debounce Time
Dropout Time (mS) @ 24V

Excl. Debounce Time Incl. Debounce Time
Use Class B 75C copper wire only (or 90C copper wire sized for 75C operation per NEC). Consult factory for higher ratings. The Non-reversing Starter requires the use of all six mounting screws for the maximum rating.
Notes:
Response time for Control Inputs = Debounce
Time
The time between operating forward and
reverse must be greater than the Debounce Time.
Table 33-7. 24V DC Power Supply Requirements @ 68F (20C) (see Note at left)
Note: At other temperatures expressed in C, for either inrush or sealed, use the 20C value from the table in the following
Watts = W20 [1.1 .005(T) and Amps = A20 [1.1 .005(T)] For example, inrush requirements for a NEMA Size 2 Starter at -25C would be: Watts = 130 [1.1 .005 (-25)] = 160 Amps = 5.4 [1.1 .005 (-25)] = 6.6 Contactor/Starter Size Sealed In NEMA Size Wattage Catalog Number N_11B_ _X3N N_01B_ _ _3A N_11C_ _X3N N_01C_ _ _3A N_ _1D_ _ _3_ N_ _1E_ _ _3_ N_ _1F_ _ _3_ N_01F_ _ _3_ 00, 0 00, 0 1 1 2 3, 4 5 5 3.7 3.2 4.2 3.6 5.0 5.6 12.0 13.0 Amps .15 .13 .18 .15 .21 .23 .50 .54 Inrush Wattage 80 80 90 90 130 140 200 200 Amps 3.3 3.3 3.8 3.8 5.4 5.8 8.3 8.3 Duration (mS) 50 50 50 50 65 85 250 250
_ indicates missing digit/character of the Catalog Number; may have multiple values.
CA08102001E
33-12

March 2009
Electrical Life AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

Table 33-8. Utilization Categories
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utilization categories are used to dene the type of electrical load for estimating electrical life, and do not imply the devices are IEC rated.
33
Category AC-1 AC-2 AC-3 AC-4
Typical Application Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating. Slip-ring motors: Starting and stopping of running motors Squirrel cage motors: Starting, switching off motors during running (motors in most industrial applications typically fall into this category). Squirrel cage motors: Starting, plugging , inching (very few applications in industry are totally AC-4).
Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the connections while the motor is running. Inching or jogging is energizing the motor once or repeatedly for short durations to obtain small movements of the motor driven load.
Life Load Curves Eatons CutlerHammer IT. Electro-Mechanical Series NEMA contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance. All testing has been based on requirements as found in IEC 60947-4-1 and conducted by us. When selecting a contactor, the specier must give attention to the specic load, utilization category and the required electrical life. For a denition of Utilization Categories, see Table 33-8 above.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are conducted at six-times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
Contactor Choice
Decide what utilization category the application is and choose the appropriate curve from Figure 33-1 or Figure 33-2. Locate the intersection of the lifeload curve with the operational current (le) of the application, as found on the horizontal axis. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operations.
Actual application life may vary, depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle.
10,000,000
00 0
NEMA Size 2 34 5
Trip Times
1000.0
Operations
1,000,000
100.0 100,000 Trip Time (Seconds)
10,000
Note: Preliminary data.
9 18 27 45 90 135 10 100 Operational Current
270 1000
10.0
5 3 6 1 4
Figure 33-1. Electrical Life AC-3 Utilization Category

1.0 NEMA Size 10,000,000 00 0 1 2 34 5
Operations
1,000,000
0.1 1
9 10
Multiples of FLA 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 18 27 45 90 135 10 100 Operational Current 270 1000 Trip Class 10 Cold Trip Class 10 Hot Trip Class 20 Cold Trip Class 20 Hot Trip Class 30 Cold Trip Class 30 Hot
100,000
10,000
Figure 33-3. Class 10, 20 and 30 Trip Curves
Note: Preliminary data.
Figure 33-2. Electrical Life AC-4 Utilization Category

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-13
Accessories
Modular Components Contactor Field Assembly

NEMA Contact Block Non-reversing Coil Controller FVNR Contactor
33
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING CONTACTOR: N04NCS1X3N + N02NCXCXNN = N111CS1X3N Reversing Kit
(2) NEMA Contact Blocks
Reversing Coil Controller
Mechanical Interlock
(2) Fanning Strips
Mounting Plate
FVR Contactor
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING CONTACTOR: (2) N04NCS1X3N + N03NCXCXNN + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N511CS1X3N
Figure 33-4. Modular Contactor Assembly
Modular Components Starter Field Assembly

NEMA Contact Block Non-reversing Overload Relay FVNR Starter
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER: N04NCS1X3N + N05NCXRL3A = N101CS1L3A (2) NEMA Contact Blocks Reversing Overload Relay Mechanical Interlock
Reversing Kit
(2) Fanning Strips
Mounting Plate
FVR Starter
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING STARTER: (2) N04NCS1X3N + N06NCXRL3A + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N501CS1L3A
Figure 33-5. Modular Starter Assembly
CA08102001E
33-14

March 2009
Accessories
NEMA Contact Block
NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay
33
Table 33-11. NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay Table 33-9. NEMA Contact Block
Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 Amperes 9 18 27 45 90 135 Catalog Number N04NBSAX3N N04NBS0X3N N04NCS1X3N N04NDS2X3N N04NES3X3N N04NES4X3N Price U.S. $ Size Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes) .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 6.3 20 10 32 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 8.4 27 16 50 5.0 16 8.4 27 14 45 31 100 14 45 28 90 42 135 63 200 42 135 84 270 131 420 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 6.3 20 10 32 .25 .8 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 8.4 27 16 50 5.0 16 8.4 27 14 45 31 100 14 45 28 90 42 135 63 200 42 135 84 270 125 400 Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Non-reversing
00, 0 N05NBXRA3A N05NBXRB3A N05NBXRC3A N05NBXRD3A N05NBXRG3A N05NBXRJ3A N05NCXRA3A N05NCXRB3A N05NCXRC3A N05NCXRD3A N05NCXRF3A N05NCXRH3A N05NCXRL3A N05NDXRF3A N05NDXRH3A N05NDXRK3A N05NDXRN3A N05NEXRK3A N05NEXRM3A N05NEXRP3A N05NEXRR3A N05NFXRP3A N05NFXRS3A N05NFXRT3A N06NBXRA3A N06NBXRB3A N06NBXRC3A N06NBXRD3A N06NBXRG3A N06NBXRJ3A N06NCXRA3A N06NCXRB3A N06NCXRC3A N06NCXRD3A N06NCXRF3A N06NCXRH3A N06NCXRL3A N06NDXRF3A N06NDXRH3A N06NDXRK3A N06NDXRN3A N06NEXRK3A N06NEXRM3A N06NEXRP3A N06NEXRR3A N06NFXRP3A N06NFXRS3A N06NFXRT3A
Note:
N04N + N05N = N101; N04N + N02N = N111 (45 140 mm) N04N + N06N = N501; N04N + N03N = N511 (45 140 mm)
0 1
NEMA Coil Controller

2
Size 00-1 Non-reversing (pictured)
3, 4
Table 33-10. NEMA Coil Controller

Size Catalog Number N02NBXCXNN N02NCXCXNN N02NDXCXNN N02NEXCXNN EMUCCF Price U.S. $
4 5
Non-reversing
00, 0 1 2 3, 4 5
Reversing
00, 0
0 1
3, 4
4 5
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-15
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
Table 33-14. IEC Ratings

DC-13
Ue Voltage le
AC-15
Ue Voltage le
Amps. 24 48 125 250 5 2.5 1.1 .55 48 120 240 440
Amps. 8 6 4 2
33
Auxiliary Contacts are available for mounting on Eatons Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Contactors and Starters. The various choices available for non-reversing models are shown in Tables 33-12 and 33-13, and their ratings in Tables 33-14 33-16. For reversing models, the number of auxiliaries indicated is for each of the contactors/starters in the assembly. Table 33-12. Auxiliary Contact Availability Sizes 00 5
Top Mounted (Maximum Auxiliaries per Contactor/Starter) Contactor/Starter Size Size 00, 0 3 3 2 2 2 2 Size 1 3 3 2 2 2 3 Size 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Size 3, 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 Size 5 3 Contact Type 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC Logic Level 1NO-1NC Catalog Number EMA13 EMA14 EMA15 EMA16 EMA17 EMA70 Price U.S. $
Table 33-15. NEMA A600 Ratings

Current AC Voltage 120 Make and Interrupting Break Continuous Thermal 60 6 10 10 240 30 3 10 10 480 15 1.5 10 10 600 12 1.2 10 10
Table 33-16. NEMA P300 Ratings

Current DC Voltage 125 Make and Interrupting Break Continuous Thermal 1.1 1.1 5 5 250 .55 .55 5 5
Other combinations: Single, Dual, Single; Dual, Single, Dual; and Dual, Logic Level, Dual. For reversers, multiply quantities by two. EMA13 3 NO 4 EMA14 1 NC 2 EMA15 13 NO 14 21 NC 22 EMA16 13 NO 14 23 NO 24 EMA17 11 NC 12 21 NC 22 4 NO 1 EMA70 2 NC 1
Table 33-17. EMA70 Auxiliary Contact

DC-12 Ue 30 Ie .1 AC-12 Ue 250 Ie .1
Table 33-18. C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L, Auxiliary Contact Ratings

DC-12 Ue 80 Ie 0.1 AC-12 Ue 250 Ie 0.1
Common
Figure 33-6. Connecting Diagram Sizes 00 5 Table 33-13. Auxiliary Contact Size 5
Auxiliary Contacts per Non-reversing and Reversing Contactor or Starter Max 2 2 6 2 6 2 2 2 3 Contact Type 1NO 1NO-1NC 1NO 1NO Logic Level 1NC 1NC Logic Level 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC Logic Level 1NO-1NC Logic Level Form C contacts. Description Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 3 Add-on auxiliaries per side) C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side) C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 2 Add-on auxiliaries per side) C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side) C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side) C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side) Front mounted only Catalog Number C320KGS41 C320KGS42 C320KGS20 C320KGS20L C320KGS21 C320KGS21L C320KGS22 C320KGS22L EMA70 For reversers, multiply quantities by two.
EMASA/B _ _ have been superseded by the
Price U.S. $
Notes:
Side Mounted Maximum (10) Total Circuits Front Mounted Maximum (6) Total Circuits Maximum 4 auxiliaries per side (base + 3 side
above Catalog Numbers.
mounted)
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com
CA08102001E
33-16

March 2009
Accessories
Mounting Plates
Lug Kits
33
Table 33-19. Mounting Plates

NEMA Size Metal Reversing Contactor/Starter Plates Catalog Price Number U.S. $ EMA9B EMA9D EMA9E EMA9F
Table 33-22. Lug Kits

NEMA Size 1 2 3, 4 5 Description Contactor or Starter Line or Load (3 Lugs) Contactor or Starter Line or Load Contactor Line or Load, Starter Line Starter Load Contactor or Starter Line or Load, Horizontal Contactor or Starter Line or Load, Vertical Catalog Number EMLUGKTC EMLUGKTD EMLUGKTLE EMLUGKTTE EMLUGKTFA EMLUGKTFB Price U.S. $
00, 0, 1 2 3, 4 5
Reversing Fanning Strips

Table 33-20. Reversing Fanning Strips
NEMA Size 00, 0 1 2 3, 4 5 Line Side Catalog Price Number U.S. $ EMFRLB EMFRLC EMFRLD EMFRLE EMFRLF Load Side Catalog Price Number U.S. $ EMFRTB EMFRTC EMFRTD EMFRTE EMFRTF
Table 33-23. Ring Lug Retrot Kits

Product NEMA Sizes 3, 4 Catalog Number Factory Installed N111 N511 N101 N501 N05N N06N N02N N03N Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Retrot Kits EMRTXKTEN EMRTXKTER EMRTXKTEN EMRTXKTER Lug Kits EMLUGREN EMLUGRER EMLUGREN EMLUGRER NEMA Size 5 Catalog Number Factory Installed Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Add -RTX Retrot Kits EMRTXKTF EMRTXKTF EMRTXKTF EMRTXKTF Lug Kits EMLUGRFC EMLUGRFC EMLUGRFS EMLUGRFS
Reversing Kits
Includes Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock, Mounting Plate and hardware.
Table 33-21. Reversing Kits
NEMA Size 00, 0 1 2 3, 4 5 Catalog Number EMRKTB EMRKTC EMRKTD EMRKTE EMRKTF Price U.S. $
N04N
Retrot Kits used to eld install ring lugs on standard lug units. Lug Kits used to eld install standard lugs into factory assembled ring lug units.
For Contactor and Starter.
Note: Also order separately the appropriate contact blocks and overload relay.

March 2009
33-17
Renewal Parts
Coils
Contact Kits
33
Table 33-24. Coils

Description Size 1 Coil Size 2 Coil Size 3, 4 Coil Size 5 Coil Catalog Number EMCC EMCD EMCE EMCF Price U.S. $
Table 33-26. Contact Kits

NEMA Size 1 2 3 4 5 Description Hold Open Non-hold Open Hold Open Non-hold Open Hold Open Hold Open Hold Open Catalog Number EMCKTS1 EMCKTS1NH EMCKTS2 EMCKTS2NH EMCKTS3 EMCKTS4 EMCKTS5 Price U.S. $
For reversing contactors and starters, order two.
DIN Rail Catch
Table 33-25. DIN Rail Catch

NEMA Size 00 1 2 Description Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad Catalog Number EMDRCB EMDRCD Price U.S. $
Control Terminal Blocks

Table 33-27. Control Terminal Blocks
No. of Pins Terminal Markings NEMA Size Coil Controller Nonreversing Contactor Overload Reversing Nonreversing X X X X X X X X X EMA80L X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Starter Reversing Nonreversing X X X X X X X X X X Reversing Nonreversing X X X X X X Catalog Reversing Number X X X X X EMA77L EMA77LR EMA78L EMA76L Price U.S. $
-+PFR123
00, 0 1 2 3,4 5
5 5 4 5x2
-+PFR RFP+-+PF -+PFR and RFP+-
5 5 00,0 1 5
Consists of (1) EMA77L and (1) EMA77LR inter-wired.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-18

March 2009
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 1)

Table 33-28. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Size Overall Width Height Depth Depth w/ Auxiliary D 3.6 (91) 3.6 (91) Depth added w/ DIN Rail E .1 (3) .1 (3) Mounting Holes Width Height Mtg. Hole to Top H .2 (5) .2 (5) DIN Rail to Top J .9 (23) .8 (20) Req. Mtg. Screws Terminals Control Line Load
33
A 00, 0 1 1.8 (45) 2.1 (54) B 4.4 (111) 4.45 (113) C 2.4 (60) 2.4 (60)
F 1.33 (33.8) 1.46 (37)
G 4.0 (101) 4.1 (104)
K (3) #8 M4 (3) #8 M4
P .7 (19) .7 (19)
Q 1.2 (30) 1.2 (30)
R 1.2 (30) 1.2 (30)
Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
A F J
Standard DIN Rail 1.38 x .3 (35 x 7.5) (Optional Mounting)
Dual Auxiliary Reduce Dim D .31 (8) for the Single Auxiliaries B G
Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
Control Terminal Block
K Size 1 Pictured (Size 00, 0 Has Two Lower Mounting Feet, Reference F Width)
Figure 33-7. Approximate Dimensions Inches (mm)
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-19
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 2 4)

NEMA Size Overall Width Height Depth Depth w/ Auxiliary D 4.2 (107) 4.7 (119) Depth added w/ DIN Rail E .2 (4) Mounting Holes Width Height Mtg. Hole to Top H .5 (13) .6 (15) DIN Rail to Top J .9 (23) Req. Mtg. Screws Terminals Control Line Load
33
K (4) #6 x 2 M3.5 x 50 (4) #8 x 1.5 M4 x 40 P 2.4 (60) 2.8 (72) Q 1.5 (37) 1.7 (42) R .6 (14) .3 (8)
A 2 3, 4 3.0 (76) 4.1 (105)
B 5.9 (150) 8.0 (203)
C 3.1 (79) 3.5 (90)
F .94 (24) 1.33 (33.8)
G 2.87 (73) 4.13 (105)
Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) E
D Q H A F J Dual Auxiliary Reduce Dim D .31 (8) for the Single Auxiliaries B
Standard DIN Rail 1.38 x .3 (35 x 7.5) (Optional Mounting) 76 mm (D-Frame) Only
G K
Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3) Size 3, 4 Shown
R P C
2 T1
4 T2
6 T3
Non-reversing Contactors (Size 5)

NEMA Size Overall Width A 5 5.6 (142) Height B 14.0 (355) Depth C 7.0 (178) Depth w/Logic Level Auxiliary D 8.2 (208) Width w/Side Auxiliaries E 6.70 (170) Mounting Holes Width F 1.75 (44.5) Height G 13.0 (330) Mounting Hole to Top H .58 (14.7) Req. Mtg. Screws K (4) 5/16 M8 Terminals Control P .8 (20) Line Q 4.4 (112) Load R 4.4 (112)
D C Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) Q K
E A F
G B Side Auxiliary Logic Auxiliary
P R
Control Terminal Block Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
Figure 33-9. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-20

March 2009
Dimensions
Reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 4)

NEMA Size Overall Width A 00, 0 1 2 3, 4 3.8 (96) 4.5 (114) 6.2 (158) 8.5 (216) Height B 5.9 (149) 5.9 (149) 7.4 (188) 9.5 (242) Depth C 2.7 (69) 2.6 (67) 3.3 (84) 3.8 (97) Depth w/ Auxiliary D 3.8 (96) 3.8 (96) 4.4 (112) 4.9 (125) Mounting Holes Width F 3.15 (80) 3.15 (80) 5.51 (140) 7.87 (200) Height G 5.35 (136) 5.35 (136) 6.89 (175) 9.06 (230) Mtg. Hole to Top H .3 (7) .3 (7) .2 (6) .2 (6) Req. Mtg. Screws K (3) #10 M5 (3) #10 M5 (3) #10 M5 (3) #10 M5 Terminals Control P 2.0 (50) 2.0 (50) 2.6 (67) 3.1 (80) Line Q 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.9 (48) 2.1 (54) Load R .9 (22) .6 (16) .9 (22) .7 (17)
33
D Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) Q
Dual Auxiliary Reduce Dim D .31 (8) for the Single Auxiliaries
B G
Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
R P C
F A
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-21
Dimensions
Reversing Contactors (Size 5)

NEMA Size Overall Width A 5 11.7 (297) Height B 17.2 (436) Depth C 7.0 (178) Depth w/Logic Level Auxiliary D 8.2 (208) Width w/Side Auxiliaries E 12.8 (325) Mounting Holes Width F 7.8 (198.5) Height G 13.0 (330) Mounting Hole to Top H 2.19 (55.5) Req. Mtg. Screws K (4) 5/16 M8 Terminals Control P .8 (20) Line Q 4.4 (112) Load R 4.4 (112)
33
D C Q K
E A F H
Side Auxiliary Logic Auxiliary
G B
Control Terminal Block P R Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
CA08102001E
33-22

March 2009
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters (Sizes 00 4)

NEMA Overall Size Width Height Mounting Holes Depth Depth w/ Auxiliary C 2.5 (63) 2.5 (63) 3.1 (79) 3.5 (90) D 3.6 (91) 3.6 (91) 4.2 (107) 4.7 (119) Depth added w/ DIN Rail E .1 (3) .1 (3) .2 (4) Width Height Mtg. Hole to Top F 1.33 (33.8) 1.46 (37) .94 (24) 1.33 (33.8) G H Req. Mtg. Reset Button Terminals DIN Rail Screws Width Height Depth Control Line Load to Top J .9 (23) .8 (20) .9 (23) K (3) #8 M4 (3) #8 M4 (4) #6 x 2 M3.5 x 50 L .6 (14) .7 (17) .7 (17) M 3.6 (91) 3.7 (93) 4.2 (106) 5.7 (146) N 2.5 (63) 2.4 (62) 3.1 (78) 3.5 (88) P 1.7 (44) 1.8 (45) 2.4 (60) 2.8 (72) Q 1.2 (30) 1.2 (30) 1.5 (37) 1.7 (42) R .6 (16) .3 (8) .6 (14) .3 (8)
33
A 00, 0 1 2 3, 4 1.8 (45) 2.1 (54) 3.0 (76) 4.1 (105) B 5.0 (127) 5.4 (138) 5.9 (150) 8.0 (203)
4.62 .2 (117.3) (5) 5.04 (128) 2.87 (73) 4.13 (105) .2 (5) .5 (13) .6 (15)
(4) #8 x 1.5 .7 M4 x 40 (17)
D Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) Q
A F J
Standard DIN Rail 1.38 x .3 (35 x 7.5) (Optional Mounting)
Dual Auxiliary Reduce Dim D .3 (7) for the Single Auxiliaries M B G K (Sizes 2, 3 and 4) Reset Button .015 (0.4) Deflection to Reset Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3) P N C L Reset Button K (Sizes 00, 0 and 1)
E Control Terminal Block
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-23
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starter (Size 5)

NEMA Overall Size Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic Level Auxiliary A B C D 5 5.7 (145) 19.4 (492) 7.0 (178) 8.2 (208) Width w/Side Auxiliaries E 6.7 (170) D C Q K Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Reset Button Terminals Width Height Mntg. Screws Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load Hole to Top F G I K L M N P Q R S 1.75 (44.5) 18.3 (465) .58 (14.7) (4) 5/16 M8 2.4 (61) E F H 12.4 (315) 5.3 (135) 5.0 (126) 4.4 3.0 (112) (75) 4.0 (101)
33
M Side Auxiliary Logic Auxiliary G B
Reset Button .015 (.4) Deflection to Reset
Load Terminals (2 T1, 6 T3) (4 T2)
R S P N
L A
Reversing Starters (Sizes 00 4)

NEMA Size Overall Width Length Depth Depth w/ Auxiliary D 3.8 (96) 3.8 (96) 4.4 (112) 4.9 (125) Mounting Holes Width Height Mtg. Hole to Top H .28 (7) .28 (7) .24 (6) .24 (6) Req. Mtg. Screws Reset Button Width Height Depth Terminals Control Line Load
A 00, 0 1 2 3, 4 3.8 (96) 4.5 (114) 6.2 (158) 8.5 (216)
B 5.9 (149) 5.9 (149) 7.4 (188) 9.5 (242)
C 2.7 (69) 2.6 (67) 3.3 (84) 3.8 (97)
F 3.15 (80) 3.15 (80) 5.51 (140) 7.87 (200)
G 5.35 (136) 5.35 (136) 6.89 (175) 9.06 (230)
K (3) #10 M5 (3) #10 M5 (3) #10 M5 (3) #10 M5
L 1.6 (40) 1.7 (43) 2.3 (58) 2.9 (73)
M 3.8 (97) 4.1 (104) 5.5 (139) 7.2 (182)
N 2.7 (68) 2.6 (65) 3.3 (83) 3.7 (94)
P 2.0 (50) 2.0 (50) 2.6 (67) 3.1 (80)
Q 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.9 (48) 2.1 (54)
R .9 (22) .6 (16) .9 (22) .7 (17)
D Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) Q Dual Auxiliary Reduce Dim D .3 (7) for the Single Auxiliaries Reset Button .015 (0.4) Deflection to Reset Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3) R P N C Control Terminal Block
B G
Reset Button L F A

33-24

March 2009
Dimensions
Reversing Starter (Size 5)

NEMA Overall Mounting Holes Size Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic Width Width H1 Mntg. H2 Level Auxiliary w/Side Hole Auxiliaries to Top A B C D E F G H I 5 11.8 (300) 21.0 (533) 7.0 (178) 8.2 (208) 12.8 (325) 7.82 (199) 18.3 2.19 (465) (55.5) Req. Reset Button Terminals Mtg. Width Height Depth Control Line Screws K L 5.4 (138) M 12.4 (315) N 5.3 (135) P 5.0 (126) Q Load Load
33
S 4.0 (101)
13 (5) 5/16 (330) M8
4.4 3.0 (112) (75)
D C Q K
E F H
I Side Auxiliary Logic Auxiliary
M G B
Control Terminal Block Load Terminals (2 T1, 6 T3) (4 T2) R S P N L F A
Reset Button .015 (.4) Deflection to Reset
CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical Enclosed

March 2009
33-25
Contents
Description Page Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . 33-25 Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . 33-25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-26 Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . 33-27 Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-29 Non-combination Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-31 Fusible and Non-fusible Combination Starters . . . . . 33-33 Combination Starters with HMCP/E . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-37 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 33-41 Modication Codes. . . . . . . . . 33-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E

Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide PG03300001E for additional information on Standards and Certications that apply to all Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.
UL Listed cUL Listed (indicates appropriate CSA Standard investigation) ABS Type Approved
33
NEMA IT. Control
Product Description
Eatons Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical line of Contactors and Starters is the result of a substantial engineering, manufacturing and marketing effort involving extensive customer input, combined with new advances in solidstate technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical products have greatly increased functionality, signicantly reduced size and utilize the benets of 24V DC control. The exclusive Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) control and digital microprocessor generate a minimized DC value which reduces energy to the contact block and provides the most compact system available.
CA08102001E
33-26

March 2009

Table 33-37. NEMA Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
33
Design T = IT. NEMA Class
EC T
22
B - A
Modification Codes Solid-State Overload Range See Page 33-42
Table 33-42 33-43 33-44 33-45 33-46 33-47 33-48 Motor Voltage/Power Supply 33-49 33-50 33-51 1= 2= 3= 4= 8= 9= B = 230V C = 460V D = 575V E = 200V Q = 24V DC L = 380V/50 Hz Enclosure Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4 Painted Steel Type 4X Watertight Type 12 Dust-Tight Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel Cover Control Starters Type 1 Non-comb., Table 33-39 All Others, Table 33-40 E22 Style Comb., Table 33-42 Contactors 3 = 3 Poles A= B= C= D= E= F= Disconnect Fuse Clip None 30A/250V 30A/600V 60A/250V 60A/600V 100A/250V G= H= J= K= L= 100A/600V 200A/250V 200A/600V 400A/250V 400A/600V
01 = Non-reversing Contactor 3-Pole 02 = Reversing Contactor 3-Pole 05 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter 06 = Non-combination Reversing Starter 16 = Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect Combination Non-reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect 17 = Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect Combination Reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect 22 = Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker 23 = Combination Reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings A= B= C= D= E= F= None 3A 7A 15A 30A 50A W= G= X= H= J= K= 70A 100A/RC3 100A/TC3 150A 250A 400A
NEMA Size A= 0= 1= 2= Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 3 = Size 3 4 = Size 4 5 = Size 5
If CPT is selected, Power Supply to be 120V AC 24V DC. Power supply omitted. See Table 33-38, Solid-State Overload Range Codes.
Table 33-38. IT. Solid-State Overload Range Codes

FLA Range Size 00 A B C D FLA Range 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K 3 4 5 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 Size 00 0 1 2 N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
.25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-27
Cover Control
Non-combination Starters
Control Power Transformer (CPT) may be required.
Combination Starters

33
10250T Selector Switch
Cover control for Combination Starters uses 10250T style devices as standard. E22 style cover control options are available (Table 33-41). Selector switches are maintained with lever operators. Pushbuttons are momentary type with extended pushbutton. The kit includes hardware and connecting wires (where possible). For factory installed control devices other than shown below, refer to Modication Codes, Page 33-42.
Table 33-40. Type 1 Combination and All Type 3R, 4X and 12 Cover Control
Description Factory Installed Flange Control Position 9 Code Field Installation Kits Catalog Number C400T1 C400T2 C400T12 C400T3 C400T4 C400T5 C400T9 C400T10 C400T11 C400T13 C400T14 C400T6 C400T15
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices START/STOP Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights ON/OFF Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights START Pushbutton ON Pushbutton OFF Pushbutton Red RUN Pilot Light Green OFF Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights START/STOP Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights ON/OFF Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X A B C D E F H J K
Type 1 Cover Control
Table 33-39. Type 1 Non-combination Cover Control

Description Factory Installed Flange Control Position 9 Code Field Installation Kits Catalog Number C400GK0 C400GK1 C400GK12 C400GK16 C400GK3 C400GK32 C400GK36 C400GK42 C400GK41 C400GK46 C400GK0 C400GR1 C400GR14 C400GR2 C400GR24
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices START/STOP Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights Red RUN Pilot Light Green OFF Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights A B C D H J K P Q R A B C E F
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch with 2 Red Pilot Lights with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights
Two Red Pilot Lights P C400GK44 C400GK41 One Green Pilot Light Q For more available factory installed ange control, see Table 33-40. Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage Kits only. Example: C400T9B. Rating 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz Code Letter A E B Rating 277V 60 Hz 380V 50 Hz Code Letter H L Rating 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz Code Letter C D
Two Red Pilot Lights P C400T10 One Green Pilot Light Q Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights R C400T16 OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch V with 2 Red Pilot Lights W with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights X For Type 1 Non-combination eld installation kits, see Table 33-39. Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage Kits only. Example: C400T9B. Rating 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz Code Letter A E B Rating 277V 60 Hz 380V 50 Hz Code Letter H L Rating 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz Code Letter C D
Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.
CA08102001E
33-28

March 2009
33
E22 Selector Switch
Table 33-41. Type 1, 3R, 4X and 12 E22 Style Combination Starter Cover Control
Description Factory Installed Position 9 Cover Control Code Field Installation Kits Combination Only Catalog Number CE400T01 CE400T02 CE400T03 CE400T04 CE400T05 CE400T06 CE400T10 CE400T11 CE400T12 CE400T07 CE400T08 CE400T09 CE400T50 CE400T51 CE400T52 CE400T53 CE400T54 CE400T55 CE400T56 CE400T57 CE400T58
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices START/STOP Pushbuttons (PB) START/STOP PB & Red RUN Light START/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS) H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light Red RUN Pilot Light Green Off Pilot Light Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Light ON/OFF Selector Switch (SS) ON/OFF SS, Red RUN Light ON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light A B C D H J K P Q R S T U A B C D H J K V W X
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices FWD/REV/STOP Pushbuttons (PB) FWD/REV/STOP PB + Red FWD & REV Lights FWD/REV/STOP PB, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch (SS) FOR/OFF/REV SS + Red FWD & REV Lights FOR/OFF/REV SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch (SS) OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS + Red FWD & REV Lights OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
To include any of the above cover controls, place the control code character in position 9 of your Catalog Number and add Mod Code C29. Example: ECT1604EDB-_C29. Full voltage non-reversing fusible starter with START/STOP pushbutton with red RUN and green OFF pilot lights. Sufx for lights (required for eld installed kits only) in the table below: Rating 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz Code Letter A E B Rating 277V 60 Hz 380V 50 Hz Code Letter H L Rating 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz Code Letter C D
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-29
Contactors
Features

Full Voltage 3-Phase Electromechanical
33
Type 1 IT. NEMA Contactor
Product Selection
Table 33-42. Class ECT01 Non-reversing Contactor 3-Pole
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 00 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150 24V DC ECT01A1QAA ECT01A1EAA ECT01A1BAA ECT01A1CAA ECT01A1DAA ECT01A1LAA ECT0101QAA ECT0101EAA ECT0101BAA ECT0101CAA ECT0101DAA ECT0101LAA ECT0111QAA ECT0111EAA ECT0111BAA ECT0111CAA ECT0111DAA ECT0111LAA ECT0121QAA ECT0121EAA ECT0121BAA ECT0121CAA ECT0121DAA ECT0121LAA ECT0131QAA ECT0131EAA ECT0131BAA ECT0131CAA ECT0131DAA ECT0131LAA ECT0141QAA ECT0141EAA ECT0141BAA ECT0141CAA ECT0141DAA ECT0141LAA ECT0151QAA ECT0151EAA ECT0151BAA ECT0151CAA ECT0151DAA ECT0151LAA 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT01A2QAA ECT01A2EAA ECT01A2BAA ECT01A2CAA ECT01A2DAA ECT01A2LAA ECT0102QAA ECT0102EAA ECT0102BAA ECT0102CAA ECT0102DAA ECT0102LAA ECT0112QAA ECT0112EAA ECT0112BAA ECT0112CAA ECT0112DAA ECT0112LAA ECT0122QAA ECT0122EAA ECT0122BAA ECT0122CAA ECT0122DAA ECT0122LAA ECT0132QAA ECT0132EAA ECT0132BAA ECT0132CAA ECT0132DAA ECT0132LAA ECT0142QAA ECT0142EAA ECT0142BAA ECT0142CAA ECT0142DAA ECT0142LAA ECT0152QAA ECT0152EAA ECT0152BAA ECT0152CAA ECT0152DAA ECT0152LAA 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT01A4QAA ECT01A4EAA ECT01A4BAA ECT01A4CAA ECT01A4DAA ECT01A4LAA ECT0104QAA ECT0104EAA ECT0104BAA ECT0104CAA ECT0104DAA ECT0104LAA ECT0114QAA ECT0114EAA ECT0114BAA ECT0114CAA ECT0114DAA ECT0114LAA ECT0124QAA ECT0124EAA ECT0124BAA ECT0124CAA ECT0124DAA ECT0124LAA ECT0134QAA ECT0134EAA ECT0134BAA ECT0134CAA ECT0134DAA ECT0134LAA ECT0144QAA ECT0144EAA ECT0144BAA ECT0144CAA ECT0144DAA ECT0144LAA ECT0154QAA ECT0154EAA ECT0154BAA ECT0154CAA ECT0154DAA ECT0154LAA 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT01A8QAA ECT01A8EAA ECT01A8BAA ECT01A8CAA ECT01A8DAA ECT01A8LAA ECT0108QAA ECT0108EAA ECT0108BAA ECT0108CAA ECT0108DAA ECT0108LAA ECT0118QAA ECT0118EAA ECT0118BAA ECT0118CAA ECT0118DAA ECT0118LAA ECT0128QAA ECT0128EAA ECT0128BAA ECT0128CAA ECT0128DAA ECT0128LAA ECT0138QAA ECT0138EAA ECT0138BAA ECT0138CAA ECT0138DAA ECT0138LAA ECT0148QAA ECT0148EAA ECT0148BAA ECT0148CAA ECT0148DAA ECT0148LAA ECT0158QAA ECT0158EAA ECT0158BAA ECT0158CAA ECT0158DAA ECT0158LAA 3-Pole Component Contactor (Open) Catalog Number N111BSAX3N
24V DC
N111BS0X3N
24V DC
N111CS1X3N
24V DC
N111DS2X3N
24V DC
N111ES3X3N
24V DC
N111ES4X3N
24V DC
N111FS5X3N
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT01A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-27 Page 33-41 PG03300001E PG03300001E PG03300001E PG03300001E
33-30

March 2009
Contactors
Table 33-43. Class ECT02 Reversing Contactor 3-Pole
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT02A2QAA ECT02A2EAA ECT02A2BAA ECT02A2CAA ECT02A2DAA ECT02A2LAA ECT0202QAA ECT0202EAA ECT0202BAA ECT0202CAA ECT0202DAA ECT0202LAA ECT0212QAA ECT0212EAA ECT0212BAA ECT0212CAA ECT0212DAA ECT0212LAA ECT0222QAA ECT0222EAA ECT0222BAA ECT0222CAA ECT0222DAA ECT0222LAA ECT0232QAA ECT0232EAA ECT0232BAA ECT0232CAA ECT0232DAA ECT0232LAA ECT0242QAA ECT0242EAA ECT0242BAA ECT0242CAA ECT0242DAA ECT0242LAA ECT0252QAA ECT0252EAA ECT0252BAA ECT0252CAA ECT0252DAA ECT0252LAA 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT02A4QAA ECT02A4EAA ECT02A4BAA ECT02A4CAA ECT02A4DAA ECT02A4LAA ECT0204QAA ECT0204EAA ECT0204BAA ECT0204CAA ECT0204DAA ECT0204LAA ECT0214QAA ECT0214EAA ECT0214BAA ECT0214CAA ECT0214DAA ECT0214LAA ECT0224QAA ECT0224EAA ECT0224BAA ECT0224CAA ECT0224DAA ECT0224LAA ECT0234QAA ECT0234EAA ECT0234BAA ECT0234CAA ECT0234DAA ECT0234LAA ECT0244QAA ECT0244EAA ECT0244BAA ECT0244CAA ECT0244DAA ECT0244LAA ECT0254QAA ECT0254EAA ECT0254BAA ECT0254CAA ECT0254DAA ECT0254LAA 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT02A8QAA ECT02A8EAA ECT02A8BAA ECT02A8CAA ECT02A8DAA ECT02A8LAA ECT0208QAA ECT0208EAA ECT0208BAA ECT0208CAA ECT0208DAA ECT0208LAA ECT0218QAA ECT0218EAA ECT0218BAA ECT0218CAA ECT0218DAA ECT0218LAA ECT0228QAA ECT0228EAA ECT0228BAA ECT0228CAA ECT0228DAA ECT0228LAA ECT0238QAA ECT0238EAA ECT0238BAA ECT0238CAA ECT0238DAA ECT0238LAA ECT0248QAA ECT0248EAA ECT0248BAA ECT0248CAA ECT0248DAA ECT0248LAA ECT0258QAA ECT0258EAA ECT0258BAA ECT0258CAA ECT0258DAA ECT0258LAA 3-Pole Component Contactor (Open) Catalog Number N511BSAX3N
33
00
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150
24V DC
ECT02A1QAA ECT02A1EAA ECT02A1BAA ECT02A1CAA ECT02A1DAA ECT02A1LAA ECT0201QAA ECT0201EAA ECT0201BAA ECT0201CAA ECT0201DAA ECT0201LAA ECT0211QAA ECT0211EAA ECT0211BAA ECT0211CAA ECT0211DAA ECT0211LAA ECT0221QAA ECT0221EAA ECT0221BAA ECT0221CAA ECT0221DAA ECT0221LAA ECT0231QAA ECT0231EAA ECT0231BAA ECT0231CAA ECT0231DAA ECT0231LAA ECT0241QAA ECT0241EAA ECT0241BAA ECT0241CAA ECT0241DAA ECT0241LAA ECT0251QAA ECT0251EAA ECT0251BAA ECT0251CAA ECT0251DAA ECT0251LAA
24V DC
N511BS0X3N
24V DC
N511CS1X3N
24V DC
N511DS2X3N
24V DC
N511ES3X3N
24V DC
N511ES4X3N
24V DC
N511FS5X3N
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT02A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-27 Page 33-41 PG03300001E PG03300001E PG03300001E PG03300001E CA08102001E

March 2009
33-31
Features
Full Voltage 3-Phase Electromechanical Solid-State Overload Relay

33
Type 12 Non-combination IT. Starter
Product Selection
Table 33-44. Class ECT05 Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 00 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150 24V DC ECT05A1QAA-_ ECT05A1EAA-_ ECT05A1BAA-_ ECT05A1CAA-_ ECT05A1DAA-_ ECT05A1LAA-_ ECT0501QAA-_ ECT0501EAA-_ ECT0501BAA-_ ECT0501CAA-_ ECT0501DAA-_ ECT0501LAA-_ ECT0511QAA-_ ECT0511EAA-_ ECT0511BAA-_ ECT0511CAA-_ ECT0511DAA-_ ECT0511LAA-_ ECT0521QAA-K ECT0521EAA-K ECT0521BAA-K ECT0521CAA-K ECT0521DAA-K ECT0521LAA-K ECT0531QAA-M ECT0531EAA-M ECT0531BAA-M ECT0531CAA-M ECT0531DAA-M ECT0531LAA-M ECT0541QAA-P ECT0541EAA-P ECT0541BAA-P ECT0541CAA-P ECT0541DAA-P ECT0541LAA-P ECT0551QAA-S ECT0551EAA-S ECT0551BAA-S ECT0551CAA-S ECT0551DAA-S ECT0551LAA-S 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT05A2QAA-_ ECT05A2EAA-_ ECT05A2BAA-_ ECT05A2CAA-_ ECT05A2DAA-_ ECT05A2LAA-_ ECT0502QAA-_ ECT0502EAA-_ ECT0502BAA-_ ECT0502CAA-_ ECT0502DAA-_ ECT0502LAA-_ ECT0512QAA-_ ECT0512EAA-_ ECT0512BAA-_ ECT0512CAA-_ ECT0512DAA-_ ECT0512LAA-_ ECT0522QAA-K ECT0522EAA-K ECT0522BAA-K ECT0522CAA-K ECT0522DAA-K ECT0522LAA-K ECT0532QAA-M ECT0532EAA-M ECT0532BAA-M ECT0532CAA-M ECT0532DAA-M ECT0532LAA-M ECT0542QAA-P ECT0542EAA-P ECT0542BAA-P ECT0542CAA-P ECT0542DAA-P ECT0542LAA-P ECT0552QAA-S ECT0552EAA-S ECT0552BAA-S ECT0552CAA-S ECT0552DAA-S ECT0552LAA-S 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT05A4QAA-_ ECT05A4EAA-_ ECT05A4BAA-_ ECT05A4CAA-_ ECT05A4DAA-_ ECT05A4LAA-_ ECT0504QAA-_ ECT0504EAA-_ ECT0504BAA-_ ECT0504CAA-_ ECT0504DAA-_ ECT0504LAA-_ ECT0514QAA-_ ECT0514EAA-_ ECT0514BAA-_ ECT0514CAA-_ ECT0514DAA-_ ECT0514LAA-_ ECT0524QAA-K ECT0524EAA-K ECT0524BAA-K ECT0524CAA-K ECT0524DAA-K ECT0524LAA-K ECT0534QAA-M ECT0534EAA-M ECT0534BAA-M ECT0534CAA-M ECT0534DAA-M ECT0534LAA-M ECT0544QAA-P ECT0544EAA-P ECT0544BAA-P ECT0544CAA-P ECT0544DAA-P ECT0544LAA-P ECT0554QAA-S ECT0554EAA-S ECT0554BAA-S ECT0554CAA-S ECT0554DAA-S ECT0554LAA-S 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT05A8QAA-_ ECT05A8EAA-_ ECT05A8BAA-_ ECT05A8CAA-_ ECT05A8DAA-_ ECT05A8LAA-_ ECT0508QAA-_ ECT0508EAA-_ ECT0508BAA-_ ECT0508CAA-_ ECT0508DAA-_ ECT0508LAA-_ ECT0518QAA-_ ECT0518EAA-_ ECT0518BAA-_ ECT0518CAA-_ ECT0518DAA-_ ECT0518LAA-_ ECT0528QAA-K ECT0528EAA-K ECT0528BAA-K ECT0528CAA-K ECT0528DAA-K ECT0528LAA-K ECT0538QAA-M ECT0538EAA-M ECT0538BAA-M ECT0538CAA-M ECT0538DAA-M ECT0538LAA-M ECT0548QAA-P ECT0548EAA-P ECT0548BAA-P ECT0548CAA-P ECT0548DAA-P ECT0548LAA-P ECT0558QAA-S ECT0558EAA-S ECT0558BAA-S ECT0558CAA-S ECT0558DAA-S ECT0558LAA-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N101BSA_3A
24V DC
N101BS0_3A
24V DC
N101CS1_3A
24V DC
N101DS2_3A
24V DC
N101ES3_3A
24V DC
N101ES4_3A
24V DC
N101FS5_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT05A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-32

March 2009
Table 33-45. Class ECT06 Non-combination Reversing Starter
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT06A2QAA-_ ECT06A2EAA-_ ECT06A2BAA-_ ECT06A2CAA-_ ECT06A2DAA-_ ECT06A2LAA-_ ECT0602QAA-_ ECT0602EAA-_ ECT0602BAA-_ ECT0602CAA-_ ECT0602DAA-_ ECT0602LAA-_ ECT0612QAA-_ ECT0612EAA-_ ECT0612BAA-_ ECT0612CAA-_ ECT0612DAA-_ ECT0612LAA-_ ECT0622QAA-K ECT0622EAA-K ECT0622BAA-K ECT0622CAA-K ECT0622DAA-K ECT0622LAA-K ECT0632QAA-M ECT0632EAA-M ECT0632BAA-M ECT0632CAA-M ECT0632DAA-M ECT0632LAA-M ECT0642QAA-P ECT0642EAA-P ECT0642BAA-P ECT0642CAA-P ECT0642DAA-P ECT0642LAA-P ECT0652QAA-S ECT0652EAA-S ECT0652BAA-S ECT0652CAA-S ECT0652DAA-S ECT0652LAA-S 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT06A4QAA-_ ECT06A4EAA-_ ECT06A4BAA-_ ECT06A4CAA-_ ECT06A4DAA-_ ECT06A4LAA-_ ECT0604QAA-_ ECT0604EAA-_ ECT0604BAA-_ ECT0604CAA-_ ECT0604DAA-_ ECT0604LAA-_ ECT0614QAA-_ ECT0614EAA-_ ECT0614BAA-_ ECT0614CAA-_ ECT0614DAA-_ ECT0614LAA-_ ECT0624QAA-K ECT0624EAA-K ECT0624BAA-K ECT0624CAA-K ECT0624DAA-K ECT0624LAA-K ECT0634QAA-M ECT0634EAA-M ECT0634BAA-M ECT0634CAA-M ECT0634DAA-M ECT0634LAA-M ECT0644QAA-P ECT0644EAA-P ECT0644BAA-P ECT0644CAA-P ECT0644DAA-P ECT0644LAA-P ECT0654QAA-S ECT0654EAA-S ECT0654BAA-S ECT0654CAA-S ECT0654DAA-S ECT0654LAA-S 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT06A8QAA-_ ECT06A8EAA-_ ECT06A8BAA-_ ECT06A8CAA-_ ECT06A8DAA-_ ECT06A8LAA-_ ECT0608QAA-_ ECT0608EAA-_ ECT0608BAA-_ ECT0608CAA-_ ECT0608DAA-_ ECT0608LAA-_ ECT0618QAA-_ ECT0618EAA-_ ECT0618BAA-_ ECT0618CAA-_ ECT0618DAA-_ ECT0618LAA-_ ECT0628QAA-K ECT0628EAA-K ECT0628BAA-K ECT0628CAA-K ECT0628DAA-K ECT0628LAA-K ECT0638QAA-M ECT0638EAA-M ECT0638BAA-M ECT0638CAA-M ECT0638DAA-M ECT0638LAA-M ECT0648QAA-P ECT0648EAA-P ECT0648BAA-P ECT0648CAA-P ECT0648DAA-P ECT0648LAA-P ECT0658QAA-S ECT0658EAA-S ECT0658BAA-S ECT0658CAA-S ECT0658DAA-S ECT0658LAA-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N501BSA_3A
33
00
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150
24V DC
ECT06A1QAA-_ ECT06A1EAA-_ ECT06A1BAA-_ ECT06A1CAA-_ ECT06A1DAA-_ ECT06A1LAA-_ ECT0601QAA-_ ECT0601EAA-_ ECT0601BAA-_ ECT0601CAA-_ ECT0601DAA-_ ECT0601LAA-_ ECT0611QAA-_ ECT0611EAA-_ ECT0611BAA-_ ECT0611CAA-_ ECT0611DAA-_ ECT0611LAA-_ ECT0621QAA-K ECT0621EAA-K ECT0621BAA-K ECT0621CAA-K ECT0621DAA-K ECT0621LAA-K ECT0631QAA-M ECT0631EAA-M ECT0631BAA-M ECT0631CAA-M ECT0631DAA-M ECT0631LAA-M ECT0641QAA-P ECT0641EAA-P ECT0641BAA-P ECT0641CAA-P ECT0641DAA-P ECT0641LAA-P ECT0651QAA-S ECT0651EAA-S ECT0651BAA-S ECT0651CAA-S ECT0651DAA-S ECT0651LAA-S
24V DC
N501BS0_3A
24V DC
N501CS1_3A
24V DC
N501DS2_3A
24V DC
N501ES3_3A
24V DC
N501ES4_3A
24V DC
N501FS5_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT06A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from the following table: FLA Range Size 00 .25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 A B C D 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 2009
33-33
Combination Starters Fusible and Non-fusible
Features
Full Voltage 3-Phase Electromechanical Solid-State Overload Relay

Product Selection
Table 33-46. Class ECT16 Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect
Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT1602QAB-_ ECT1602QAC-_ ECT1602EAB-_ ECT1602BAB-_ ECT1602CAC-_ ECT1602DAC-_ ECT1602LAC-_ ECT1612QAB-_ ECT1612QAC-_ ECT1612EAB-_ ECT1612BAB-_ ECT1612CAC-_ ECT1612DAC-_ ECT1612LAC-_ ECT1622QAD-K ECT1622QAE-K ECT1622EAD-K ECT1622BAD-K ECT1622CAE-K ECT1622DAE-K ECT1622LAE-K ECT1632QAF-M ECT1632QAG-M ECT1632EAF-M ECT1632BAF-M ECT1632CAG-M ECT1632DAG-M ECT1632LAG-M ECT1642QAH-P ECT1642QAJ-P ECT1642EAH-P ECT1642BAH-P ECT1642CAJ-P ECT1642DAJ-P ECT1642LAJ-P ECT1652QAK-S ECT1652QAL-S ECT1652EAK-S ECT1652BAK-S ECT1652CAL-S ECT1652DAL-S ECT1652LAL-S 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT1604QAB-_ ECT1604QAC-_ ECT1604EAB-_ ECT1604BAB-_ ECT1604CAC-_ ECT1604DAC-_ ECT1604LAC-_ ECT1614QAB-_ ECT1614QAC-_ ECT1614EAB-_ ECT1614BAB-_ ECT1614CAC-_ ECT1614DAC-_ ECT1614LAC-_ ECT1624QAD-K ECT1624QAE-K ECT1624EAD-K ECT1624BAD-K ECT1624CAE-K ECT1624DAE-K ECT1624LAE-K ECT1634QAF-M ECT1634QAG-M ECT1634EAF-M ECT1634BAF-M ECT1634CAG-M ECT1634DAG-M ECT1634LAG-M ECT1644QAH-P ECT1644QAJ-P ECT1644EAH-P ECT1644BAH-P ECT1644CAJ-P ECT1644DAJ-P ECT1644LAJ-P ECT1654QAK-S ECT1654QAL-S ECT1654EAK-S ECT1654BAK-S ECT1654CAL-S ECT1654DAL-S ECT1654LAL-S 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT1608QAB-_ ECT1608QAC-_ ECT1608EAB-_ ECT1608BAB-_ ECT1608CAC-_ ECT1608DAC-_ ECT1608LAC-_ ECT1618QAB-_ ECT1618QAC-_ ECT1618EAB-_ ECT1618BAB-_ ECT1618CAC-_ ECT1618DAC-_ ECT1618LAC-_ ECT1628QAD-K ECT1628QAE-K ECT1628EAD-K ECT1628BAD-K ECT1628CAE-K ECT1628DAE-K ECT1628LAE-K ECT1638QAF-M ECT1638QAG-M ECT1638EAF-M ECT1638BAF-M ECT1638CAG-M ECT1638DAG-M ECT1638LAG-M ECT1648QAH-P ECT1648QAJ-P ECT1648EAH-P ECT1648BAH-P ECT1648CAJ-P ECT1648DAJ-P ECT1648LAJ-P ECT1658QAK-S ECT1658QAL-S ECT1658EAK-S ECT1658BAK-S ECT1658CAL-S ECT1658DAL-S ECT1658LAL-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N101BS0_3A
33
NEMA Size 0
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150 24V DC 30A ECT1601QAB-_ ECT1601QAC-_ ECT1601EAB-_ ECT1601BAB-_ ECT1601CAC-_ ECT1601DAC-_ ECT1601LAC-_ ECT1611QAB-_ ECT1611QAC-_ ECT1611EAB-_ ECT1611BAB-_ ECT1611CAC-_ ECT1611DAC-_ ECT1611LAC-_ ECT1621QAD-K ECT1621QAE-K ECT1621EAD-K ECT1621BAD-K ECT1621CAE-K ECT1621DAE-K ECT1621LAE-K ECT1631QAF-M ECT1631QAG-M ECT1631EAF-M ECT1631BAF-M ECT1631CAG-M ECT1631DAG-M ECT1631LAG-M ECT1641QAH-P ECT1641QAJ-P ECT1641EAH-P ECT1641BAH-P ECT1641CAJ-P ECT1641DAJ-P ECT1641LAJ-P ECT1651QAK-S ECT1651QAL-S ECT1651EAK-S ECT1651BAK-S ECT1651CAL-S ECT1651DAL-S ECT1651LAL-S
NEMA Size 1
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 30A N101CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 60A N101DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 100A N101ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 200A N101ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 400A N101FS5_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT1604QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-34

March 2009

Table 33-47. Class ECT16 Combination Non-reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect
Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT1602QAA-_ ECT1602EAA-_ ECT1602BAA-_ ECT1602CAA-_ ECT1602DAA-_ ECT1602LAA-_ ECT1612QAA-_ ECT1612EAA-_ ECT1612BAA-_ ECT1612CAA-_ ECT1612DAA-_ ECT1612LAA-_ ECT1622QAA-K ECT1622EAA-K ECT1622BAA-K ECT1622CAA-K ECT1622DAA-K ECT1622LAA-K ECT1632QAA-M ECT1632EAA-M ECT1632BAA-M ECT1632CAA-M ECT1632DAA-M ECT1632LAA-M ECT1642QAA-P ECT1642EAA-P ECT1642BAA-P ECT1642CAA-P ECT1642DAA-P ECT1642LAA-P ECT1652QAA-S ECT1652EAA-S ECT1652BAA-S ECT1652CAA-S ECT1652DAA-S ECT1652LAA-S 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT1604QAA-_ ECT1604EAA-_ ECT1604BAA-_ ECT1604CAA-_ ECT1604DAA-_ ECT1604LAA-_ ECT1614QAA-_ ECT1614EAA-_ ECT1614BAA-_ ECT1614CAA-_ ECT1614DAA-_ ECT1614LAA-_ ECT1624QAA-K ECT1624EAA-K ECT1624BAA-K ECT1624CAA-K ECT1624DAA-K ECT1624LAA-K ECT1634QAA-M ECT1634EAA-M ECT1634BAA-M ECT1634CAA-M ECT1634DAA-M ECT1634LAA-M ECT1644QAA-P ECT1644EAA-P ECT1644BAA-P ECT1644CAA-P ECT1644DAA-P ECT1644LAA-P ECT1654QAA-S ECT1654EAA-S ECT1654BAA-S ECT1654CAA-S ECT1654DAA-S ECT1654LAA-S 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT1608QAA-_ ECT1608EAA-_ ECT1608BAA-_ ECT1608CAA-_ ECT1608DAA-_ ECT1608LAA-_ ECT1618QAA-_ ECT1618EAA-_ ECT1618BAA-_ ECT1618CAA-_ ECT1618DAA-_ ECT1618LAA-_ ECT1628QAA-K ECT1628EAA-K ECT1628BAA-K ECT1628CAA-K ECT1628DAA-K ECT1628LAA-K ECT1638QAA-M ECT1638EAA-M ECT1638BAA-M ECT1638CAA-M ECT1638DAA-M ECT1638LAA-M ECT1648QAA-P ECT1648EAA-P ECT1648BAA-P ECT1648CAA-P ECT1648DAA-P ECT1648LAA-P ECT1658QAA-S ECT1658EAA-S ECT1658BAA-S ECT1658CAA-S ECT1658DAA-S ECT1658LAA-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N101BS0_3A
33
NEMA Size 0
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150 24V DC 30A ECT1601QAA-_ ECT1601EAA-_ ECT1601BAA-_ ECT1601CAA-_ ECT1601DAA-_ ECT1601LAA-_ ECT1611QAA-_ ECT1611EAA-_ ECT1611BAA-_ ECT1611CAA-_ ECT1611DAA-_ ECT1611LAA-_ ECT1621QAA-K ECT1621EAA-K ECT1621BAA-K ECT1621CAA-K ECT1621DAA-K ECT1621LAA-K ECT1631QAA-M ECT1631EAA-M ECT1631BAA-M ECT1631CAA-M ECT1631DAA-M ECT1631LAA-M ECT1641QAA-P ECT1641EAA-P ECT1641BAA-P ECT1641CAA-P ECT1641DAA-P ECT1641LAA-P ECT1651QAA-S ECT1651EAA-S ECT1651BAA-S ECT1651CAA-S ECT1651DAA-S ECT1651LAA-S
NEMA Size 1
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 30A N101CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 60A N101DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 100A N101ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 200A N101ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 400A N101FS5_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT1604QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from the following table: FLA Range Size 00 .25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 A B C D 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 2009
33-35

Table 33-48. Class ECT17 Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect
Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT1702QAB-_ ECT1702QAC-_ ECT1702EAB-_ ECT1702BAB-_ ECT1702CAC-_ ECT1702DAC-_ ECT1702LAC-_ ECT1712QAB-_ ECT1712QAC-_ ECT1712EAB-_ ECT1712BAB-_ ECT1712CAC-_ ECT1712DAC-_ ECT1712LAC-_ ECT1722QAD-K ECT1722QAE-K ECT1722EAD-K ECT1722BAD-K ECT1722CAE-K ECT1722DAE-K ECT1722LAEK ECT1732QAF-M ECT1732QAG-M ECT1732EAF-M ECT1732BAF-M ECT1732CAG-M ECT1732DAG-M ECT1732LAG-M ECT1742QAH-P ECT1742QAJ-P ECT1742EAH-P ECT1742BAH-P ECT1742CAJ-P ECT1742DAJ-P ECT1742LAJ-P ECT1752QAK-S ECT1752QAL-S ECT1752EAK-S ECT1752BAK-S ECT1752CAL-S ECT1752DAL-S ECT1752LAL-S 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT1704QAB-_ ECT1704QAC-_ ECT1704EAB-_ ECT1704BAB-_ ECT1704CAC-_ ECT1704DAC-_ ECT1704LAC-_ ECT1714QAB-_ ECT1714QAC-_ ECT1714EAB-_ ECT1714BAB-_ ECT1714CAC-_ ECT1714DAC-_ ECT1714LAC-_ ECT1724QAD-K ECT1724QAE-K ECT1724EAD-K ECT1724BAD-K ECT1724CAE-K ECT1724DAE-K ECT1724LAE-K ECT1734QAF-M ECT1734QAG-M ECT1734EAF-M ECT1734BAF-M ECT1734CAG-M ECT1734DAG-M ECT1734LAG-M ECT1744QAH-P ECT1744QAJ-P ECT1744EAH-P ECT1744BAH-P ECT1744CAJ-P ECT1744DAJ-P ECT1744LAJ-P ECT1754QAK-S ECT1754QAL-S ECT1754EAK-S ECT1754BAK-S ECT1754CAL-S ECT1754DAL-S ECT1754LAL-S 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT1708QAB-_ ECT1708QAC-_ ECT1708EAB-_ ECT1708BAB-_ ECT1708CAC-_ ECT1708DAC-_ ECT1708LAC-_ ECT1718QAB-_ ECT1718QAC-_ ECT1718EAB-_ ECT1718BAB-_ ECT1718CAC-_ ECT1718DAC-_ ECT1718LAC-_ ECT1728QAD-K ECT1728QAE-K ECT1728EAD-K ECT1728BAD-K ECT1728CAE-K ECT1728DAE-K ECT1728LAE-K ECT1738QAF-M ECT1738QAG-M ECT1738EAF-M ECT1738BAF-M ECT1738CAG-M ECT1738DAG-M ECT1738LAG-M ECT1748QAH-P ECT1748QAJ-P ECT1748EAH-P ECT1748BAH-P ECT1748CAJ-P ECT1748DAJ-P ECT1748LAJ-P ECT1758QAK-S ECT1758QAL-S ECT1758EAK-S ECT1758BAK-S ECT1758CAL-S ECT1758DAL-S ECT1758LAL-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number
NEMA Size 0
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150 24V DC 30A ECT1701QAB-_ ECT1701QAC-_ ECT1701EAB-_ ECT1701BAB-_ ECT1701CAC-_ ECT1701DAC-_ ECT1701LAC-_ ECT1711QAB-_ ECT1711QAC-_ ECT1711EAB-_ ECT1711BAB-_ ECT1711CAC-_ ECT1711DAC-_ ECT1711LAC-_ ECT1721QAD-K ECT1721QAE-K ECT1721EAD-K ECT1721BAD-K ECT1721CAE-K ECT1721DAE-K ECT1721LAE-K ECT1731QAF-M ECT1731QAG-M ECT1731EAF-M ECT1731BAF-M ECT1731CAG-M ECT1731DAG-M ECT1731LAG-M ECT1741QAH-P ECT1741QAJ-P ECT1741EAH-P ECT1741BAH-P ECT1741CAJ-P ECT1741DAJ-P ECT1741LAJ-P ECT1751QAK-S ECT1751QAL-S ECT1751EAK-S ECT1751BAK-S ECT1751CAL-S ECT1751DAL-S ECT1751LAL-S N501BS0_3A
33
NEMA Size 1
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 30A N501CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 60A N501DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 100A N501ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 200A N501ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 400A N501FS5_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT1704QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-36

March 2009

Table 33-49. Class ECT17 Combination Reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect
Motor Voltage Max. hp Coil Voltage Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 Catalog Number 3-Pole Type 3R Catalog Number ECT1702QAA-_ ECT1702EAA-_ ECT1702BAA-_ ECT1702CAA-_ ECT1702DAA-_ ECT1702LAA-_ ECT1712QAA-_ ECT1712EAA-_ ECT1712BAA-_ ECT1712CAA-_ ECT1712DAA-_ ECT1712LAA-_ ECT1722QAA-K ECT1722EAA-K ECT1722BAA-K ECT1722CAA-K ECT1722DAA-K ECT1722LAA-K ECT1732QAA-M ECT1732EAA-M ECT1732BAA-M ECT1732CAA-M ECT1732DAA-M ECT1732LAA-M ECT1742QAA-P ECT1742EAA-P ECT1742BAA-P ECT1742CAA-P ECT1742DAA-P ECT1742LAA-P ECT1752QAA-S ECT1752EAA-S ECT1752BAA-S ECT1752CAA-S ECT1752DAA-S ECT1752LAA-S 3-Pole Type 4X Catalog Number ECT1704QAA-_ ECT1704EAA-_ ECT1704BAA-_ ECT1704CAA-_ ECT1704DAA-_ ECT1704LAA-_ ECT1714QAA-_ ECT1714EAA-_ ECT1714BAA-_ ECT1714CAA-_ ECT1714DAA-_ ECT1714LAA-_ ECT1724QAA-K ECT1724EAA-K ECT1724BAA-K ECT1724CAA-K ECT1724DAA-K ECT1724LAA-K ECT1734QAA-M ECT1734EAA-M ECT1734BAA-M ECT1734CAA-M ECT1734DAA-M ECT1734LAA-M ECT1744QAA-P ECT1744EAA-P ECT1744BAA-P ECT1744CAA-P ECT1744DAA-P ECT1744LAA-P ECT1754QAA-S ECT1754EAA-S ECT1754BAA-S ECT1754CAA-S ECT1754DAA-S ECT1754LAA-S 3-Pole Type 12 Catalog Number ECT1708QAA-_ ECT1708EAA-_ ECT1708BAA-_ ECT1708CAA-_ ECT1708DAA-_ ECT1708LAA-_ ECT1718QAA-_ ECT1718EAA-_ ECT1718BAA-_ ECT1718CAA-_ ECT1718DAA-_ ECT1718LAA-_ ECT1728QAA-K ECT1728EAA-K ECT1728BAA-K ECT1728CAA-K ECT1728DAA-K ECT1728LAA-K ECT1738QAA-M ECT1738EAA-M ECT1738BAA-M ECT1738CAA-M ECT1738DAA-M ECT1738LAA-M ECT1748QAA-P ECT1748EAA-P ECT1748BAA-P ECT1748CAA-P ECT1748DAA-P ECT1748LAA-P ECT1758QAA-S ECT1758EAA-S ECT1758BAA-S ECT1758CAA-S ECT1758DAA-S ECT1758LAA-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N501BS0_3A
33
NEMA Size 0
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 3 3 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 25 30 50 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 75 100 200 200 150 24V DC 60A 24V DC 30A 24V DC 30A ECT1701QAA-_ ECT1701EAA-_ ECT1701BAA-_ ECT1701CAA-_ ECT1701DAA-_ ECT1701LAA-_ ECT1711QAA-_ ECT1711EAA-_ ECT1711BAA-_ ECT1711CAA-_ ECT1711DAA-_ ECT1711LAA-_ ECT1721QAA-K ECT1721EAA-K ECT1721BAA-K ECT1721CAA-K ECT1721DAA-K ECT1721LAA-K ECT1731QAA-M ECT1731EAA-M ECT1731BAA-M ECT1731CAA-M ECT1731DAA-M ECT1731LAA-M ECT1741QAA-P ECT1741EAA-P ECT1741BAA-P ECT1741CAA-P ECT1741DAA-P ECT1741LAA-P ECT1751QAA-S ECT1751EAA-S ECT1751BAA-S ECT1751CAA-S ECT1751DAA-S ECT1751LAA-S
NEMA Size 1
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz N501CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz N501DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 100A N501ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 200A N501ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 380/50 Hz 24V DC 400A N501FS5_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT1704QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from the following table: FLA Range Size 00 .25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 A B C D 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E CA08102001E

March 2009
33-37
Combination Starters Circuit Breaker
Features
Full Voltage 3-Phase Electromechanical Solid-State Overload Relay Integrated Cover Control (Type 1/12)

33
Type 12 Combination IT. Starter with HMCPE
Product Selection
Table 33-50. Class ECT22 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
Motor Voltage Max. hp Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type 3-Pole Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number ECT2201EAC-_ ECT2201EAD-_ ECT2201BAC-_ ECT2201BAD-_ ECT2201CAB-_ ECT2201CAC-_ ECT2201CAD-_ ECT2201DAB-_ ECT2201DAC-_ ECT2201DAD-_ ECT2211EAC-_ ECT2211EAD-_ ECT2211EAE-_ ECT2211EAF-_ ECT2211BAC-_ ECT2211BAD-_ ECT2211BAE-_ ECT2211BAF-_ ECT2211CAB-_ ECT2211CAC-_ ECT2211CAD-_ ECT2211CAE-_ ECT2211DAB-_ ECT2211DAC-_ ECT2211DAD-_ ECT2211DAE-_ 3-Pole Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECT2202EAC-_ ECT2202EAD-_ ECT2202BAC-_ ECT2202BAD-_ ECT2202CAB-_ ECT2202CAC-_ ECT2202CAD-_ ECT2202DAB-_ ECT2202DAC-_ ECT2202DAD-_ ECT2212EAC-_ ECT2212EAD-_ ECT2212EAE-_ ECT2212EAF-_ ECT2212BAC-_ ECT2212BAD-_ ECT2212BAE-_ ECT2212BAF-_ ECT2212CAB-_ ECT2212CAC-_ ECT2212CAD-_ ECT2212CAE-_ ECT2212DAB-_ ECT2212DAC-_ ECT2212DAD-_ ECT2212DAE-_ 3-Pole Type 4X Watertight Catalog Number ECT2204EAC-_ ECT2204EAD-_ ECT2204BAC-_ ECT2204BAD-_ ECT2204CAB-_ ECT2204CAC-_ ECT2204CAD-_ ECT2204DAB-_ ECT2204DAC-_ ECT2204DAD-_ ECT2214EAC-_ ECT2214EAD-_ ECT2214EAE-_ ECT2214EAF-_ ECT2214BAC-_ ECT2214BAD-_ ECT2214BAE-_ ECT2214BAF-_ ECT2214CAB-_ ECT2214CAC-_ ECT2214CAD-_ ECT2214CAE-_ ECT2214DAB-_ ECT2214DAC-_ ECT2214DAD-_ ECT2214DAE-_ 3-Pole Type 12 Dust-Tight Catalog Number ECT2208EAC-_ ECT2208EAD-_ ECT2208BAC-_ ECT2208BAD-_ ECT2208CAB-_ ECT2208CAC-_ ECT2208CAD-_ ECT2208DAB-_ ECT2208DAC-_ ECT2208DAD-_ ECT2218EAC-_ ECT2218EAD-_ ECT2218EAE-_ ECT2218EAF-_ ECT2218BAC-_ ECT2218BAD-_ ECT2218BAE-_ ECT2218BAF-_ ECT2218CAB-_ ECT2218CAC-_ ECT2218CAD-_ ECT2218CAE-_ ECT2218DAB-_ ECT2218DAC-_ ECT2218DAD-_ ECT2218DAE-_ 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N101BS0_3A N101BS0_3A N101BS0_3A
NEMA Size 0
200 230 460 1 3 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A
575
24V DC
N101BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
200 24V DC N101CS1_3A
230
24V DC
N101CS1_3A
460
24V DC
N101CS1_3A
575
24V DC
N101CS1_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2204QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from the following table: FLA Range Size 00 .25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 A B C D 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
CA08102001E
33-38

March 2009

Tables 33-50 Class ECT22 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker (Continued)
Motor Voltage Max. hp Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type 3-Pole Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number ECT2221EAF-K ECT2221BAF-K ECT2221BAW-K ECT2221CAF-K ECT2221DAE-K ECT2221DAF-K ECT2231EAG-M ECT2231EAX-M ECT2231BAG-M ECT2231BAX-M ECT2231CAG-M ECT2231DAF-M ECT2231DAG-M ECT2241EAH-P ECT2241BAH-P ECT2241CAH-P ECT2241DAH-P ECT2251EAJ-S ECT2251EAK-S ECT2251BAJ-S ECT2251BAK-S ECT2251CAJ-S ECT2251CAK-S ECT2251DAJ-S ECT2251DAK-S 3-Pole Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECT2222EAF-K ECT2222BAF-K ECT2222BAW-K ECT2222CAF-K ECT2222DAE-K ECT2222DAF-K ECT2232EAG-M ECT2232EAX-M ECT2232BAG-M ECT2232BAX-M ECT2232CAG-M ECT2232DAF-M ECT2232DAG-M ECT2242EAH-P ECT2242BAH-P ECT2242CAH-P ECT2242DAH-P ECT2252EAJ-S ECT2252EAK-S ECT2252BAJ-S ECT2252BAK-S ECT2252CAJ-S ECT2252CAK-S ECT2252DAJ-S ECT2252DAK-S 3-Pole Type 4X Watertight Catalog Number ECT2224EAF-K ECT2224BAF-K ECT2224BAW-K ECT2224CAF-K ECT2224DAE-K ECT2224DAF-K ECT2234EAG-M ECT2234EAX-M ECT2234BAG-M ECT2234BAX-M ECT2234CAG-M ECT2234DAF-M ECT2234DAG-M ECT2244EAH-P ECT2244BAH-P ECT2244CAH-P ECT2244DAH-P ECT2254EAJ-S ECT2254EAK-S ECT2254BAJ-S ECT2254BAK-S ECT2254CAJ-S ECT2254CAK-S ECT2254DAJ-S ECT2254DAK-S 3-Pole Type 12 Dust-Tight Catalog Number ECT2228EAF-K ECT2228BAF-K ECT2228BAW-K ECT2228CAF-K ECT2228DAE-K ECT2228DAF-K ECT2238EAG-M ECT2238EAX-M ECT2238BAG-M ECT2238BAX-M ECT2238CAG-M ECT2238DAF-M ECT2238DAG-M ECT2248EAH-P ECT2248BAH-P ECT2248CAH-P ECT2248DAH-P ECT2258EAJ-S ECT2258EAK-S ECT2258BAJ-S ECT2258BAK-S ECT2258CAJ-S ECT2258CAK-S ECT2258DAJ-S ECT2258DAK-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N101DS2_3A N101DS2_3A N101DS2_3A N101DS2_3A
33
NEMA Size 2
200 230 460 575 10 10 15 25 15 25 20 25 25 30 50 30 50 40 50 100 100 50 75 60 100 125 200 150 200 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 100A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A
NEMA Size 3
200 230 460 575 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC N101ES3_3A N101ES3_3A N101ES3_3A N101ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC N101ES4_3A N101ES4_3A N101ES4_3A N101ES4_3A N101FS5_3A N101FS5_3A N101FS5_3A N101FS5_3A
NEMA Size 5
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2224QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from the following table: FLA Range Size 00 .25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 A B C D 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com

March 2009
33-39

Table 33-51. Class ECT23 Combination Reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
Motor Voltage Max. hp Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type 3-Pole Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number ECT2301EAC-_ ECT2301EAD-_ ECT2301BAC-_ ECT2301BAD-_ ECT2301CAB-_ ECT2301CAC-_ ECT2301CAD-_ ECT2301DAB-_ ECT2301DAC-_ ECT2301DAD-_ ECT2311EAC-_ ECT2311EAD-_ ECT2311EAE-_ ECT2311EAF-_ ECT2311BAC-_ ECT2311BAD-_ ECT2311BAE-_ ECT2311BAF-_ ECT2311CAB-_ ECT2311CAC-_ ECT2311CAD-_ ECT2311CAE-_ ECT2311DAB-_ ECT2311DAC-_ ECT2311DAD-_ ECT2311DAE-_ ECT2321EAF-K ECT2321BAF-K ECT2321BAW-K ECT2321CAF-K ECT2321DAE-K ECT2321DAF-K 3-Pole Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECT2302EAC-_ ECT2302EAD-_ ECT2302BAC-_ ECT2302BAD-_ ECT2302CAB-_ ECT2302CAC-_ ECT2302CAD-_ ECT2302DAB-_ ECT2302DAC-_ ECT2302DAD-_ ECT2312EAC-_ ECT2312EAD-_ ECT2312EAE-_ ECT2312EAF-_ ECT2312BAC-_ ECT2312BAD-_ ECT2312BAE-_ ECT2312BAF-_ ECT2312CAB-_ ECT2312CAC-_ ECT2312CAD-_ ECT2312CAE-_ ECT2312DAB-_ ECT2312DAC-_ ECT2312DAD-_ ECT2312DAE-_ ECT2322EAF-K ECT2322BAF-K ECT2322BAW-K ECT2322CAF-K ECT2322DAE-K ECT2322DAF-K 3-Pole Type 4X Watertight Catalog Number ECT2304EAC-_ ECT2304EAD-_ ECT2304BAC-_ ECT2304BAD-_ ECT2304CAB-_ ECT2304CAC-_ ECT2304CAD-_ ECT2304DAB-_ ECT2304DAC-_ ECT2304DAD-_ ECT2314EAC-_ ECT2314EAD-_ ECT2314EAE-_ ECT2314EAF-_ ECT2314BAC-_ ECT2314BAD-_ ECT2314BAE-_ ECT2314BAF-_ ECT2314CAB-_ ECT2314CAC-_ ECT2314CAD-_ ECT2314CAE-_ ECT2314DAB-_ ECT2314DAC-_ ECT2314DAD-_ ECT2314DAE-_ ECT2324EAF-K ECT2324BAF-K ECT2324BAW-K ECT2324CAF-K ECT2324DAE-K ECT2324DAF-K 3-Pole Type 12 Dust-Tight Catalog Number ECT2308EAC-_ ECT2308EAD-_ ECT2308BAC-_ ECT2308BAD-_ ECT2308CAB-_ ECT2308CAC-_ ECT2308CAD-_ ECT2308DAB-_ ECT2308DAC-_ ECT2308DAD-_ ECT2318EAC-_ ECT2318EAD-_ ECT2318EAE-_ ECT2318EAF-_ ECT2318BAC-_ ECT2318BAD-_ ECT2318BAE-_ ECT2318BAF-_ ECT2318CAB-_ ECT2318CAC-_ ECT2318CAD-_ ECT2318CAE-_ ECT2318DAB-_ ECT2318DAC-_ ECT2318DAD-_ ECT2318DAE-_ ECT2328EAF-K ECT2328BAF-K ECT2328BAW-K ECT2328CAF-K ECT2328DAE-K ECT2328DAF-K 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N501BS0_3A N501BS0_3A N501BS0_3A
NEMA Size 0
200 230 460 1 3 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10 10 10 15 25 15 25 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A
33
575
24V DC
N501BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
200 24V DC N501CS1_3A
230
24V DC
N501CS1_3A
460
24V DC
N501CS1_3A
575
24V DC
N501CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
200 230 460 575 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC N501DS2_3A N501DS2_3A N501DS2_3A N501DS2_3A
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2304EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from the following table: FLA Range Size 00 .25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 A B C D 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-40

March 2009

Table 33-51. Class ECT23 Combination Reversing Starter Circuit Breaker (Continued)
Motor Voltage Max. hp Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type 3-Pole Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number ECT2331EAG-M ECT2331EAX-M ECT2331BAG-M ECT2331BAX-M ECT2331CAG-M ECT2331DAF-M ECT2331DAG-M ECT2341EAH-P ECT2341BAH-P ECT2341CAH-P ECT2341DAH-P ECT2351EAJ-S ECT2351EAK-S ECT2351BAJ-S ECT2351BAK-S ECT2351CAJ-S ECT2351CAK-S ECT2351DAJ-S ECT2351DAK-S 3-Pole Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECT2332EAG-M ECT2332EAX-M ECT2332BAG-M ECT2332BAX-M ECT2332CAG-M ECT2332DAF-M ECT2332DAG-M ECT2342EAH-P ECT2342BAH-P ECT2342CAH-P ECT2342DAH-P ECT2352EAJ-S ECT2352EAK-S ECT2352BAJ-S ECT2352BAK-S ECT2352CAJ-S ECT2352CAK-S ECT2352DAJ-S ECT2352DAK-S 3-Pole Type 4X Watertight Catalog Number ECT2334EAG-M ECT2334EAX-M ECT2334BAG-M ECT2334BAX-M ECT2334CAG-M ECT2334DAF-M ECT2334DAG-M ECT2344EAH-P ECT2344BAH-P ECT2344CAH-P ECT2344DAH-P ECT2354EAJ-S ECT2354EAK-S ECT2354BAJ-S ECT2354BAK-S ECT2354CAJ-S ECT2354CAK-S ECT2354DAJ-S ECT2354DAK-S 3-Pole Type 12 Dust-Tight Catalog Number ECT2338EAG-M ECT2338EAX-M ECT2338BAG-M ECT2338BAX-M ECT2338CAG-M ECT2338DAF-M ECT2338DAG-M ECT2348EAH-P ECT2348BAH-P ECT2348CAH-P ECT2348DAH-P ECT2358EAJ-S ECT2358EAK-S ECT2358BAJ-S ECT2358BAK-S ECT2358CAJ-S ECT2358CAK-S ECT2358DAJ-S ECT2358DAK-S 3-Pole Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number N501ES3_3A N501ES3_3A N501ES3_3A N501ES3_3A
33
NEMA Size 3
200 230 460 575 20 25 25 30 50 30 50 40 50 100 100 50 75 60 100 125 200 150 200 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 100A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A
NEMA Size 4
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC N501ES4_3A N501ES4_3A N501ES4_3A N501ES4_3A N501FS5_3A N501FS5_3A N501FS5_3A N501FS5_3A
NEMA Size 5
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2304EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. A _ denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate Code from the following table: FLA Range Size 00 .25 .80 .59 1.9 1.4 4.4 2.8 9.0 5.0 16 6.3 20 8.4 27 10 32 14 45 16 50 28 90 31 100 42 135 63 200 84 270 131 420 A B C D 0 A B C D G J 1 A B C D F H L 2 K N 3 M 4 P R 5 S T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors & Starters .IT. Electro-Mechanical Enclosed

March 2009
33-41
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
(If Used) 1 2 3 1 2 3 Circuit Breaker L1 L2 L3 L1 Fuse (2) L11 Fuse X1 L12 X2 Ground L2 IT./EM M Motor
33
Terminal Block (+) L1 L2 Power Supply 120V AC - 24V DC (+) Terminal Board () + 1 (+ Customer Control Device P F 2 = 24V DC Permissive Forward M 2
1 2 4 3
Reset + Alarm
Reset
Figure 33-16. IT. Combination Starter with CPT and Power Supply
(If Used) 1 2 3 1 2 3 Circuit Breaker L1 L2 L3 /EM Terminal Block (+) 1 2 Terminal Board () + 1 (+ Customer Control Device P F 2 1 Reset 4 2 3 Reset + Alarm = 24V DC Permissive Forward M M Motor
L2 L1 Power Supply 480V AC - 24V DC (+)
Figure 33-17. IT. Combination Starter with Power Supply
CA08102001E
33-42
NEMA Contactors & Starters Electro-Mechanical Enclosed

March 2009
Modication Codes
Modication Codes
Table 33-52. A Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays, Autotransformers Table 33-52. A Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays, Autotransformers (Continued)
Modication Catalog Number Sufx A35 A36 A37 A38 A39 A40 Auxiliary Contacts A42 A43 A44 Accelerating Relay A46 A47 Description Modication Catalog Number Sufx A1 Description
33
Ammeter
Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in Line 1, Type 1, 12 Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in Line 1, Type 3R, 4X
Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts, continued
3NC 3NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-3NC 4NO 4NC Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism of Disconnect Switch, 1NO-1NC Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism of Disconnect Switch, 2NO-2NC With Auxiliary Contact Omitted For 2-Speed 2NO/2NC 24V DC Auxiliary Relay IT. Only
A2
Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch, Type 1, 12 Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch, Type 3R, 4X
A3 A4 A5 A6
Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12 Miniature with Selector Switch, Type 1, 12 Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12 Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X Switchboard with Selector Switch, Type 1, 12 Switchboard with Selector Switch, Type 3R, 4X
A7 A10 A11
3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12 3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X 3 Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12 3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12 3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X
Oversize enclosure will be provided for IT. Starters. Top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be added to contactors in Box 1 (Type 1). Not available for IT. Starters. Available on XT Starters for 40A and greater only.
Table 33-53. B Breaker Modications, Backspin Timer, Undervoltage Release, Bell Alarm, Bus Choke
Modication Catalog Number Sufx B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B8 B9 B10 B11 Backspin Timer B12 Undervoltage Release B13 B14 B15 Bell Alarm Bus Choke (MVX) B16 B20 Description
Breaker
1NO-1NC Auxiliary Contact on Breaker 2NO-2NC Auxiliary Contacts on Breaker Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker 48 127V AC or DC Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker 9 24V AC or DC Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker 208 380V AC Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker 415 600V AC or 220 250V DC Undervoltage Release for Breaker Current Limiter Mounted to Breaker Breaker Order by Description Thermal Magnetic Breaker 180 Seconds Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker 208 240V AC Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker 380 480V AC Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker 525 600V AC Bell Alarm for Circuit Breaker DC Bus Choke, Open Core and Coil
A12 Autotransformers Top Mounted Auxiliary Contacts (Unwired) A8 A9 A13 A14 A15 A16 NEMA Sizes 00 2 only (Unwired) A17 A18 A19 A20 IEC Sizes B L Only (Unwired) XT Series A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A32 A33 A34
Ammeter Order by Description, Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12 hp Rating selection, see P03300001E Order by Description 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO-1NC 1NO-2NC 3NO 3NC 3NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-3NC 4NO 4NC 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO-1NC 1NO-2NC 3NO
A DC bus choke may be used in place of an AC line reactor for line harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 500 kVA. The DC bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage unbalance or transients.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-43
Modication Codes
Table 33-54. C Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere dened), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Custom for Advantage, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors
Modication Catalog Number Sufx C1 Description
Table 33-54. C Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere dened), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Custom for Advantage, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)
Modication Catalog Number Sufx Description
33
Control Power Transformers Make sure 8th character species primary/ secondary voltage.
Standard Size Control Transformer, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Standard Size Control Transformer, 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 50 VA Extra Capacity CPT 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 300 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 400 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 1 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse 2 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Control Transformer Order by Description CPT with Power Supply for IT. or XT Separate Control 120V AC to 24V DC Power Supply with Extra Capacity Order by Description 4-Pole Interposing Relay, 600V (2NO/2NC) Run Relay, 24V DC (MVX) 4-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. 2NO-2NC 8-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. 4NO-4NC Control Relay Order by Description 3-Wire Control Module (C30 Lighting) 2-Wire Control Relay for Mechanical/ Magnetic Lighting Contactors Convert Position 7 to E30 Type Cover Control Lock-Off Attachment Added on Cover Control Change to E22 (22 mm) Cover Controls
Current C21 Transformer(s) C22 C23 Compelling Relay Control Wiring C25 C26 C30 C31 C33 Control Circuit Breaker Separate Control Customer Supplied Components Custom for Advantage Contactor/ Starter Counter E-Stop Relay DC/AC Interface Separate Source Disconnect Bypass Contactors for IT./MVX Starters (MVX: 1/2 to 5 hp Only) C32
In Phase 1 In Phases 1 and 2 In 3 Phases Omit Control Wiring With Separate Control Wiring and Two 250V Fuses in Holder With Common Control Wiring and Two 600V (Class C) Fuses in Holder Control Wiring Type Order by Description Order by Description
C2
C42
C3
C4
C5
C35 C36 C37 C39 C40 C41 C43 C44 C45
Wired for Separate Control (Reduced Voltage) Customer Supplied Components to Be Installed Customer Supplied Wiring Diagram to Use Advantage+ Starter Supplied Contactor/Starter Order by Description Operations Counter E-Stop Relay (DeviceNet) DC/AC Interface Module IEC Separate Source Disconnect for Control Circuitry Isolation Contactor Output Contactor Bypass Contactor Isolation/Output/Bypass Contactor 3-Contactor Bypass Pkg. for MVX
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11 C34 Power Supplies C27 (IT. and XT C28 Only) Control Relays C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C18 C20 Cover Control C17 C19 C29
C46/J1 C46/J2 C46/J3 C46/J4 C46/J5
Not available for IT. Starters. Includes CPT, Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, Auxiliary Contacts and Control Relay. Not available for XT Starters.
Not available for IT. Starters. Not available for XT Starters.
CA08102001E
33-44

March 2009
Modication Codes
Table 33-55. D Device Labels, Deceleration Relay, Drain and Breather, Duplex Modications
Modication Catalog Number Sufx D1 D2 D5 D6 D7 D12 D14 D15 D16 Description
Table 33-56. E Enclosure Modications, Elapsed Time Meter, Duplex Outlet, Enclosure for Starter, Enclosure Clear Cover, Enclosure Material
Modication Catalog Number Sufx E3 E4 E8 E11 Elapsed Time Meter E9 E10 Duplex Outlet Enclosure for Starter E12 E13 E14 Description
33
Device Labels Decel. Relay Drain and Breather (Type 7/9 Enclosure) Duplex Modications
(Each Label) 2-Speed Drain and Breather Drain Only Breather Only Alternator Omitted (Deduct Price) START/STOP Pushbuttons Supplied for Each Motor HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch Supplied for Each Motor No. 1 Lead - No. 2 Lead Selector Switch for Manual Selection of Lead Pump (Alternator is Omitted) Red RUN Pilot Light Supplied for Each Motor Push-to-Test Red RUN Pilot Light Supplied for Each Motor TEST Pushbutton for Each Motor CPT, 120V Secondary, 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse Supplied for Ea. Motor CPT w/100VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec., 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse Supplied for Each Motor CPT w/200VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec., 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse Supplied for Each Motor CPT for Duplex Order by Description Add 2 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices Add 3 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices Green OFF for each starter Green Push-to-Test OFF for ea. starter Fuse Blocks Enclosure Modications
Oversize Enclosure Enclosure Order by Description Service Entrance Rating w/Ground Bar Safety Door Interlock Wired Across Coil, Type 1, 12 Wired Across Coil, Type 3R, 4X Elapsed Time Meter Order by Description Convenience Duplex Outlet Mounted in Side of Enclosure Horizontal Combination Starter, Size 0 2 Narrow Combination Starter, Size 0 2 Clear Cover for Halyester Enclosure Nonmetallic Convert to 316 Stainless Steel Convert from Type 3R to Stainless Steel
D17 D18 D19 D20 D21
Enclosure Clear E19 Cover for XT Enclosure Material E20 E21
Not available for IT. or XT Starters.
Table 33-57. F Fuse Clips, Fuse Blocks, Fungus Protection, Fingerproof Covers, EMI Filter
Modication Catalog Number Sufx F1 F2 F4 F5 Description
D22
Fuse Clips
Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class J Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class H & K (30 & 60 Ampere Only) Power Fuses Included Order by Description 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder (KTK) Mounted on Panel (Unwired), Fuse Not Supplied 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder Mounted on Panel (Unwired), FNQR Fuse Supplied 3-Pole Power Fuseholder Mounted on Front Contactor Separate Fusing of Control Power Supply IT. Blown Fuse Indicator (Not for PFC) Class CC Fuses 3-Phase 1-Phase
D23 D24 D25 D26 D27
F6
Not available for IT. or XT Starters. F7 F8 F10 F21 EMI Filter (MVX) F22 F23
The EMI lter is not necessary to meet the CE mark requirements for EMC when installing the MVX in an EC country. Not available for XT Starters.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-45
Modication Codes
Table 33-58. G Ground Fault Relay, Grounding
Modication Catalog Number Sufx G1 G3 G5 G6 G7 Description
Table 33-61. L Labels, Line and Load Reactors,
Lighting Contactors
Modication Catalog Number Sufx L10 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 Load Reactors (MVX) Lighting Contactors L17 L18 L21 L22 L23 L24 L25 L26 L27 L28 L29A L29B L29C L29D L29E L29F L29G Description
Ground Fault Relay Grounding
Ground Fault Relay (Wired) Ground Fault Relay (Unwired) Special Grounding Order by Description Ground Fault Protection Omitted (Advantage) Ground Fault Protection and Monitoring Panel Carton Label Line Reactors (MVX)
Customer Marking Specify 3% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core and Coil 3% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open Core and Coil 5% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core and Coil 5% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open Core and Coil Line Reactor Order by Description Output Line DV/DT Filter, Open Core and Coil Load Reactor Order by Description 1 NC Pole 2 NC Pole 3 NC Pole 4 NC Pole 5 NC Pole 6 NC Pole 7 NC Pole 8 NC Pole 3-Wire 120V AC 3-Wire 240V AC 3-Wire 24V AC 3-Wire 24V DC 2-Wire 120V AC 2-Wire 240V AC 2-Wire 24V AC
33
Table 33-59. H Heater (Space), Heater Packs Installed

Modication Catalog Number Sufx H1 H2 H5 Description
Space Heater Install Heater Packs (Freedom Series)
Space Heater and Thermostat Space Heater and NC Interlock Class 20 /D1 /D2 /D3 /D4 /D5 /D6 /D7 /D8 /D9 /D10 /D11 /D12 /D13 /D14 /D15 /D16 /D17 /D18 /D19 /D20 /D21 /D22 /D23 /D24 H2001B-3 H2002B-3 H2003B-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2009B-3 H2010B-3 H2011B-3 H2012B-3 H2013B-3 H2014B-3 H2015B-3 H2016B-3 H2017B-3 H2018-3 H2019-3 H2020-3 H2021-3 H2022-3 H2023-3 H2024-3 Class 10 /D25 /D26 /D27 /D28 /D29 /D30 /D31 /D32 /D33 /D34 /D35 /D36 /D37 /D38 /D39 /D40 /D41 H2101B-3 H2102B-3 H2103B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2109B-3 H2110B-3 H2111B-3 H2112B-3 H2113B-3 H2114B-3 H2115-3 H2116-3 H2117-3
If the power source exceeds 500 kVA, 3% line unbalance, or if transient voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce line current harmonics. The output line DV/DT lter is required when the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 33 feet (10m). The total cable run should not exceed 165 feet (50m).
Table 33-62. N Nameplates Table 33-60. K MVX Keypad

Modication Catalog Number Sufx K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 Description Nameplates Keypad (MVX) Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 1 and 12) Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 3R) AFD Copy Keypad (mounted on drive) Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad (Type 1 and 12) Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad (Type 3R) Modication Catalog Number Sufx N1 Description
Enclosure Nameplates
See PG0300001E for more MVX Modications.
CA08102001E
33-46

March 2009
Modication Codes
Table 33-63. P Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell
Modication
Table 33-63. P Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell (Continued)
Modication Catalog Number Sufx Pilot Lights (Continued) P58 P59 P60 P61 P62 P63 P64 P65 P66 P67 P68 P69 Illuminated Pushbutton Phase Loss Relay P27 P28 P36 P37 Phase Rever- P30 sal Relay Phase Unbalance Relay Phase Monitoring Relay P32 Description
33
Push-to-Test Pilot Lights
Catalog Number Sufx P1 P2 P3 P4 P49 P54 P56 P57
Description
Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN) Wired to Coil Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF) Wired in Series with Auxiliary Contact Combination of P1 and P2 Above Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Amber RUN) Wired to Coil Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green RUN) Push-to-Test Pilot Light Red BYPASS (MVX) Push-to-Test Pilot Light Amber INVERTER ENABLE (MVX) Push-to-Test Pilot Light Green STOP EMERGENCY STOP Mushroom Head Pushbutton Omitted START/STOP ON/OFF START ON OFF FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP FAST/SLOW/STOP FAST/OFF/SLOW HIGH/LOW/STOP HIGH/LOW SLOW/FAST Pushbutton with Legend Plate UP/STOP/DOWN OPEN/STOP/CLOSE With 1 Amber Pilot Light Marked POWER AVAILABLE Wired to Load Side of 2 Fuses or Circuit Breaker Pilot Light (Amber RUN) Wired to Coil With 1 Red Pilot Light Marked RUN Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact With 1 Push-to-Test Red Light Marked RUN Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact Pilot Light Red RUN Pilot Light Red ON Pilot Light Green OFF Pilot Light Order by Description Pilot Light Red STOP
Pilot Light Red BYPASS (MVX) Pilot Light Amber INVERTER ENABLE (MVX) Pilot Light Red INVERTER RUNNING (MVX) Pilot Light Green STOP FORWARD/REVERSE Red Pilot Lights UP/DOWN Red Pilot Lights OPEN/CLOSE Red Pilot Lights HIGH/LOW Red Pilot Lights FAST/SLOW Red Pilot Lights Green RUN Light LED Bulbs Blue OVERLOAD Light Illuminated Pushbutton Order by Description Phase Loss Relay Phase Loss Protection Omitted (Advantage) Extended Phase Loss Trip Time (Advantage) Phase Reversal Relay Phase Unbalance Relay
Pushbuttons
P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 P52 P53
P34
Phase Monitoring Relay
Power Factor P38 Correction Capacitors
Pilot Lights
P19
/F1 /F2 /F3 /F4 /F5 /F6 /F7 /F8
20 kVar 25 kVar 30 kVar 35 kVar 40 kVar 45 kVar 50 kVar 60 kVar
/F9 /F10 /F11 /F12 /F13 /F14 /F15 /F16
70 kVar 75 kVar 80 kVar 90 kVar 100 kVar 125 kVar 150 kVar 175 kVar
/F17 /F18 /F19 /F20 /F21 /F22
200 kVar 225 kVar 250 kVar 300 kVar 350 kVar 400 kVar
P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P26 P29
Potential P39 Transformers P40 P41 Pump Controller Program Timers P42 P43 P44 P45 Percentage Timers Photocell P47 P48 P70
Potential Transformer Wired L1 L2 Potential Transformer Wired L1 L2 and L2 L3 Potential Transformer 3 Phases Pump Controller for IT. 15-Minute Program Timer 24-Hour Program Timer 7-Day Program Timer with Day Omission Feature 15-Minute Percentage Timer 60-Minute Percentage Timer Photoelectric Receptacle with Photocell
Not available for IT. Starters.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-47
Modication Codes
Table 33-64. Q IQ Products, DN50
Modication Catalog Number Sufx Q1 Q3 Q5 Q8 Q9 IQ Data Metering Module DN50 Q12 Q14 Q13 Description
Table 33-65. R Ramp, Relays, Solid-State Electronic Overload Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modications, Reversing, DeviceNet Interface (Continued)
Modication Catalog Number Sufx Fixed Heater Overload Relay, continued R43 Description
IQ Products
IQ 500 IQ 1000 IQ 4000 With Wponi (Advantage) With WCTLponi (Advantage) IQ Data Metering Module IQ 220 with Cable DeviceNet Input/Output Module
33
Table 33-65. R Ramp, Relays, Solid-State Electronic Overload Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modications, Reversing, DeviceNet Interface
Modication Catalog Number Sufx R1 R2 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R38 R39 R40 R41 R42 Description Solid-State Electronic Overload Relay
Ramp Relay Fixed Heater Overload Relay
Extended Ramp of IT. Overvoltage Relay C316FNA3C C316FNA3D C316FNA3E C316FNA3F C316FNA3G C316FNA3H C316FNA3J C316FNA3K C316FNA3L C316FNA3M C316FNA3N C316FNA3P C316FNA3Q C316FNA3R C316FNA3S C316FNA3T C316KNA3A C316KNA3B C316KNA3C C316KNA3D C316KNA3E C316KNA3F C316PNA3A C316PNA3B C316PNA3C C316PNA3D C316PNA3E C316PNA3F C316SNA3A C316SNA3B C316SNA3C C316SNA3D C316UNA3A C316UNA3B C316UNA3C .25 .40A .40 .63A .63 1.00A 1.00 1.40A 1.30 1.80A 1.70 2.40A 2.20 3.10A 2.80 4.00A 3.50 5.00A 4.50 6.50A 6.00 8.50A 7.50 11.00A 10.00 14.00A 13.00 19.00A 18.00 24.00A 24.00 32.00A 18.00 25.00A 22.00 32.00A 29.00 42.00A 36.00 52.00A 45.00 63.00A 60.00 80.00A 65.00 90.00A 80.00 100.00A 100.00 135.00A 110.00 150.00A 130.00 175.00A 150.00 200.00A 130.00 185.00A 165.00 235.00A 220.00 310.00A 285.00 400.00A 355.00 500.00A 465.00 650.00A 610.00 850.00A
Resets
Reversing Overload Relay Mods
DeviceNet Interface
Fixed Heater Overload Relay Order by Description C316FNA3F 60.00 84.00 FLA R55 w/Current Transformer C316FNA3G 78.00 108.00 FLA R56 w/Current Transformer C316FNA3H 102.00 144.00 FLA R57 w/Current Transformer C316FNA3J 132.00 186.00 FLA R58 w/Current Transformer C316FNA3K 168.00 240.00 FLA R59 w/Current Transformer C316FNA3L 210.00 310.00 FLA R60 w/Current Transformer IEC NEMA Full Load 3-Phase Automatic/ Frame Size Current Manual Reset Adjustment Class Range (A) 5/10/20/30 Catalog Number Sufx R61_ B&C 00 0.1 0.5 A 0.4 2.0 B 1.0 5.0 C 1.6 8.0 D C&D 0&1 0.1 0.5 A 0.4 2.0 B 1.0 5.0 C 1.6 8.0 D 6.4 32 E D 2 9 45 F 3 15 75 G F&G 22 110 H G 4 30 150 J N/A 5 96 300 C N/A 6 192 600 C R5 Change External Reset to Internal Reset Hole Covered with Plug R6 Internal Reset No Hole Plug R44 Manual Reset Only on Overload Relay R45 Auto Reset Only on Overload Relay R47 Internal Trip Indicator No External Reset R48 External Reset with External Trip Indicator R49 External Reset with Bell Alarm R71 N3R Reset Boot Added (Type 1/12 Only) R54 Reversing Contactor/Starter R53 Anti Plug-In R61 C395 DNA DeviceNet Module R62 C395 Bell Alarm R63 C395 Load Module R64 C395 Program Key R69 DeviceNet Interface R65 Standard Reset for DeviceNet R66 Lighted Reset for DeviceNet R67 Trip Indicator for DeviceNet R68 DeviceNet Communication Interface (MVX)
Not available for IT. or XT Starters. Features: Self-Powered Phase Loss Protection Current Adjustment Knob 1% Repeat Accuracy 1NO and 1NC Isolated Contacts Complete Modication Code includes overload range. Example R61/C.
CA08102001E
33-48

March 2009
Modication Codes
Table 33-66. S System Voltage, Selector Switches, Suppressor, Incomplete Sequence Protection, Single-Phase Jumper, Surge Capacitor, Speed Potentiometer
Modication
Table 33-67. T Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal Points, Ring Lug Connections
Modication Catalog Number Sufx T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T25 Time Delay Relays T6 T7 T8 Terminal Blocks T9 T10 T24 Terminal Points T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 T21 Description
33
Catalog Number Sufx
Description Timers
System Voltage S1 Selection
Selector Switches
S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 S16 S17 S18 S21 S38 S41 S42 S43 S19 S40 S24 S20 S26 S27 S28 S29 S30 S31 S37 S39
Suppressor Surge Suppression Sequence Timer Sequence Protection Pump Single Phase
System Voltage Selection for Internal Components /H1 208V 60 Hz /H2 240V 60 Hz /H3 277V 60 Hz, 1-Ph /H4 480V 60 Hz /H5 600V 60 Hz /H6 796V 60 Hz /H7 220V 50 Hz /H8 380V 50 Hz /H9 415V 50 Hz /H10 550V 50 Hz /H11 660V 50 Hz /H12 380V 60 Hz /H13 1500V 60 Hz System Voltage Selection Specify on Order HAND/OFF/AUTO HAND/AUTO HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light RUN/OFF/AUTO AUTO/OFF/TEST AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light and 1 Green Pilot Light OFF/AUTO START/STOP OFF/ON HIGH/LOW FAST/OFF/SLOW SLOW/FAST FORWARD/REVERSE HIGH/OFF/LOW HIGH/LOW/OFF/AUTO HAND/OFF/AUTO Spring Return from Left INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (MVX) OPEN/OFF/CLOSE FORWARD/OFF/REVERSE FAST/OFF/SLOW/AUTO Selector Switch Omitted (Pump Panels Only) Selector Switch Order by Description Transient Suppressor Mounted on Magnet Coil MOV (IT.) Sequence Timer (Pump Panels) Incomplete Sequence Protection 480V BP9000 Pump Convert Contactor or Starter from ThreePhase to Single-Phase Install Jumper Single-Phase Rev. 120V Single-Phase Rev. 240V Surge Capacitor Wired to Disconnect Line Side Speed Potentiometer (MVX)
Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor, Unwired, 30 Sec. Max. Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor, Unwired, 180 Sec. Max. Pneumatic Timer Mounted in Enclosure, Unwired, 180 Sec. Max. Solid-State ON Delay Timer (1 30 sec) Solid-State ON Delay Timer (30 300 sec) Timer Order by Description Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum, Unwired, ON DELAY Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum, Unwired, OFF DELAY Time Delay Low Voltage Release Relay With 1 Single Circuit Terminal Block, Unwired With 2 Single Circuit Terminal Block, Unwired Power Terminal Block for DeviceNet Overload With 6 Terminal Points, Unwired With 12 Terminal Points, Unwired With 18 Terminal Points, Unwired Terminal Point per Customer Specication, Unwired (Price Each) Terminal Point per Customer Specication, Wired (Price Each) 3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor and Overload for Power Factor Capacitors Sizes 0 2 3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor and Overload for Power Factor Capacitors Sizes 3 4 Quick-Connect Terminals Added to DP Contactor/Starter Ring Lug Connections on Power Wires Ring Lug Connections on Control Wires Reset Only STOP with Reset START/STOP with Reset HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC ON/OFF Reset Only (DeviceNet) STOP with Reset (DeviceNet) START/STOP with Reset (DeviceNet) HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC (DeviceNet) HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC (DeviceNet) ON/OFF Reset Only STOP with Reset FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 120V AC FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 24V DC ON/OFF
T22
T23 Ring Lug Connections IT./EM T16 T17 T30 T31 T32 T33A T33D T34 T40 T41 T42 T43A T43D T44 T50 T51 T52 T53A T53D T54
Surge Capacitor Speed Potentiometer
When using 3-position selector switch with magnetic lighting contactor, mod C20 must also be used (ECL04, ECL13, ECL15). Not available for IT. Starters.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-49
Modication Codes
Table 33-67. T Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal Points, Ring Lug Connections (Continued)
Modication Catalog Number Sufx T60 T61 T62 T63A T63D T64 T70 T71 T72 T73 T74 T75 T76 T77 Description Voltmeters Reset Only (DeviceNet) STOP with Reset (DeviceNet) FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset (DeviceNet) FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 120V AC (DeviceNet) FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 24V DC (DeviceNet) ON/OFF Reset Only START/STOP with Reset HAND/OFF/AUTO START with Reset FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset HAND/OFF/AUTO FORWARD/REVERSE with Reset ON/OFF with Reset FAST/SLOW/STOP with Reset HAND/OFF/AUTO FAST/SLOW with Reset Varmeter Vacuum Starter V10 V11 V12 V13 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V9
Table 33-69. V Voltmeter, Varmeter, Vacuum Starter

Modication Catalog Number Sufx V1 V2 Description
1 Panel Type Voltmeter Wired L1 L2 Panel Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltages Miniature Voltmeter Wired L1 L2 Miniature Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltages Switchboard Type Voltmeter Wired L1 L2 Switchboard Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltage 3 Panel Type Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase 3 Miniature Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase 3 Switchboard Type Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase Voltmeter Order by Description Varmeter Varmeter Order by Description Vacuum Starter 1500V Rating
IT./EM, continued
33
Type 1/12 only. Not available for XT Starters.
Table 33-68. U Undervoltage Relay, Time Delay Undervoltage Relay

Modication Catalog Number Sufx U1 U2 U4 U5 U7 Description
Table 33-70. W Wattmeter, Watt-Hour Meter, Wiremarkers, Wiring Diagram

Modication Catalog Number Sufx W1 W3 W5 W7 W8 W9 WYE-Delta hp Windows in Enclosure Wiring Diagram W10 W11 W12 Description
Undervoltage Relays Time Delay Undervoltage Relays Under- and Overvoltage Relay
Undervoltage Relay, Non-adjustable Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable Time Delay Undervoltage Relay, Non-adjustable Time Delay Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable Under- and Overvoltage Relay Wattmeter Watt-Hour Meter Wiremarkers
Wattmeter Watt-Hour Meter Watt-Hour Meter with Demand Attachment Wiremarkers Wiremarkers Order per Customer Diagram or Specications Wiremarkers Order by Description See P03300001E Enclosure Windows (MVX) Reduced Copy of Custom Wiring Diagram Laminated on Inside of Door
Type 1/12 only. Not available for XT Starters.
CA08102001E
33-50

March 2009
33
CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
March 2009
33-51
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers NEMA Contactors
Contents
Description Page IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers NEMA Contactor Product Description . . . . . 33-51 Application Description . . . 33-51 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51 Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . 33-52 Instructional Leaets . . . . . 33-52 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-53 Product Selection . . . . . . . 33-54 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-63 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-64
Application Description
The IT. NEMA Non-reversing and Reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controllers can be used in the following applications: Manual Motor Controller for Single and Multi Motor Panels. The preassembled IT. Manual Motor Controllers (MMC) combine a Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link (NEMA Size 00 1 Non-reversing) and NEMA Contactor. The A307, A308 and A309 Manual Motor Protectors are UL listed as UL 508, Type E Self-Protected Manual Combination Starters. MMCs can also be eld installed with separate MMPs, WCL and Contactor(s). A NEMA magnetic contactor has been added to allow for remote operation of the motor circuit. Combination Motor Controller (UL 508, Type F), for Single and Multi Motor Panels The preassembled Combination Motor Controllers combine a Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link (NEMA Size 00 1 Non-reversing) and NEMA Contactor. The A307, A308 and A309 Manual Motor Protectors are UL listed as UL 508, Type E Self-Protected Manual Combination Starters. This UL listing allows these devices to be used in motor circuits without having to add separate branch short circuit protection. A NEMA magnetic contactor has been added to allow for remote operation of the motor circuit. Group Motor Installations Since the Manual Motor Protectors (Manual Combination Starters) are UL listed for Group Motor Installations, the Manual Motor Controllers provide a compact, assembled package for Group Motor Installations up to 600V.
For actual UL 508 Type E/F applications (out-of-panel upstream feeder SCPD only), a maximum 240V Delta is permitted or 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V slash rated Wye systems. For Manual At Motor Disconnect applications, a maximum 240V Delta is permitted or 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V slash rated Wye systems.
33
Features
ON/OFF rotary handle with lockout provision Visible trip indication Test trip function Motor applications from 0.22A to 40A Class 10 overload protection Built-in heater and magnetic trip elements to protect the motor Phase loss sensitivity Type 2 coordination Ambient compensated up to 140F (60C) Table 33-71. Short Circuit Ratings UL 508 Type E Manual Combination Starter/Motor Controller
Description A307 A308 A309 Specication 65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V 30 kA @ 600Y/347V up to 12.5A 65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V 25 kA @ 600Y/347V 65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V 30 kA @ 600Y/347V up to 75A
MN307 Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controller
See Pages 34-295 and 34-296 for individual ratings.
Product Description
The new Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Open Non-reversing and Reversing Manual Motor Controllers with NEMA Contactors from Eatons electrical business combine a Manual Motor Protector with a NEMA Contactor(s) to provide a complete motor protection solution by combining motor disconnect function, thermal overload protection, magnetic short circuit protection and remote control operation in one compact, assembled unit. These assembled Manual Motor Controllers cover motors with FLA ratings from 0.22A to 25A. The UL 508 Type F labeled Combination Motor Controller (CMC) includes a Line Side Adapter (LSA) for NEMA Size 00, Size 0 and Size 2. The Size 1 does not require an LSA. These assembled Combination Motor Controllers cover motors with FLA ratings from 0.22A to 40A.
For Group Installations (in-panel SCPD) applying the traditional 1/3 tap rule, the Manual Motor Protectors and Manual Motor Controllers may be used on 480V Delta systems along with 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V slash rated Wye systems. For Group Installations, applying the more recent 1/10 tap conductor rule, a maximum 240V Delta is permitted or 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V slash rated Wye systems.
Control inputs located at bottom of starter for easy access and wiring 24V DC coils DIN Rail or panel mount (M)N307, (M)N308 motor controllers Mounting plates (M)N357, N358, N309 and N359 motor controllers Adjustment dial for setting motor FLA Short circuit trip at 13 times the maximum setting of the FLA adjustment dial UL 508 Type F CMC High Fault Short Circuit Ratings: Refer to Table 33-73 on Page 33-53. Communications with the addition of an IT. Overload Relay and SNAP (Starter Network Adapter Product). See Tab 50.
CA08102001E
33-52
March 2009

UL508 Type F Combination Motor Controller IEC Type 2 Approved per IEC 60947-4-1 UL Listed File No. E218618 CE Mark
Instructional Leaets
IL49490 A307 Manual Motor Protector IL49491 A308 Manual Motor Protector IL49492 A309 Manual Motor Protector Pub51012 IT. Non-reversing and Reversing Manual Motor Controller B-Frame 45 mm ME307, ME357, MN307 and MN357 Installation and Assembly Pub51013 IT. Non-reversing Manual Motor Controller C-Frame 54 mm ME308 and MN308 Installation and Assembly Pub50761 IT. Non-reversing and Reversing Combination Motor Controller B-Frame 45 mm E307, E357, N307 and N357 Installation and Assembly Pub50762 IT. Non-reversing and Reversing Combination Motor Controller C-Frame 54 mm E308, E358, N308 and N358 Installation and Assembly Pub50763 IT. Non-reversing and Reversing Combination Motor Controller D-Frame 76 mm E309, E359, N309 and N359 Installation and Assembly AP03402001E Application Note (Supersedes TP08A01TE) MN03305001E IT. NEMA Contactor and Starter User Manual Pub49416 Pub50140 IT. NEMA Contact Blocks (Size 00 4) IT. NEMA Nonreversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide IT. NEMA Nonreversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide IT. NEMA Nonreversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
33
Pub50150
Pub50160
Pub50141
Pub50151
Pub50161
CA08102001E
March 2009
33-53

Table 33-72. IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controller NEMA Contactors Numbering System
N 307 DN SA X3N
Prefix MN = NEMA MMC N = NEMA CMC Manual Motor Protector (MMP) 307 = 45 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 16A, FVNR Contactor 357 = 45 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 16A, FVR Contactor 308 = 55 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 25A, FVNR Contactor 358 = 55 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 25A, FVR Contactor 309 = 70 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 40A, FVNR Contactor 359 = 70 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 40A, FVR Contactor 3-Pole IT. Contactor Designator (NEMA Contactor) SA = Size 00 S0 = Size 0 S1 = Size 1 S2 = Size 2 MMP FLA 307/357 DN XN 308/358 LN NN 309/359 RN
33
Table 33-73. High Fault Short Circuit Ratings

UL 508 Type F Combination Motor Controller Short Circuit Ratings Type 2 Catalog Number E307BN Through E307VN, E357BN Through E357VN E307XN Through E307Z2, E357XN Through E357Z2 N307, N357 E308, E358 N308, N358 E309, E359 N309, N359 Exceptions to Above E307AN E307WN, E357WN E309RN, E359RN E309WN, E359WN 65 kA 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 30 kA 65 kA 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 30 kA 50 kA 30 kA 1 kA 3 kA 5 kA 5 kA UL Ratings 480 Volts 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 600 Volts 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 50 kA 50 kA 30 kA 50 kA IEC Ratings (q) 480 Volts (q) 600 Volts (r) 480/600 Volts 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 50 kA 50 kA 30 kA 50 kA 1 kA 3 kA 3 kA 3 kA 3 kA 5 kA 5 kA
CA08102001E
33-54
March 2009
Product Selection
MMC with NEMA Size 00 Contactor for Group Motor Applications

33
All Non-reversing and Reversing motor controllers are selected based on the overload current range required for a given motor. This current range is determined from the motor Full Load Ampere rating and Motor Service Factor usually found on the motor nameplate.
For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A) select Catalog Number MN307TNSAX3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number MN307UNSAX3N.
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
MN307 IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controller with NEMA Size 00 FVNR Contactor
Table 33-74. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 00 IT. NEMA Contactor) For Group Motor Applications
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 230V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 230V 1/4 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1 1-1/2 2 460V 1/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 575V 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 3 5 5 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil MN307DNSAX3N MN307ENSAX3N MN307FNSAX3N MN307GNSAX3N MN307HNSAX3N MN307JNSAX3N MN307KNSAX3N MN307LNSAX3N MN307MNSAX3N MN307NNSAX3N MN307PNSAX3N MN307RNSAX3N MN307SNSAX3N MN307TNSAX3N MN307UNSAX3N
0.22 0.32 0.28 0.40 0.35 0.50 0.45 0.63 0.55 0.80 0.7 1.0 0.9 1.25 1.1 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.8 2.5 2.2 3.2 2.8 4.0 3.5 5.0 4.5 6.3 5.5 8.0
A307DN A307EN A307FN A307GN A307HN A307JN A307KN A307LN A307MN A307NN A307PN A307RN A307SN A307TN A307UN
N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only. DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN307DNSAX3N is the combination of A307DN, C320WC45IT and N111BSAX3N.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-64 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
March 2009
33-55
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers NEMA Contactors When Ordering Specify
For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A) select Catalog Number MN357TNSAX3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number MN357UNSAX3N.
33
MN357 IT. Open Reversing Manual Motor Controller with NEMA Size 00 FVR Contactor
Table 33-75. IT. Open Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 00 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor) For Group Motor Applications
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 230V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 230V 1/4 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1 1-1/2 2 460V 1/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 575V 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 3 5 5 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog Contactor Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N MN357DNSAX3N MN357ENSAX3N MN357FNSAX3N MN357GNSAX3N MN357HNSAX3N MN357JNSAX3N MN357KNSAX3N MN357LNSAX3N MN357MNSAX3N MN357NNSAX3N MN357PNSAX3N MN357RNSAX3N MN357SNSAX3N MN357TNSAX3N MN357UNSAX3N
0.22 0.32 0.28 0.40 0.35 0.50 0.45 0.63 0.55 0.80 0.7 1.0 0.9 1.25 1.1 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.8 2.5 2.2 3.2 2.8 4.0 3.5 5.0 4.5 6.3 5.5 8.0
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only. Mounting plate included.
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, the IT. Contactor and the mounting plate. E.g. Catalog No. MN357DNSAX3N is the combination of A307DN and N511BSAX3N.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-67 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-56
March 2009

33
For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.0 (12.5A x .92 = 11.5A) select Catalog Number MN307WNS0X3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number MN307XNS0X3N.
MN307 IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controller with NEMA Size 0 FVNR Contactor
Table 33-76. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 0 IT. NEMA Contactor) For Group Motor Applications
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/2 1/2 1 230V 1-1/2 2 3 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 3 3 5 230V 3 3 5 460V 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 575V 10 10 15 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil MN307VNS0X3N MN307WNS0X3N MN307XNS0X3N
7.0 10 9.0 12.5 11 16
A307VN A307WN A307XN
N111BS0X3N N111BS0X3N N111BS0X3N
Table 33-77. IT. Open Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 0 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor) For Group Motor Applications
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/2 1/2 1 230V 1-1/2 2 3 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 3 3 5 230V 3 3 5 460V 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 575V 10 10 15 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog Contactor Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N511BS0X3N N511BS0X3N N511BS0X3N MN357VNS0X3N MN357WNS0X3N MN357XNS0X3N
7.0 10 9.0 12.5 11 16
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN307VNS0X3N is the combination of A307VN, C320WC45IT and N111BS0X3N. The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN357VNS0X3N is the combination of A307VN and N511BS0X3N.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-64, 33-66 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
March 2009
33-57

For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 20A and a service factor of 1.0 (20A x .92 = 18.4A) select Catalog Number MN308MNS1X3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 20A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number MN308NNS1X3N.
33
MN308 IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers with NEMA Size 1 FVNR Contactor
Table 33-78. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC54 Wiring Connector Link + N111C Size 1 IT. NEMA Contactor) For Group Motor Applications
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1 1-1/2 2 230V 3 3 5 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 5 5 7-1/2 230V 5 7-1/2 10 460V 10 15 20 575V 15 20 25 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil MN308LNS1X3N MN308MNS1X3N MN308NNS1X3N
11 16 14 20 18 25
A308LN A308MN A308NN
N111CS1X3N N111CS1X3N N111CS1X3N
Notes
The A308 MMP does not require a Line Side Adapter, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN308LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN, C320WC54 and N111CS1X3N.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-58
March 2009
Product Selection
UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA Size 00 Contactor

33
For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A) select Catalog Number N307TNSAX3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number N307UNSAX3N.
N307 IT. Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controller with NEMA Size 00 FVNR Contactor
Table 33-79. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 00 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 230V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 230V 1/4 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1 1-1/2 2 460V 1/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 575V 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 3 5 5 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N307DNSAX3N N307ENSAX3N N307FNSAX3N N307GNSAX3N N307HNSAX3N N307JNSAX3N N307KNSAX3N N307LNSAX3N N307MNSAX3N N307NNSAX3N N307PNSAX3N N307RNSAX3N N307SNSAX3N N307TNSAX3N N307UNSAX3N
0.22 0.32 0.28 0.40 0.35 0.50 0.45 0.63 0.55 0.80 0.7 1.0 0.9 1.25 1.1 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.8 2.5 2.2 3.2 2.8 4.0 3.5 5.0 4.5 6.3 5.5 8.0
N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N N111BSAX3N
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N307DNSAX3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307DN, C320WC45IT and N111BSAX3N.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-64 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
March 2009
33-59
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers NEMA Contactors When Ordering Specify
For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A) select Catalog Number N357TNSAX3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number N357UNSAX3N.
33
N357 IT. Open Reversing Combination Motor Controller with NEMA Size 00 FVR Contactor
Table 33-80. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 00 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 230V 1/10 1/8 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 230V 1/4 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1 1-1/2 2 460V 1/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 575V 1/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 3 5 5 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog Contactor Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N511BSAX3N N357DNSAX3N N357ENSAX3N N357FNSAX3N N357GNSAX3N N357HNSAX3N N357JNSAX3N N357KNSAX3N N357LNSAX3N N357MNSAX3N N357NNSAX3N N357PNSAX3N N357RNSAX3N N357SNSAX3N N357TNSAX3N N357UNSAX3N
0.22 0.32 0.28 0.40 0.35 0.50 0.45 0.63 0.55 0.80 0.7 1.0 0.9 1.25 1.1 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.8 2.5 2.2 3.2 2.8 4.0 3.5 5.0 4.5 6.3 5.5 8.0
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, the IT. Contactor and the mounting plate. E.g. Catalog No. N357DNSAX3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307DN and N511BSAX3N.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-67 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-60
March 2009

33
For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.0 (12.5A x .92 = 11.5A) select Catalog Number N307WNS0X3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number N307XNS0X3N.
N307 & N357 IT. Open Non-reversing and IT. Reversing Combination Motor Controllers with NEMA Size 0 Contactor(s)
Table 33-81. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 0 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/2 1/2 1 230V 1-1/2 2 3 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 3 3 5 230V 3 3 5 460V 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 575V 10 10 15 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N307VNS0X3N N307WNS0X3N N307XNS0X3N
7.0 10 9.0 12.5 11 16
N111BS0X3N N111BS0X3N N111BS0X3N
Table 33-82. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 0 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1/2 1/2 1 230V 1-1/2 2 3 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 3 3 5 230V 3 3 5 460V 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 575V 10 10 15 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog Contactor Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N511BS0X3N N511BS0X3N N511BS0X3N N357VNS0X3N N357WNS0X3N N357XNS0X3N
7.0 10 9.0 12.5 11 16
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N307VNS0X3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307VN, C320WC45IT and N111BS0X3N. The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N357VNS0X3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307VN and N511BS0X3N.

March 2009
33-61

For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 20A and a service factor of 1.0 (20A x .92 = 18.4A) select Catalog Number N308MNS1X3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 20A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number N308NNS1X3N.
33
N308 & N358 IT. Open Non-reversing and IT. Reversing Combination Motor Controllers with NEMA Size 1 Contactor(s)
Table 33-83. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC54 Wiring Connector Link + N111C Size 1 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1 1-1/2 2 230V 3 3 5 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 5 5 7-1/2 230V 5 7-1/2 10 460V 10 15 20 575V 15 20 25 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N308LNS1X3N N308MNS1X3N N308NNS1X3N
11 16 14 20 18 25
N111CS1X3N N111CS1X3N N111CS1X3N
Table 33-84. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + N511C Size 1 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 1 1-1/2 2 230V 3 3 5 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 5 5 7-1/2 230V 5 7-1/2 10 460V 10 15 20 575V 15 20 25 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog Contactor Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N511CS1X3N N511CS1X3N N511CS1X3N N358LNS1X3N N358MNS1X3N N358NNS1X3N
11 16 14 20 18 25
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. The A308_MMPs do not require Line Side Adapters. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N308LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN, C320WC54 and N111CS1X3N. The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N358LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN and N511CS1X3N.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-62
March 2009

33
For motors with service factors less than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by .92 to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 34A and a service factor of 1.0 (34A x .92 = 31.3A) select Catalog Number N309RNDX3N. For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select the appropriate motor controller. Example: For a motor having FLA of 34A and a service factor of 1.15, select Catalog Number N309RNDX3N.
N309 IT. Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controller with NEMA Size 2 Contactor
Table 33-85. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter + A309 Manual Motor Protector + N111D Size 2 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 3 230V 7-1/2 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 15 230V 15 460V 30 575V 40 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N309RNS2X3N
28 40
A309RN
N111DS2X3N
Table 33-86. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter + A309 Manual Motor Protector + N511D Size 2 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
FLA Adjustment Range Single-Phase hp Ratings 115V 3 230V 7-1/2 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 15 230V 15 460V 30 575V 40 Manual Motor Protector IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog Contactor Number Price U.S. $ 24V DC Coil N511DS2X3N N359RNS2X3N
28 40
A309RN
Notes
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63. For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 34-299. For IT. NEMA Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30. The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N309RNS2X3N is the combination of C320LSA2, A309RN and N111DS2X3N.

March 2009
33-63
Accessories
Table 33-87. Line Side Adapters, C320LSA1 and C320LSA2 When to Use Them for U.S. Applications
Protection in Different Controller Types

A UL 508 Type E Self-protected Manual Combination Starter/Motor Controller consists of a single device having integral short circuit protection, a main set of contacts, motor overload protection, and may also include a UL listed Line Side Adapter (See Table 33-87). This type of controller is a legitimate short circuit protective device and disconnect means for the downstream motor. It does require an upstream feeder short circuit protective device, but does not require a dedicated branch circuit protection or a disconnect means if used with a Line Side Adapter. A UL 508 Type E rating means that the unit clears a fault and does not experience any welding of the power poles. A UL 508 Type E self-protected manual motor controller will remain fully functional should a short circuit within its ratings occur. E.g. A307, A308 and A309.
IT. Manual & Combination Motor Controllers NEMA Contactors

Types (M)N307/357 & N309/359 Types N308/358, (M)N308
33
Line Side Adapter (LSA) Not required
Line Side Adapter (LSA) Required
Line Side Adapter (LSA) Not required for any application
Group Installation Using the in-panel Main SCPD and an MMC without a factory assembled LSA.
MMP
Only
UL 508 Type E Self-protected Manual Combination Starter Only Upstream Feeder SCPD required; no dedicated in-panel Main SCPD for MMP
Combination Motor Controller UL 508 Type F Combination Motor Controller Only Upstream Feeder SCPD required with factory assembled LSA; no dedicated in-panel Main SCPD for CMC. SCPD = Short Circuit Protective Device (Circuit Breaker, Fuses). MMP = Manual Motor Protector. MMC = Manual Motor Controller. The C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter is factory assembled on the N309/359.
Reference: Technical Paper AP03402001E. Note: Line Side Adapters are not required for non-U.S. applications. Most countries outside of the U.S. classify the MMP as a thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
Table 33-88. Accessories

Description Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Line Side Adapter for A307 MMPs C320LSA1 (Required for use with A307 MMPs only when used as Type E Self-Protected Manual Combination Starters. Not required for Group Installation.) C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter for A309 MMPs (Required for use with A309 MMPs only when used as Type E Self-Protected Manual Combination Starters. Not required for Group Installation.) Wiring Connector Link C320WC27 (Electrical and mechanical interconnection between A307 MMP + IT. 27 mm FVNR/FVR Contactor) Wiring Connector Link C320WC45IT (Electrical and mechanical interconnection between A307 MMP + IT. 45 mm FVNR Contactor)
An IT. UL 508 Type F Self-protected Combination Motor Controller consists of a UL Listed Type E Self-protected Manual Combination Starter/Motor Controller, a UL Listed Contactor, and a UL Listed Line Side Adapter (See Table 33-87). While the Type E selfprotected manual motor controller of this combination motor controller device is a legitimate short circuit protective device and disconnect means for the down-stream motor, the contactor is not self-protected. E.g. IT. N307 N309, N357 N359.
In addition, as a complete assembly or modular components, the device should have Type 2 Coordination certication. Type 2 Coordination means the Starter or the Controller must exhibit little or no damage following a major short circuit fault and should be able to be returned to proper service without replacing any parts. E.g. IT. MMCs, CMCs and MMPs.
Wiring Connector Link C320WC54 (Electrical and mechanical interconnection between A308 MMP + IT. 54 mm FVNR Contactor)
A308 MMP does not require a Line Side Adapter.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-64
March 2009
Dimensions
.99 (25.1) C320LSA1 3.76 (95.4) .94 (23.8) 1.77 (45.0)
33
Optional C321MH1
1.30 (33.1)
.59 (15.0) C L
.20 (5.0) 8.02 (203.6) 8.19 (208.0) 3.66 (93.0)
C L
Figure 33-18. Non-reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N307 (A307 MMP + C320WC45IT WCL + N111B [Size 00/0] Contactor) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
C320LSA1 is factory assembled with CMC and a eld installed option with MMCs.
CA08102001E
March 2009
33-65
2.15 (54.7)
.20 .58 (5.0) (14.9)
5.84 (148.4) 1.94 (49.3) .18 (4.5)
2.75 (69.8) C L
33
.76 (19.4)
9.98 (253.5)
4.45 (113.0) 9.57 (243.2) C L
Figure 33-19. Non-reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N308 (A308 MMP + C320WC54 WCL + N111C [Size 1] Contactor) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
3.54 (90.0) 2.68 (68.0)
.32 (8.0)
1.76 (44.7)
7.14 (181.3)
4.53 (115.0)
C L
16.93 16.28 (430.0) (413.5)
6.65 (169.0)
C L
2.91 (74.0)
Figure 33-20. Non-reversing Combination Motor Controller N309 (LSA, A309 MMP + N111D [Size 2] Contactor) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: C320LSA2 is factory assembled.
CA08102001E
33-66
March 2009
3.98 (101.1) .50 (12.6)
C320LSA1
.18 (4.6)
1.77 (45.0)
33
2.15 (54.5) C L
.59 (15.0)
4.09 (103.9) 10.78 (273.9) 10.41 (264.3) C L
1.81 (46.0) 3.95 (100.2)
Figure 33-21. Reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N357 (A307 MMP + N511B [Size 00/0] Contactor) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
C320LSA1 is factory assembled with CMC and a eld installed option with MMCs.
CA08102001E
March 2009
33-67
.32 (8.0)
2.68 (68.0)
3.81 (96.8) C L 13.52 (343.5) 14.17 (360.0) 5.48 (139.2)
33
C L 1.08 (27.5)
2.91 (74.0) 4.49 (114.1)
6.14 (156.1)
Figure 33-22. Reversing Combination Motor Controller N358 (A308 MMP + N511C [Size 1] Contactor) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2.28 (57.9) 6.00 (152.4)
.46 (11.7)
7.10 (180.3)
4.52 (114.8)
16.75 (425.5)
7.09 (180.0)
16.01 (406.7)
7.00 (177.8)
Figure 33-23. Reversing Combination Motor Controller N359 (LSA, A309 MMP + N511D [Size 2] Contactor) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: C320LSA2 is factory assembled.
CA08102001E
33-68
NEMA Contactors & Starters Freedom

March 2009

33
NEMA AN16DN0AB NEMA Size 1 Starter
NEMA Size 1 Contactor
Product Description
Freedom Series starters and contactors feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials.

Straight-through wiring line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom. Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom. Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with screws reduced wiring time. Accessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional ngerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock. Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 45 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring easy to replace European or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout. Encapsulated dual voltage/ frequency magnet coils permanently marked with voltage, frequency and part number. NEMA Sizes 00 0 have non-encapsulated coils as standard. Designed to meet or exceed NEMA, UL, CSA, VDE, BS and other international standards and listings. American engineering built by Eaton, using the latest in statistical process control methods to produce high quality, reliable products. Sized based on standard NEMA classications. Easy coil change and inspectable/ replaceable contacts. Available in Open and NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosures.

Standard: Designed to meet or exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE and BS. UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDX Open and NEMA 1, 4, 12 Enclosed CSA Certied: CSA File #LR353, Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1 Enclosed

When you turn to Eatons CutlerHammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certication process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
Short Circuit Protection

Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers may be selected per Article 430, Part D of the National Electrical Code to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
Features
Freedom NEMA
Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload relays with interchangeable heater packs available in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hp reducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads are optional. Electronic Solid-State Overload Relay (C396) available as a standalone unit and assembled with Freedom Contactor. A full line of snap-on accessories common to both IEC and NEMA devices top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc.
Series B1 32A Overload
C396 Electronic Overload
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-69

Table 33-89. Freedom Catalog Numbering System
A N 1 4 A N 0 A 3E 005
Device Type A = Starter C = Contactor Standard E = IEC N = NEMA Device Assembly Configuration 70 = Multi-Speed 1 = Non-reversing 5 = Reversing OLR Type 4 = Starter w/C396 Electronic Overload 5 = Contactor only no overload relay 6 = Starter w/C306 Bi-Metal OLR 7 = Starter w/C316 Bi-Metal OLR 8 = Starter w/IT. SSOLR Contactor Frame Size NEMA Size A= B= D= G= K= N= S= T= U= V= 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Continuous Amp Rating 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 NEMA Enclosure N = Open For Starters Starter Mounting Option 0= V= Horizontal Vertical Suffix A= B= C= D= E= H= J= K= L= N= T= U= V= W= Y= C= B= N/R = B= C= B= C396 Electronic Overload FLA Range (FNVR & FVR Only) Frame A NEMA Size 00 P05 = 0.1 0.5A 002 = 0.4 2.0A 005 = 1.0 5.0A 008 = 1.6 8.0A Frame B NEMA Size 0 P05 = 0.1 0.5A 002 = 0.4 2.0A 005 = 1.0 5.0A 008 = 1.6 8.0A 032 = 6.4 32A Frame D NEMA Size 1 P05 = 0.1 0.5A 002 = 0.4 2.0A 005 = 1.0 5.0A 008 = 1.6 8.0A 032 = 6.4 32A Frame G NEMA Size 2 008 = 1.6 8.0A 045 = 9.0 45A
33
Frame K NEMA Size 3 110 = 22 110A Frame N NEMA Size 4 150 = 30 150A Frame S NEMA Size 5 300 = 60 300A Frame T NEMA Size 6 600 = 120 600A Frame U NEMA Size 7 10C = 200 1000A Frame V NEMA Size 8 15C = 300 1500A
C396 Electronic OLR Designation (FVNR & FVR Only) 3E = Standard C396 OLR, SEL Reset, SEL Class C306 Bi-Metallic OLR Designation NEMA Size 00, 0 NEMA Size 1, 2 NEMA Size 3, 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6 NEMA Size 7, 8
AC Coil Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz 120/60 or 110/50 240/60 or 220/50 480/60 or 440/50 600/60 or 550/50 208/60 277/60 208 240/60 240/50 380 415/50 550/50 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50
For Contactors Only 2= 3= 4= 5= 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole 5-pole
For Contactor Only orders, add B to end of Catalog Number if NEMA Size 00 2, 6. Uses panel-mount CT with C396A2A005SELAX Overload. Not required. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 8 are 24/60 only.
CA08102001E
33-70

March 2009
Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing Product Description . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection 3-Pole Contactors . . . . . . . Product Selection 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . Mounting Plates. . . . . . . . . . Special Modications. . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-68 33-68 33-68 33-69
NEMA Size 1 Cat. No. CN55DN3AB
Technical Data
Table 33-90. Wire (75C) Sizes AWG or kcmil Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 Power Terminals Line or Load 12 16 stranded; 12 14 solid Cu 8 16 stranded; 10 14 solid Cu 8 14 stranded or solid Cu 3 14 (upper) and/or 6 14 (lower) stranded or solid Cu 1/0 14 Cu/Al 250 mcm 6 750 kcmil 2, or (2) 250 kcmil 3/0 Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil 3/0 Cu/Al (3) 750 kcmil 3/0 Cu/Al (4) 750 kcmil 4/0 Cu/Al Two compartment box lug. Control Terminals Cu Only 12 16 stranded 12 14 solid
33
33-70 33-70 33-70 33-71
Reversing
Reversing contactors are used primarily for reversing single- or three-phase motors in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. They consist of two contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.
3 4 5 6 7 8
33-72 33-79 33-82 33-86 33-88 33-89 33-90 33-91 33-94
Features
Designed specically for use in applications requiring NEMA ratings. Contactors meet or exceed NEMA standards ICS 2-1993. Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion. Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V. Steel mounting plate standard on all open type contactors.
Table 33-91. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 25 60 125 230V 460V 575V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300
1/2 1/2 1-1/2 2 3 5 10 15 20 30 30 60 75 150 150 300
Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Non-reversing
Kits and Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts, contactor mounted Pages 33-86 and 33-87. Transient Suppressor, for magnet coil Pages 33-84. Timers Solid-State and Pneumatic, mount on contactor Page 33-83.
NEMA Size 1 Cat. No. CN15DN3AB
Product Description
Non-reversing
Contactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. Contactors consist of a magnetically actuated switch which can be remotely operated by a pushbutton station or pilot device such as a proximity switch, limit switch, oat switch, auxiliary contacts, etc.
Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: Sizes 00 3 have NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width). Sizes 4 5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side. Sizes 6 7 have a 2NO/2NC contact block on top left. Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block on top left back and a NO contact block on top right back.
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers
See Page 33-91.
Reversing
One NO-NC side mounted interlock supplied as standard on each contactor for Sizes 00 8.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-71
33
NEMA Size 00 3-Pole Contactor Cat. No. CN55AN3AB
NEMA Size 0 3-Pole Contactor Cat. No. CN15BN3AB
NEMA Size 3 3-Pole Contactor Cat. No. CN15KN3A
Product Selection 3-Pole Contactors

Table 33-92. Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Maximum UL Horsepower 1-Phase 115V 1/3 1 2 3 230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 3-Phase 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 00 1-1/2 0 5 1 10 2 25 3 50 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 4 75 5 150 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 6 300 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 7 600 Catalog Number CN15AN3_B CN15BN3_B CN15DN3_B CN15GN3_B CN15KN3_ CN15NN3_ CN15SN3_ CN15TN3_B CN15UN3_ CN15VN3_ 8 900 Price U.S. $ Catalog Number CN55AN3_B CN55BN3_B CN55DN3_B CN55GN3_B CN55KN3_ CN55NN3_ CN55SN3_ CN55TN3_B CN55UN3_ CN55VN3_ Price U.S. $ 3-Pole Non-reversing 3-Pole Reversing
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 NEMA Size Horsepower
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: CN15VND3C.
Magnet Coils AC and DC

Contactor coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required contactor by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Sufx from the adjacent table. For Sizes 00 2, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change CN15AN3_B to CN15AN3LB. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages 33-88 33-89.
Table 33-93. AC Sufx Code

Coil Volts and Hertz 120/60 or 110/50 240/60 or 220/50 480/60 or 440/50 600/60 or 550/50 208/60 277/60 208 240/60 240/50 380 415/50 550/50 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50 Code Sufx A B C D E H J K L N T U V W Y
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 8 are 24/60 only.
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-79 33-81 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-94 33-95 Special Modications . . . Page 33-90 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 33-90 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E
33-72

March 2009
Product Selection 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors

Table 33-94. Type CN15 NEMA Contactors 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Non-reversing
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 Maximum UL Horsepower 1-Phase (2-Pole) 115V 1/3 1 2 3 230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 3-Phase 208V 1-1/2 2 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 2-Pole Non-reversing Catalog Number CN15AN2_B CN15BN2_B CN15DN2_B CN15GN2_B CN15KN2_ CN15NN2_ CN15SN2_ CN15TN2_B Price U.S. $ 4-Pole Non-reversing Catalog Number CN15AN4_B CN15DN4_B CN15GN4_B Price U.S. $ 5-Pole Non-reversing Catalog Number CN15DN5_B CN15GN5_B Price U.S. $
33
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Magnet Coils AC or DC
Select required starter by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Sufx from the adjacent table. For Sizes 00 2, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change CN15BN3_B to CN15BN3LB. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages 33-88 33-89.

NEMA Size 2 5-Pole Contactor Cat. No. CN15GN5AB
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . Special Modications. . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Symbol . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Pages 33-79 33-81 Pages 33-94 33-95 Page 33-90 Pages 33-82 33-90 1CD1 CA08102001E

March 2009
33-73
Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
Contents
Description Page Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . 33-68 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-68 Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . 33-68 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-69 Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload Product Description . . . . . . 33-73 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-73 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 33-74 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 33-74 Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-75 Starters 3-Phase Multispeed, Bi-Metallic Overload Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-76 Starters Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload Product Description . . . . . . 33-77 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 33-77 Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-77 Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, C386 Electronic Overload . . 33-78 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-79 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82 Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . 33-86 DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 33-88 Mounting Plates . . . . . . . . . 33-89 Special Modications . . . . . . . 33-90 Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-91 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-94
NEMA Size 1 Cat. No. AN16DN0AB
Product Description
Non-reversing
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are most commonly used to switch AC motor loads. Starters consist of a magnetically actuated switch (contactor) and an overload relay assembled together.
NEMA Size 1 Cat. No. AN56DN0AB
Interchangeable heater packs adjustable 24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and 1.15 service factors. Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount in larger overload relay useful in derating applications such as jogging. Load lugs built into relay base. Single-phase protection, Class 20 or Class 10 trip time. Overload trip indication. Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test). The C396 is a self-powered, robust electronic overload designed for integrate use with Freedom NEMA contactors. Tiered feature set to provide coverage specic to your application. Broad 5:1 FLA range for maximum exibility. Coverage from 0.05 1500 Amps to meet all your needs. Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V. Steel mounting plate standard on all open type starters. Wired for separate or common control.
33
Reversing
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for reversing of 3-phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.
Non-reversing
Features
Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload relays available in three basic sizes covering applications up to 900 hp reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. These overload relays feature: Selectable Manual or Automatic Reset operation.
Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: Sizes 00 3 have a NO auxiliary contact block mounted on righthand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width). Sizes 4 5 have a NO contact block mounted on left side. Sizes 6 7 have a 2NO/2NC contact block on top left. Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block on top left back and a NO on top right back.
Reversing
Each contactor (Size 00 8) supplied with one NO-NC side mounted contact block as standard. NC contacts are wired as electrical interlocks.
CA08102001E
33-74

March 2009
Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
Technical Data
Table 33-96. Wire (75C) Sizes AWG or kcmil NEMA Sizes 00 2 Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size Wire Size Cu Only

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 25 60 125 230V 1/2 1-1/2 3 10 20 30 75 150 460V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300 575V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300
33
Power Terminals Line

00 0 1 2 00 0 12 12 16 AWG stranded, 12 14 AWG solid 8 16 AWG stranded, 10 14 AWG solid 8 14 AWG stranded or solid 3 14 AWG (upper) and/or 6 14 AWG (lower) stranded or solid 14 6 AWG stranded or solid 14 2 AWG stranded or solid
Power Terminals Load Cu Only (stranded or solid)
Control Terminals Cu Only

12 16 AWG stranded, 12 14 AWG solid Two compartment box lug. Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 2 to 2 AWG.
Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Table 33-97. Wire (75C) Sizes AWG or kcmil NEMA Sizes 3 8 Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size Wire Size 1/0 14 AWG Cu/Al Open 3/0 8 AWG Cu; Enclosed 250 kcmil 6 AWG Cu/Al 750 kcmil 2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil 3/0 AWG Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil 3/0 AWG Cu/Al (3) 750 kcmil 3/0 AWG Cu/Al (4) 750 kcmil 1/0 AWG Cu/Al
Kits and Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts, contactor mounted Pages 33-86 33-87. Transient Suppressor, for magnet coil Pages 33-84. Timers Solid-State and Pneumatic, mount on contactor Page 33-83.
Power Terminals Line and Load

3 4 5 6 7 8

12 16 AWG stranded, 12 14 AWG solid Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 2 to 2 AWG.
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers
Wiring Diagrams
L1 L2 1 L3 2 A1 A2 A2 3 98 97 96 95 Remote Pilot Devices 2 Wire 3 Control 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays 3 Wire Control Start Stop Start Stop A NEMA Size 00 L1 L2 1 A1 A2 L3 c 2 3 98 97 96 95 Remote Pilot Devices 2 Wire 3 Control 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays 3 Wire Control Start Stop When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit Connector A and connect per sketch. Start Stop A NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2 Motor 3 2 1 Start Stop 3 2 1 T1 T2 Motor L1 L2 3 2 1 Start Stop 3 2 1 T1 T2 L1 L2
See Page 33-91.
Separate Control
Remove Wire c when it is supplied. c Connect separate control lines to the T3 No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T1 T2 T3 the remote pilot device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor
When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit Connector A and connect per sketch.
Field Conversion to 1-Phase, Add Dotted Connections T1 T2
Separate Control Remove Wire c when it is supplied. Connect separate control lines to the No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 the remote pilot device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor
Field Conversion to 1-Phase, Add Dotted Connections T1 T2
Figure 33-24. Typical Wiring Diagrams Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-75
Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Selection
When Ordering Supply

Catalog Number Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages 33-107 33-108) or full load current.
Size 0 Non-reversing Starter
Size 1 Reversing Starter
Size 3 Vertical Reversing Starter
33
Table 33-99. Type AN16/AN56 NEMA Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay Non-reversing and Reversing
NEMA Continuous Service-Limit Size Ampere Current Rating Rating (Amperes) 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 11 21 32 52 104 156 311 621 932 1400 Maximum UL Horsepower 1-Phase 3-Phase 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 115V 230V 208V 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 3-Pole Non-reversing 480V 600V Catalog Number 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 AN16AN0_C AN16BN0_C AN16DN0_B AN16GN0_B AN16KN0_ AN16NN0_ AN16SN0_B AN16TN0_C AN16UN0_B AN16VN0_B Price U.S. $ 3-Pole Reversing Catalog Number AN56AN0_C AN56BN0_C AN56DN0_B AN56GN0_B AN56KN0_ AN56NN0_ AN56SN0_B AN56TN0_C AN56UN0_B AN56VN0_B Vertical Reversing Catalog Number AN56BNV0_ AN56DNV0_ AN56GNV0_ AN56KNV0_ AN56NNV0_ Price U.S. $
Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 33-108.
Underscore (_) indicates coil sufx required, see Table 33-100. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size Horsepower 00 1-1/2 0 5 1 10 2 25 3 50 4 75 5 150 6 300 7 600 8 900
The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller. Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN56VND0CB.
Magnet Coils AC or DC
Starter coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required starter by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Sufx from the adjacent table. For Sizes 00 2 and 5 8, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change AN16BN0_C to AN16BN0LC. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages 33-88 33-89.

NEMA Size 0 Cat. No. AN56BN0AC
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Modications . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Packs . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Pages 33-79 33-81 Page 33-103 Pages 33-96 33-98 Page 33-90 Pages 33-82 33-90 Pages 33-107 33-108 1CD1
33-76

March 2009
Starters 3-Phase Multispeed, Bi-Metallic Overload
33
Catalog Number AN700BN0218 NEMA Size 0, Open Type Two-Speed, Reconnectable (One-Winding)
Catalog Number AN700DN0218 NEMA Size 1, Open Type Two-Speed, Reconnectable Winding (One-Winding)
Catalog Number AN700DN022 NEMA Size 1, Open Type Two-Speed, Two-Winding Separate Winding) Wye-Wye Motor Note: 2-speed starters are designed for starting and controlling both separate (2-winding) and reconnectable (1-winding) motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE motors have a separate winding for each speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole motors use the same winding for both speeds. All standard starters are wired for selective control.
Product Selection
For 2-Speed Selective Control: Catalog Number plus magnet coil Code Sufx. Example: Size 0 AN700BN022B. Heater pack number or full load current for each speed.
Maximum Horsepower 60/50 Hertz Constant or Variable Torque 115V 1-1/2 3 200V 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 230V 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 460V/575V 5 10 25 50 100 200
For 2-Speed other than Selective Control: Catalog Number plus magnet coil Code Sufx and option required. Example: AN700BN022B except Compelling. Heater pack number or full load current for each speed.
Table 33-101. Product Selection 2-Speed Selective Control Separate Winding

Constant Horsepower 115V 1 2 200V 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 230V 2 5 10 25 40 75 460/575V 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 0 1 2 3 4 5 NEMA Size Open Type Catalog Number AN700BN022_ AN700DN022_ AN700GN022_ AN700KN022_ AN700NN022_ AN700SN022_ Price U.S. $
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 33-108. If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
Table 33-102. Product Selection 2-Speed Selective Control Reconnectable Winding

Maximum Horsepower 60/50 Hertz Constant or Variable Torque 115V 1-1/2 3 200V 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 230V 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 460V/575V 5 10 25 50 100 Constant Horsepower 115V 1 2 200V 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 230V 2 5 10 25 40 460/575V 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 0 1 2 3 4 NEMA Size Open Type Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number AN700BN0218_ AN700DN0218_ AN700GN0218_ AN700KN0218_ AN700NN0218_ Constant Horsepower Catalog Number AN700BN0219_ AN700DN0219_ AN700GN0219_ AN700KN0219_ AN700NN0219_ Price U.S. $
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 33-108. If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
Table 33-103. Magnetic Coils AC or DC

Coil Voltage and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 240/60 or 220/50 480/60 or 440/50 600/60 or 550/50 208/60 Code Sufx A B C D E Coil Voltage and Hz 277/60 208 240/60 240/50 380 415/50 550/50 Code Sufx H J K L N Coil Voltage and Hz 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50 Code Sufx T U V W Y
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 5 are 24/60 only.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-99 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-77
Starters Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload
Wiring Diagrams
1 L1 1 M 3/14 98 OL 2/T1 4/T2 T1 2 T2 4 6/T3 97 96 Reset 95 AC Lines 3 L2 C
A1
A2
33
2/13
NEMA Size 1 Cat. No. BN16DN0AB
Separate Control Remove Wire C if supplied and connect separate control lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay. Front View of Panel T1 T2
Product Description
Single-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush current during start-up. These starters are most commonly used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to 15 horsepower at 230V. They consist of a 2-pole electromagnetic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit and an overload relay to provide running overload protection. Starters listed in the table include: Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3 million electrical operations at maximum hp and 30 million mechanical operations to Size 0, 10 million operations to Size 2 and 6 million operations to Size 3. Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles 2 and 3 wired in series for motor overload protection. This overload is ambient compensated, selectable Manual or Automatic reset, interchangeable Class 10 or 20 heater packs, 1.0 or 1.15 service factor selectability, overload trip indication and electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test). Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard. On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position. Sizes 0 3 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right side of the contactor. Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters. Wired for separate or common control.
1 Phase Motor 3/14 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays 2 Wire Control When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit Connector A and connect per sketch at right. START STOP 3 Wire Control START A START STOP STOP 3/14 2/13 1 3/14 2/13 1
Figure 33-25. Typical Wiring Diagrams Single-Phase Applications (Factory Wired)
Product Selection

Catalog Number Heater Pack Number (see selection table, Pages 33-107 33-108) or full load current.
Table 33-104. Type BN16 NEMA Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay
NEMA Size Maximum Horsepower Motor Voltage 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 1-Phase 1/3 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 Magnet Coil Voltage (60 Hz) 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 Open Type 2-Pole Catalog Number BN16AN0AC BN16AN0BC BN16BN0AC BN16BN0BC BN16DN0AB BN16DN0BB BN16PN0AB BN16PN0BB BN16GN0AB BN16GN0BB BN16KN0A BN16KN0B Price U.S. $
00 0 1 1P 2 3
Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 33-108.
For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 33-90 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-78

March 2009
Starters 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, C396 Electronic Overload
Product Selection
33
Catalog Number AN14GN0_ _ _
Table 33-105. Type AN14/AN54 NEMA C396 Selectable Reset Electronic Overload Relay Non-reversing and Reversing
NEMA Size Cont. Amp Rating ServiceLimit Current Rating (Amps) 11 21 32 52 104 156 311 621 932 1400 Maximum UL Horsepower 1-Phase 3-Phase 115V 1/3 1 2 3 230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 3-Pole Non-reversing Catalog Number AN14AN0_ _ _ AN14BN0_ _ _ AN14DN0_ _ _ AN14GN0_ _ _ AN14KN0_ _ _ AN14NN0_ _ _ AN14SN0_ _ _ AN14TN0_ _ _ AN14UN0_ _ _ AN14VN0_ _ _ Price U.S. $ 3-Pole Reversing Catalog Number AN54AN0_ _ _ AN54BN0_ _ _ AN54DN0_ _ _ AN54GN0_ _ _ AN54KN0_ _ _ AN54NN0_ _ _ AN54SN0_ _ _ AN54TN0_ _ _ AN54UN0_ _ _ AN54VN0_ _ _ Vertical Reversing Catalog Number AN54BNV_ _ _ AN54DNV_ _ _ AN54GNV_ _ _ AN54KNV_ _ _ AN54NNV_ _ _ Price U.S. $
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215
Underscore (_) indicates coil sufx required, see Table 33-106. Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see Table 33-107. Underscore (_) indicates FLA range, see Table 33-108. Starter is shipped unassembled. Catalog Number includes overload relay and contactor. Not a direct dimensional replacement for Size 4 Starter with C306 bi-metallic overload. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900 The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller. Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN54VND_ _ _.

Table 33-108. C396 FLA Range (FNVR & FVR Only)

NEMA Size FLA Range 00 0 P05 = 0.1 0.5A 005 = 1.0 5.0A 002 = 0.4 2.0A 008 = 1.6 8.0A P05 = 0.1 0.5A 008 = 1.6 8.0A 002 = 0.4 2.0A 032 = 6.4 32A 005 = 1.0 5.0A P05 = 0.1 0.5A 008 = 1.6 8.0A 002 = 0.4 2.0A 032 = 6.4 32A 005 = 1.0 5.0A 008 = 1.6 8.0A 045 = 9.0 45A 110 = 22 110A 150 = 30 150A 300 = 60 300A 600 = 120 600A 10C = 200 1000A 15C = 300 1500A
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Table 33-107. OLR Designation

OLR 3E = Standard C396 OLR, SEL Reset, SEL Class
Uses panel-mount CT with C396A2A005SELAX Overload.
Technical Data Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Modications. . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Symbol . . . . . . . .
Pages 33-79 33-81 Page 33-113 Page 33-108 Pages 33-96 33-98 Page 33-90 Pages 33-82 33-90 1CD1 CA08102001E

March 2009
33-79

Table 33-109. Coil Data Notes
P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit to main contact touch. Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit to main contact separation. Coil data with a hot coil.
D.O.
All data is based on a standard contactor with no auxiliary devices and a 120V AC or 24V DC magnet coil. Coil data has a 5% range depending on the application, therefore specic data may vary.
33
Cold Coil data with a cold coil. Hot
Table 33-110. Specications Sizes 00 3

Description Contactor Catalog Number/Size CN15A NEMA Size 00 Conguration Number of Poles Auxiliary Contacts, Standard Add-On Auxiliary Contacts Frame Size Maximum Voltage Rating Continuous Ampere Ratings (I) Maximum Horsepower (hp) 1-Phase 115V 230V 3-Phase 200V 230V 460V 575V 2, 3, 4 4th Pole NO (1) Top (4) or Side (4) 45 mm 600V AC 9A 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 74% 78% 80 49 7.5 2.4 45% 46% 12,000 12 12 -15% to +10% CN15B NEMA Size 0 2, 3 Side NO (1) Top (4) or Side (3) 45 mm 600V AC 18A 1 2 3 3 5 5 74% 78% 100 65 10 3.1 45% 46% 12,000 12 12 -15% to +10% CN15D NEMA Size 1 2, 3, 4, 5 Side NO (1) Top (4) or Side (3) 65 mm 600V AC 27A 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 74% 78% 230 95 28 7.8 49% 50% 12,000 20 14 -15% to +10% CN15G NEMA Size 2 2, 3, 4, 5 Side NO (1) Top (4) or Side (3) 65 mm 600V AC 45A 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 74% 78% 230 95 28 7.8 49% 50% 12,000 20 14 -15% to +10% CN15K NEMA Size 3 2, 3 Side NO (1) Left Side (4) or Right Side (3) 90 mm 600V AC 90A 7-1/2 15 25 30 50 50 72% 76% 390 112 49.8 13 50% 52% 7,200 14 11 -15% to +10%
AC Magnet Coil Data Pick-Up Volts Cold Pick-Up Volts Hot Pick-Up Voltamperes Pick-Up Watts Sealed Voltamperes Sealed Watts Drop-Out Volts Cold Drop-Out Volts Hot Maximum Operation Rate Ops/Hour Pick-Up Time (mS) Drop-Out Time (mS) Coil Operating Range % of Rated Voltage DC Magnet Coil Data Operating Temperature Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.) Mechanical Life Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz) AC-3 AC-4 Wire Range Power Terminals
For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-88 33-89. -20 to 65C 6,000 20,000,000 4,000,000 90,000 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 7 -20 to 65C 6,000 20,000,000 3,000,000 85,000 8 16 stranded, 10 14 solid Cu 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 15 -20 to 65C 6,000 10,000,000 5,000,000 200,000 8 14 stranded or solid Cu 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 20 -20 to 65C 6,000 10,000,000 3,500,000 62,000 2 14 (upper) and/or 6 14 (lower) stranded or solid Cu 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 40 (14 8 AWG) 45 (6 4 AWG) 50 (3 AWG) A600, P300 -20 to 65C 6,000 6,000,000 1,700,000 80,000 1/0 14 Cu
Control Terminals Power Terminal Torque Line and Load lb-in
12 16 stranded 12 14 solid Cu 35 (14 10 AWG) 40 (8 AWG) 45 (6 4 AWG) 50 (3 1/0 AWG)
Auxiliary Contact Rating
CA08102001E
33-80

March 2009

Table 33-111. Specications Sizes 4 8
Description Contactor Catalog Number/Size CN15N NEMA Size 4 CN15S NEMA Size 5 2, 3 Side NO (1) Left side (3) or Right side (4) 180 mm 600V AC 270A 75 100 200 200 75% 77% 1158 240 100 27.2 63% 64% 2,400 25 13 -15% to +10% CN15T NEMA Size 6 3 Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Top right 2NO/2NC (1) 280 mm 600V AC 540A 150 200 400 400 75% 75% 1600 1345 25 22 CN15U NEMA Size 7 3 Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Top right 2NO/2NC (1) 280 mm 600V AC 810A 200 300 600 600 75% 75% 1600 1345 25 22 CN15V NEMA Size 8 3 Side 2NO/NC (1) NO/NC (2) 334 mm 600V AC 1215A 400 450 900 900 75% 75% 2450 2060 75 60
33
Conguration Number of Poles Auxiliary Contacts, Standard Add-On Auxiliary Contacts Frame Size Maximum Voltage Rating Continuous Ampere Ratings (I) Maximum Horsepower (hp) 1-Phase 115V 230V 3-Phase 200V 230V 460V 575V
2, 3 Side NO (1) Left side (3) or Right side (4) 180 mm 600V AC 135A 40 50 100 100 72.5% 76% 1158 240 100 27.2 54% 56% 2,400 28 14 -15% to +10%
AC Magnet Coil Data Pick-Up Volts Cold Pick-Up Volts Hot Pick-Up Voltamperes Pick-Up Watts Sealed Voltamperes Sealed Watts Drop-Out Volts Cold Drop-Out Volts Hot Maximum Operation Rate Ops/Hour Pick-Up Time (mS) Drop-Out Time (mS) Coil Operating Range % of Rated Voltage DC Magnet Coil Data Operating Temperature Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.) Mechanical Life Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz) AC-3 AC-4 Wire Range Power Terminals Control Terminals Power Terminal Torque Line and Load lb-in Auxiliary Contact Rating 20 30% of rated coil voltage.
N/A 105 200 -15% to +10%
N/A 105 200 -15% to +10%
N/A 70 50 -15% to +10%
For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-88 33-89. -20 to 65C 6,000 5,000,000 800,000 70,000 -20 to 65C 6,000 5,000,000 500,000 34,000 -20 to 65C 6,000 5,000,000 590,000 7,400 (2) 750 kcmil 3/0 Cu/Al 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 550 A600, P300 -20 to 65C 6,000 5,000,000 450,000 5,000 (3) 750 kcmil 3/0 Cu/Al 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 550 -20 to 65C 6,000 5,000,000 420,000 4,200 (4) 750 kcmil 1/0 Cu/Al 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 500
Open 3/0 8 Cu; 750 kcmil 2 or Enclosed (2) 250 kcmil 250 kcmil 6 Cu/Al 3/0 Cu/Al 12 16 stranded, 12 16 stranded, 12 14 solid Cu 12 14 solid Cu 200 550
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-81
Electrical Life AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

Life Load Curves
Eatons Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series NEMA contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide application. All testing has been based on requirements as found in NEMA and UL standards and conducted by Eaton. Actual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle.
100,000,000
10,000,000 Operations
33
1,000,000 Size 00
Size 2
Size 0
Size 1
Size 3
Size 4
Utilization Categories
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utilization categories are used to dene the type of electrical load for estimating electrical life, and do not imply the devices are IEC rated. AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, such as resistance furnaces and heating. AC-2 Starting of slip-ring motors. AC-3 Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off motors during running. AC-4 Squirrel cage motors; starting, plugging, inching or jogging.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are conducted at six times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
100,000 1
27 45 90 135 100 Break Amperes NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00 5, 480V 60 Hz
9 10
18
270 1000
100,000,000
10,000,000 Operations
1,000,000
100,000 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
10,000 1
54 108 153 270 540 822 1620 100 1000 Break Amperes NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00 5, 480V 60 Hz 10
Size 5
10,000
Figure 33-26. AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
Contactor Choice
Decide what utilization category your application is and choose the appropriate curve. Locate the intersection of the life-load curve of the appropriate contactor with the applications operational current (Ie), as found on the horizontal axis. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operational cycles.
CA08102001E
33-82

March 2009
Accessories
3-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit

IEC Sizes A K, NEMA Sizes 00 2
Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. Designed to save space and reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits.
Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits

Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for eld assembly of reversing contactors or starters from Freedom Series components. The Reversing Kits include a Mechanical Interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be ordered separately. See Page 33-86.
33
Mounted Fuse Block Kit
Table 33-112. Fuse Block Kits

Fuse Type Class H Class R Class G Class G Class G Class G Class T Class T Class J Class J Type M Class CC Class T Class T 30A 250V 30A 250V 15A 300V 20A 300V 30A 300V 60A 300V 30A 300V 60A 300V 30A 600V 60A 600V 30A 600V 30A 600V 30A 600V 60A 600V Catalog Number C350KH21 C350KR21 C350KG37 C350KG38 C350KG31 C350KG32 C350KT31 C350KT32 C350KJ61 C350KJ62 C350KM61 C350KC63 C350KT61 C350KT62 Price U.S. $
Cat. No. C321KM60B
Part No. 23-7165
Wire Set
Table 33-114. Mechanical Interlock Only

Application NEMA Size 00 2 3 3 to 4 4 4 to 5 4 to 6 5 5 to 6 6 6 to 7 7 4 or 5 to 5 IEC Size AK LN N to P PS S to T/U T and U T/U to V X V, W and X P S to 5 T and U T/U to V X Contactor Mounting Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Catalog Number Price U.S. $
C321KM60B C321KM30 C321KM43 C321KM40 C321KM45 C321KM80 C321KM50 C321KM56 C321KM70 C321KM90 C321KM34 C321KM55 C321KM65 C321KM66 C321KM67
Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.
Table 33-113. Approximate Dimensions

Fuse Block Class G H J R T Dimensions in Inches (mm) High B Deep C D Amperes Volts Wide A 15, 20, 30 300 60 300 30 30, 60 30 30, 60 30 60 250 600 600 250 300 600 600 2.40 (61.0) 2.62 (66.5) 3.00 (76.2) 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2)
5 to 6 6 6 to 7
3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) 4.25 (108.0) 2.08 (52.8) 3.10 (78.7) 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9) 2.04 (51.8) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9) 2.33 (59.2) 2.26 (57.4) 2.58 (65.5)
4.81 (122.2) 4.12 (104.6) 2.82 (71.6)
Without cross-wiring. For use with latest series product.
M, CC 30
Table 33-115. Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor Mounting Only)

Application NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 IEC Size AC DF GK L and M N PS Catalog Number C321KM60K14B C321KM60K13B C321KM60K15B C321KM60K16B C321KM60K17 C321KM60K21 C321KM60K18 C321KM60K19 C321KM60K20 C321KM60K44 Price U.S. $
3.44 (87.4) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.31 (84.1) 4.87 (123.7) 3.00 (76.2)
D A
Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts. Mounting Plate
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-83
Accessories
Solid-State Timers
Pneumatic Timers Top Mounted

Attachment mounts on top of any NEMA Size 00 2 or IEC Size A K Freedom Series starter or contactor (top mounted auxiliary contacts can not be installed on device when timer is used). Timer unit has 1NO-1NC isolated timed contacts circuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY or vice-versa.
Identication Markers
IEC Sizes A K, NEMA Sizes 00 2
Designed to snap on the face of contactor for easy, personalized identication of individual devices. Includes holder and labels. Table 33-121. Product Selection
Description Identication Marker Catalog Number C320DL2 Price U.S. $
33
Solid-State Timer
Table 33-118. Product Selection

Timing Range .1 to 30 Seconds 10 to 180 Seconds Catalog Number C320TP1 C320TP2 Price U.S. $
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer Side Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00 2, IEC A K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame
This timer is designed to be wired in series with the load (typically a coil). When the START button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized. Table 33-116. Mounted Timer Product Selection
Timing Range .1 1.0 Seconds 1 30 Seconds 30 300 Seconds 5 30 Minutes Catalog Number C320TDN1_ C320TDN30_ C320TDN300_ C320TDN3000_ Price U.S. $
Control Circuit Fuse Block

These panel mounted fuse holders, designed for control circuit protection or other similar low current requirements, have extractor type fuse caps. The Class CC rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in these holders are intended for use with equipment designated as being suitable for use on systems having high available fault currents. If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR fuse kit may be required for control circuit protection per NEC 430-72. Table 33-122. Product Selection
Type Max. Catalog Amperes Number C320FB C320FBR Price U.S. $
Table 33-119. Maximum Ampere Ratings

Description Volts AC 120 Make Break 30 3 240 15 1.5 480 7.5 .75 600 6 .6
Locking Cover for Overload Relay C306 Only

Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting. Table 33-120. Product Selection
Description Min. Catalog Ordering Number Quantity (Std. Pkg.) 50 50 C320PC3 C320PC4 Price U.S. $
Fuse Holder 15 Only 30
Add operating voltage Sufx to Catalog Number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V Rated .5 ampere pilot duty not to be used on larger contactors. Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
A fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R (13/32" x 1-1/2") fuse, 600V maximum. Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse. 1.88 (47.8) 1.25 (31.8) .97 (24.6)
Shorting Bar Kits

These kits provide phase-to-phase power connections of contactors for eld assembly. The kits include bus connections and mounting hardware. The shorting bars connect all three phases of a single contactor. Table 33-117. Product Selection
Description NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L N NEMA Size 4, IEC Sizes A S NEMA Size 6, IEC Sizes T and U Catalog Number C321SB18 C321SB19 C321SB22 Price U.S. $ Clear cover, no accessibility Gray cover, no accessibility, with Auto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility, with Manual only nib Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Auto only nib
.88 1.19 (22.4) (30.2) Fuse
50
C320PC5
50
C320PC6
2.06 (52.3)
Gray cover 50 with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Manual only nib
C320PC7
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-84

March 2009
Accessories
DIN Rail Mounting Channel 35 mm

Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC style contactors and starters.
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount

NEMA 1 2 and IEC G K Contactors
Designed to allow DIN rail mounting of NEMA 1 2 and IEC G K contactors. Includes all hardware required to convert contactors from panel mounting to 35 mm DIN rail mounting. Table 33-125. Product Selection
Catalog Number Price U.S. $
33
These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of Freedom Series contactors or starters NEMA Sizes 00 2, IEC Sizes A K and lighting contactors 10 60A. Reversing devices will require two. Table 33-126. Product Selection
Description Transient Suppressor Coil Voltage 24/120V 208/240V 277/480V Catalog Number C320TS1 C320TS2 C320TS3 Price U.S. $
DIN Rail
C320DN65

Description 1 Meter Length Catalog Number MC382MA1 Price U.S. $
Transient Suppressor Kits

NEMA Sizes 00 2, IEC Sizes A K
These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate Cat. No. C320TS2 suppressors for use on 24 120V, 208 240V or 277 480V coils respectively.
Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
NEMA Sizes 3 5, IEC Sizes L S

This device mounts on top of any side mounted auxiliary contact on Freedom Series NEMA Sizes 3 5, IEC Sizes L S and lighting contactors 100 300A. It connects across coil terminals on any 120V contactor or starter magnet coil (reversing starters or contactors require 2). Limits high voltage transients produced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil. Table 33-127. Product Selection
Description Coil Voltage 120V Catalog Number C320AS1 Price U.S. $
Finger Protection Shields

Snap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide IEC Type IP20 Finger Protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/load terminals. Table 33-124. Product Selection
Application NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes AC NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes DF NEMA Sizes 1 2, IEC Sizes G K Contactors Reversing Contactors NEMA Size 1 Starters Reversing Starters NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes GK Starters Reversing Starters Catalog Number C320LS1 C320LS2 Price U.S. $
C320LS3 C320LS4 C320LS5 C320LS6
Transient Suppressor
C320LS7 C320LS8

March 2009
33-85
Accessories
DC/AC Interface Module

The Catalog Number C320DC Interface Module is an optically isolated solid-state switch which provides a means of operating AC coils with 5 48V DC control signal. It acts as a Cat. No. C320DC space saving interposing relay which can switch a specied 50/60 Hz AC source to the contactor or starter coil. The module may be directly attached to the coil terminals of any Freedom Series contactor or starter NEMA Sizes 00 3, IEC Sizes A N and lighting contactors 10 100A. It also has provisions for DIN rail mounting. The module will operate coils within the voltage ranges shown in Table 33-128.
Table 33-128. Controller Coil Voltage Ranges

Controller Catalog Number Prex AE16, AE17, AE56, AE57, CE15, CE55 AN16, AN56, CN15, CN55 CN35 Controller Coil Size or Range Rating Volts AC AF GK LN 00 0 12 3 10 30A 60A 100A 24 240 48 240 110 240 24 _ 240 48 240 110 240 24 240 48 240 110 240

Coil Voltage 5V DC 6V DC 9V DC 12V DC 48V DC Catalog Number C320DC2V5 C320DC2V6 C320DC2V9 C320DC2V12 C320DC2V48 Price U.S. $
33
Contactor Coil 24V DC Input Observe Polarity on Module 24 240V AC 50/60 Hz
Solid-State Switch
Figure 33-29. Typical Application
Adhesive Dust Cover

These adhesive stickers come 25 to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes 00 2 and IEC Sizes A K. Adhesive covers are easily applied to side opening where auxiliaries are not installed and provide extra protection from metal lings and other debris. Table 33-130. Product Selection
Description 25 to a package Catalog Number C320DSTCVR Price U.S. $
Design Characteristics
DC Input: 5 48V DC at mA nominal AC Operating Voltage: 240V AC (360 VA) 10% 50/60 Hz; DC Operating Voltage: 30V DC max. (.5A) AC Current Rating 10A make (inrush) 1A break (sealed)
Add-On Power Pole Kit

NEMA Sizes 00 2, IEC A K
This device mounts on the side of Freedom NEMA Size 00 2 and IEC Size A K contactors. One unit can be mounted on each side and carries UL, cUL and IEC ratings. The device is rated for resistive, inductive and lighting applications. Table 33-131. Product Selection
UL Ampere Rating Inductive Resistive Horsepower 600V 600V 1-Phase 115V 15 20 1/2 230V 2 IEC 947 Ampere Rating 1NO Power Pole Locked Lighting AC-1 Rotor Ballast 600V 240V Tungsten 480V 96 20 20 AC-3 600V AC-5a AC-5b 480V 18 Catalog Number Price U.S. $
12
C320PPD10
33-86

March 2009
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
Contact Conguration Code
This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specic contact conguration. The rst digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of NC contacts.
NEMA Sizes 3 8 IEC Sizes L Z

Base Auxiliary Contact Cat. No. C320KGS42
33
Auxiliary Contact Cat. No. C320KGS22
NEMA Sizes 00 2 IEC Sizes A K

The auxiliary contacts listed below are designed for installation on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on design facilitates quick, easy installation. These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low energy (logic level) circuits. Table 33-133. Product Selection
Circuit Contact Conguration Code Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Base Auxiliary Contacts NEMA Sizes 3 5, IEC Sizes L S

NEMA Size 3 IEC Sizes L N NO NO-NC 10 11 C320KGS31 C320KGS32 Catalog Number NO NC NO-NC 10 01 11 C320KGS20 C320KGS21 C320KGS22 NEMA Sizes 4 5 IEC Sizes P S C320KGS41 C320KGS42
Auxiliary Contacts NEMA Sizes 3 5, IEC Sizes L S
Side Mounted
Top Mounted
Auxiliary Contacts, Sealed Logic Level NEMA Sizes 3 5, IEC Sizes L S

Catalog Number NO NC NO-NC 10 01 11 C320KGS20L C320KGS21L C320KGS22L

Description Contact Conguration Code 10 01 11 20 02 N/A N/A N/A 10 01 11 20 02 N/A N/A N/A 30 21 12 03 40 31 22 13 04 N/A N/A N/A N/A Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Side Mounted
1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO-1NCI 1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) 1NCI C320KGS1 C320KGS2 C320KGS3 C320KGS4 C320KGS5 C320KGS6 C320KGS7 C320KGS8 C320KGT1 C320KGT2 C320KGT3 C320KGT4 C320KGT5 C320KGT6 C320KGT7 C320KGT8 C320KGT9 C320KGT10 C320KGT11 C320KGT12 C320KGT13 C320KGT14 C320KGT15 C320KGT16 C320KGT17 C320KGT18 C320KGT19 C320KGT20 C320KGT21
Auxiliary Contacts NEMA Sizes 6 8, IEC Sizes T Z

Size NO-NC 2NO-2NC 2NO-2NC 11 22 22 NEMA 8, IEC Z NEMA 6 7 IEC T X Catalog Number C320KA5 C320KA6 C320KA8
For reference only not part of Catalog Number. See above left. NO-NC occupies two positions L2 and L3, or R2 and R3. See Figure 33-30 on Page 33-87. Form C contacts.
Top Mounted
1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO-1NCI 1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) 1NCI 3NO 2NO-1NC 1NO-2NC 3NC 4NO 3NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-3NC 4NC 3NO-1NCI 2NO-1NCI-1NC 2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) 1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)

Table 33-134. Ratings NEMA A600
Current AC Volts 120V Make and Interrupting Break Continuous 60 6 10 240V 30 3 10 480V 15 1.5 10 600V 12 1 10
Table 33-135. Ratings NEMA P300

Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A DC Volts 125 250 Make/Break Amperes 1.10 .55
Table 33-136. Ratings Logic Level

Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application Minimum Amperes Minimum Volts 20 mA 24V AC/DC
Note: NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.
For reference only not part of Catalog Number. See above.
Table 33-137. Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L

DC-12 Ue 80 Ie 0.1 AC-12 Ue 250 Ie 0.1

March 2009
33-87
Accessories
Auxiliary Contact Location

The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations. Table 33-138. Auxiliary Contacts
Catalog Number AE16 AN16 AE56 AN56 CE15 Size Poles Available Mounting Positions Open Type AK 00 02 AK 00 2 AC DK GJ GJ 00 02 1, 2 1, 2 10A 20 60A 60A 60A AK 00 2 3 3 3 3 3 24 3 4 5 24 23 4 5 24 23 4 5 3 3 T1, L1 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 L1, R1 T1, T2 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 T1, R1 T1 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 T1, L1 T1, L1 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 T1, L1 T1, L1 L1, R1 T1, T2 Enclosed L1 L1 L1 L1, R1 L1, R1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1, R1 Rear
NEMA Sizes 3 8, IEC Sizes L Z

The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations.
Note: A Base Auxiliary Contact must be added in position R1 before additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and IEC Sizes L N, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4 5 and IEC Sizes P S.
33
Table 33-139. Mounting Positions

Size NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L N NEMA Sizes 4 5, IEC Sizes P S NEMA Sizes 6 7, IEC Sizes T X NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z Available Mounting Positions R2, R3, L1, L2, L3 L2, L3, R1, R2, R3 R1 L2, R2
Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.
CN15
L1
L2
L3
R3
R2
R1 Rear
CN35
Base Aux. Aux. Aux. Cont. Cont. Cont. Left Side of Contactor Front of Contactor NEMA Sizes 3 5 IEC Sizes L S
Aux. Aux. Base Cont. Cont. Aux. Cont. Right Side of Contactor
CE55 CN55
Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed. When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.
L1 L1 R1 L1 R1
R1
NEMA Sizes 6 7 IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X T1 Top View T1 Top View L1 L2 L1 T1 R1 L1 T1 T2 R1 NEMA Size 8 IEC Size Z Front View Non-reversing Contactors and Starters Front View R1 R2 T2
Figure 33-31. Auxiliary Contact Location

Reversing Contactors and Starters
Figure 33-30. Auxiliary Contact Location
CA08102001E
33-88

March 2009
Accessories
DC Magnet Coils
Conversion Kit for Field Assembly
EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor with a 24V DC coil, change AN16BN0AC to AN16BN0T1C.
Non-reversing Kit Consists of:

Application
Connect for separate control Not for use with cover control switch operators Use twin break, heavy-duty pilot devices. Designed for +10%, -20% rated voltage, continuous duty operation.
1 Encapsulated DC magnet coil 1 NCI or NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact

Note: These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
33
Catalog Number
Factory Installed DC Coil
For factory installed DC magnet coil on AC contactors or noncombination starters (open type only), substitute the Code Sufx from table below for the magnet coil identier in the device Catalog Number.
2 Blue colored connection wires 1 Instruction publication
Operation
See next page for operation details.

Contactor or Starter Size NEMA IEC Conversion Data Volts Magnet Coil Coil Number 12 24 48 120 12 24 48 120 12 24 48 120 12 24 48 120 24 48 120 240 12 24 48 120 12 24 48 120 9-2988-11 9-2988-12 9-2988-13 9-2988-14 9-2988-11 9-2988-12 9-2988-13 9-2988-14 9-2990-1 9-2990-2 9-2990-3 9-2990-4 9-3002-1 9-3002-2 9-3002-3 9-3002-4 9-2026-4 9-2026-3 9-2026-2 9-2026-1 (2) 9-2988-1 (2) 9-2988-2 (2) 9-2988-3 (2) 9-2988-4 (2) 9-2990-1 (2) 9-2990-2 (2) 9-2990-3 (2) 9-2990-4 Amps P.U./Seal 6.4/.28 3.2/.14 1.6/.07 .64/.028 6.4/.28 3.2/.14 1.6/.07 .64/.028 15.4/.42 7.7/.21 3.9/.11 1.5/.041 24/.40 12/.20 6.1/.097 2.5/.038 18/.22 9/.11 3.3/.05 1.7/.02 6.4/.28 3.2/.14 1.6/.07 .64/.028 15.4/.42 7.7/.21 3.9/.11 1.5/.041 Watts P.U./Seal 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 185/4.98 185/4.96 185/5.04 185/4.87 293/4.84 288/4.75 295/4.67 298/4.57 400/5.3 400/5.2 450/5.4 440/4.9 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 185/4.98 185/4.96 185/5.04 185/4.87 NCI Interlock Complete Conversion Kit Catalog Number C335KD3R1 C335KD3T1 C335KD3W1 C335KD3A1 C335KD3R4 C335KD3T4 C335KD3W4 C335KD3A4 C335KD4R4 C335KD4T4 C335KD4W4 C335KD4A4 C335KD5R1 C335KD5T1 C335KD5W1 C335KD5A1 C335KA3T1 C335KA3W1 C335KA3A1 C335KA3B1 C335RD3R1 C335RD3T1 C335RD3W1 C335RD3A1 Price U.S. $ Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg) 1.0 (.5) Factory Installed Code Sufx R1 T1 W1 A1 R4 T4 W4 A4 R4 T4 W4 A4 R1 T1 W1 A1 T1B W1B A1B B1B R1 T1 W1 A1 R1 T1 W1 A1 Adder U.S. $
Non-reversing Kit includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary contact

00 and 0 CN35 A, B, D D15 Relays AF C320KGD1 C320KGD1 C320KGD1 C320KGD1 C320KGD2 C320KGD2 C320KGD2 C320KGD2 C320KGD5 C320KGD5 C320KGD5 C320KGD5 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD3
AF 00 and 0 CN35 A, B, D D15 Relays 1 and 2 CN35 G GK
1.0 (.5)
1.0 (.5)
3 CN35 K
LN
2.0 (.9)
4 and 5 CN35 N, S
PS
2.5 (1.1)
Reversing
00 and 0 CN35 A, B, D D15 Relays 1 and 2 CN35 G AF 1.0 (.5)
GK
These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact. Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking. Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlocking. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking. Available factory assembled only.

March 2009
33-89
Accessories Operation
These DC coil kits have separate pickup and seal windings. A special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. DC coil kits come in two styles, a sufx 1 and a sufx 4. The 1 sufx contains only the special (side mounted) early break NCI auxiliary contact. The 4 sufx contains a NO contact in the same package as the special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC Sizes A F, contactors may utilize either sufx 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize sufx 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and 2 and IEC Sizes G K, both contactors and starters may utilize a sufx 4 DC coil kit only.
A1 Hold NCI 3 Pick-Up
A2
Competitive Mounting Plates
33
2 NO DC Coil Elementary Diagram for NEMA Sizes 1 3 and IEC Sizes G N Contactors and Starters Important Incoming DC must be connected between A1 and Top A2 Terminal. A1 Hold A2 Top 3
C321CMP1
2 NO Pick-Up 3 A2 Bottom
NCI Auxiliary Contact
On the above sizes only, when the special auxiliary package is mounted on the side of a contactor or starter, no standard auxiliary contact may be mounted on the same side.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 3 5 and IEC Sizes L S, special coil NCI clearing contact is an add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO). This arrangement will normally account for two of the three contact positions on the side of each contactor or starter.
DC Coil Elementary Diagram for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 & 5 and IEC Sizes A F & P S Contactors and Starters
The C321 adapter plates permit direct replacement of competitive starters with Freedom Series starters without drilling and tapping new mounting holes. AllenBradley 509, Eatons Cutler-Hammer A10 (adapter plate not required for replacing A10 Starter Sizes 1, 4 and 5), Furnas 14, ESP100, General Electric CR206, CR306, Siemens SXL, Square D 8536, Westinghouse A200, B200. Table 33-141. Product Selection
Freedom NEMA Size Index Number Catalog Number C321CMP0 C321CMP1 C321CMP2 C321CMP3 C321CMP4 C321CMP5 Handling Number Only Does not appear on product. The handling number is stamped on the carton label only. Price U.S. $
Figure 33-32. Elementary Diagrams

1NO available in Sufx 4 kits only.
00, 0 1 2 3 4 5
33-90

March 2009
Accessories
Table 33-142. Competitive Mounting Plates Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA Size 0 00 1 2 3 4 5 Catalog Number C321CMP0 C321CMP1 C321CMP2 C321CMP3 C321CMP4 C321CMP5 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A Deep B 3.25 (82.6) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 7.50 (190.5) 11.00 (279.4) 8.50 (215.9) 9.50 (241.3) 10.25 (260.4) 12.75 (323.9) 13.50 (342.9) 19.00 (482.6) Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg) .63 (.29) .90 (.41) 1.20 (.54) 2.40 (1.09) 3.00 (1.36) 6.63 (3.01)
33
B A
Sizes 0 00
Size 1 A A
A B
B B
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Figure 33-33. Approximate Dimensions
Special Modications
Table 33-143. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AN16, AE56, AE57, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CE55, CN55
Addition or Special Feature Starter Size and Price Adder (U.S. $) NEMA/IEC 00/ 0/ 1 2/ 3/ 4/ 5/ AC DF GK LN PS TU 6/ V 7/ WX 8/ Z
Control Circuit
Extra Auxiliary Circuit, Factory Installed NO or NC each contact Transient Suppressor
Power Circuit
Contactor/Starter for Ring Lug Capability Add Mod Code T16 to Catalog Number (Power Terminals Only, Control Terminals as Standard) Standalone Overload Relays Can Not Accept Ring Lugs on Line Side
Factory Installed Dust Covers

Factory Installed C320DSTCVR Add Mod Code -53 to Catalog Number NA NA NA NA NA NA
These modications are generally available in Kit form at lower cost. See specic product sections for Kit listings.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-91
Renewal Parts
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-144. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35
Description NEMA Size 00-0 Series A1 Part No. Renewal Parts Publication Number None Price U.S. $ NEMA Size 00 Series B1 Part No. None Series C1 Part No. None
and CN55 Contactors and Starters

Price U.S. $ NEMA Size 0 Series B1 Part No. None Series C1 Part No. None Price U.S. $
33
Contact Kits
2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 5-Pole ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . 240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E H J K L 9-2650-1 9-2650-2 9-2650-3 9-2650-5 9-2650-13 9-2650-6 9-2650-7 9-2650-14 9-2875-1 9-2875-2 9-2875-3 9-2875-4 9-2875-5 9-2875-12 9-2875-37 9-2875-11 9-2875-6 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 9-2875-16 9-2875-8 9-2875-9 9-2875-1 9-2875-2 9-2875-3 9-2875-4 9-2875-5 9-2875-12 9-2875-37 9-2875-11 9-2875-6 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 9-2875-16 9-2875-8 9-2875-9 9-2876-1 9-2876-2 9-2876-3 9-2876-4 9-2876-5 9-2876-12 9-2876-17 9-2876-11 9-2876-6 9-2876-36 9-2876-36 9-2876-16 9-2876-8 9-2876-9 9-2876-1 9-2876-2 9-2876-3 9-2876-4 9-2876-5 9-2876-12 9-2876-17 9-2876-11 9-2876-6 9-2876-36 9-2876-36 9-2876-16 9-2876-8 9-2876-9
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T T U V W Y
Magnet Frame Armature

Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description NEMA Size 1 Series A1 Part No. Renewal Parts Publication Number 20861 6-65 6-65-2 6-65-9 6-65-10 9-2703-1 9-2703-2 9-2703-3 9-2703-4 9-2703-9 9-2703-7 9-2703-14 9-2703-8 9-2703-6 9-2703-12 9-2703-10 9-2703-11 9-2703-13 17-18200 48-1936 Series B1 Part No. 22177 6-65 6-65-2 6-65-9 6-65-10 9-2703-1 9-2703-2 9-2703-3 9-2703-4 9-2703-9 9-2703-7 9-2703-14 9-2703-8 9-2703-6 9-2703-12 9-2703-10 9-2703-11 9-2703-13 17-18200 48-1936 Price U.S. $ NEMA Size 2 Series A1 Part No. 20861 6-65-7 6-65-8 6-65-15 6-65-16 9-2703-1 9-2703-2 9-2703-3 9-2703-4 9-2703-9 9-2703-7 9-2703-14 9-2703-8 9-2703-6 9-2703-12 9-2703-10 9-2703-11 9-2703-13 17-18200 48-1936 Series B1 Part No. 22177 6-65-7 6-65-8 6-65-15 6-65-16 9-2703-1 9-2703-2 9-2703-3 9-2703-4 9-2703-9 9-2703-7 9-2703-14 9-2703-8 9-2703-6 9-2703-12 9-2703-10 9-2703-11 9-2703-13 17-18200 48-1936 Price U.S. $ NEMA Size 3 Price U.S. $ Part No. 20426 6-43-5 6-43-6 9-2756-1 9-2756-2 9-2756-3 9-2756-4 9-2756-5 9-2756-9 9-2756-13 9-2756-12 9-2756-8 9-2756-14 9-2756-6 9-2756-11 9-2756-10 9-2756-15 9-2756-7 17-8955-2 48-1902
Contact Kits
2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 5-Pole ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . 240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E H J K L
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T T U V W Y

Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace with complete contactor. CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-92

March 2009
Renewal Parts
Description NEMA Size 4 Series A1 Series B1 Price U.S. $ NEMA Size 5 Series A1 Series B1
and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)

NEMA Size 6 Price U.S. $ Contactor & Starter Series A1, Starter Series B1 Part No. 20146 6-601-2 6-601 Price U.S. $ Contactor & Starter Series B1, Starter Series C1 Part No. 23349 6-648 Price U.S. $
33
Part No. Renewal Parts Publication Number 20428 6-44 6-44-2 Part No. 20428 6-26 6-26-2
Part No. 20429 6-45 6-45-2
Part No. 20429 6-45 6-45-2
Contact Kits
2-Pole 3-Pole
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . . . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 50Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E H J K L 9-1891-1 9-1891-2 9-1891-3 9-1891-4 9-1891-13 9-1891-26 9-1891-20 9-1891-14 9-1891-21 9-1891-8 9-1891-15 9-1891-16 9-1891-18 10-6530-4 9-1891-1 9-1891-2 9-1891-3 9-1891-4 9-1891-13 9-1891-26 9-1891-20 9-1891-14 9-1891-21 9-1891-8 9-1891-15 9-1891-16 9-1891-18 10-6530-4 9-1891-1 9-1891-2 9-1891-3 9-1891-4 9-1891-13 9-1891-26 9-1891-20 9-1891-14 9-1891-21 9-1891-8 9-1891-15 9-1891-16 9-1891-18 C306DN3B 9-1891-1 9-1891-2 9-1891-3 9-1891-4 9-1891-13 9-1891-26 9-1891-20 9-1891-14 9-1891-21 9-1891-8 9-1891-15 9-1891-16 9-1891-18 C306DN3B 9-2698 9-2698-2 9-2698-3 9-2698-4 9-2698-5 9-2698-6 9-2698-8 C306DN3B 9-3006 9-3006-2 9-3006-3 9-3006-4 9-3006-7 9-3006-8 9-3006-9 C306DN3B
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T T U W Y
Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters 3-Pole Ambient Compensated Bimetallic
Current Transformer
48-1030-2 48-1029-4 42-3564 48-1030-2 48-1029-4 42-3564 48-1030-2 48-1029-4 42-3598 NEMA Size 6 Price U.S. $ Contactor & Starter Series A1, Starter Series B1 9-2705 9-2705-2 9-2705-3 9-2705-4 9-2705-5 9-2705-6 9-2705-8 Price U.S. $ Contactor & Starter Series B1, Starter Series C1 9-3007 9-3007-2 9-3007-3 9-3007-4 9-3007-5 9-3007-8 9-3007-6 Price U.S. $ 42-3598

Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame 48-1030-2 48-1029-4
Feeder Group Renewal

Volts Hertz NEMA Size 4 Series A1 Series B1 Price U.S. $ NEMA Size 5 Series A1 Series B1
110 120 220 240 440 480 550 600 208 380 415 48 52
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5. Consult factory. Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.

March 2009
33-93
Renewal Parts
Description NEMA Size 7 Series A1 Part No. 20848 6-613 Series B1 Part No. 20848 6-613 9-2698 9-2698-2 9-2698-3 9-2698-4 9-2698-5 9-2698-6 Price U.S. $
and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)

NEMA Size 8 Series A1 Part No. 20849 6-571 9-2654 9-2654-2 9-2654-3 9-2654-4 9-2654-6 9-2654-5 Series B1 Part No. 20849 6-571 9-2654 9-2654-2 9-2654-3 9-2654-4 9-2654-6 9-2654-5 Price U.S. $
Renewal Parts Publication Number
33
Contact Kits
2-Pole 3-Pole
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E H J K L L M N T T U V W Y 9-2698 9-2698-2 9-2698-3 9-2698-4 9-2698-5 9-2698-6
Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters 3-Pole Ambient Compensated Bimetallic C306DN3B 42-3598-2 C306DN3B 42-3598-2 C306DN3B 42-3598-3 NEMA Size 8 Series B1 9-2705 9-2705-2 9-2705-3 9-2705-4 9-2705-5 9-2705-6 9-2705-8 Price U.S. $ Series A1 9-2664 9-2664-2 9-2664-3 9-2664-4 9-2664-5 9-2664-6 9-2664-7 9-2664-8 9-2664-9 9-2664-10 9-2664-11 Series B1 9-2664 9-2664-2 9-2664-3 9-2664-4 9-2664-5 9-2664-6 9-2664-7 9-2664-8 9-2664-9 9-2664-10 9-2664-11 Price U.S. $ C306DN3B 42-3598-3
Current Transformer Magnet Frame Armature

Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame Hertz NEMA Size 7 Series A1 110 120 220 240 440 480 550 600 208 380 415 48 52 120 240 480 600 380 208 415 110 220 550 440 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 9-2705 9-2705-2 9-2705-3 9-2705-4 9-2705-5 9-2705-6 9-2705-8
Feeder Group Renewal

Volts
CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5. Consult factory. Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
33-94

March 2009
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors
Table 33-145. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights Open Type
NEMA Size Number of Poles Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.56 (65.0) 3.44 (87.4) 4.32 (109.7) 4.08 (103.6) 7.05 (179.1) 7.05 (179.1) 8.63 (219.2) 11.02 (279.9) 13.00 (330.2) High B 3.88 (98.6) 3.88 (98.6) 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 7.17 (182.1) 9.11 (231.4) 13.12 (333.2) 13.54 (343.9) 19.30 (490.2) 24.50 (622.3) Deep C 3.49 (88.6) 3.49 (88.6) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.78 (197.6) 8.88 (225.6) 11.46 (291.1) 13.63 (346.2) Mounting D 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 4.33 (110.0) 6.89 (175.0) 4.22 (107.2) E 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 6.63 (168.4) 8.50 (215.9) 12.50 (317.5) 8.63 (219.2) 11.02 (279.9) 14.86 (377.4) 4.62 (117.3) 4.62 (117.3) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) 1.7 (.8) 1.8 (.8) 3.1 (1.4) 3.6 (1.6) 4.0 (1.8) 8.5 (3.9) 20.0 (9.1) 23.0 (10.4) 35.0 (15.9) 100.0 (45.4) 160.0 (72.6) F G Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg)
33
00 0 12 12 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 24 23 23 4 5 23 23 23 3 3 3
Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.
F C
F C
F C
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U E X
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U E X
Top Side Mtd. Mtd. Aux. Aux.
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U E X
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 00, 2- to 4-Pole
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 0 2, 2- and 3-Pole
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 0 2, 2- and 3-Pole
F C
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U E X
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 1 2, 5-Pole
Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3
Mtg. Holes for (3) Screws Sizes 4 5
Mtg. Holes for (2) 5/16-18 Screws
D Mtg. Slots for (2) 5/16-18 Screws Size 6
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-95
Dimensions
NEMA Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 4.20 (106.7) 5.71 (145.0) 8.70 (221.0) 14.68 (372.9) 14.50 (368.3) 19.77 (502.2) 28.00 (711.2) 30.13 (765.3) Includes cross wiring. High B 4.35 (110.5) 5.05 (128.3) 7.17 (182.1) 9.11 (231.4) 12.25 (311.2) 16.61 (421.9) 26.75 (679.5) 39.00 (990.6) Deep C 3.52 (89.4) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.78 (197.6) 9.90 (251.5) 12.75 (323.9) 14.69 (373.1) Mounting D 3.50 (88.9) 5.25 (133.4) 7.00 (177.8) 13.50 (342.9) 13.50 (342.9) 18.00 (457.2) 12.75 (323.9) 14.13 (358.9) E 3.86 (98.0) 3.63 (92.2) 6.63 (168.4) 8.50 (215.9) 11.50 (292.1) 12.00 (304.8) 11.00 (279.4) 15.00 (381.0) 4.90 (124.5) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) 3.3 (1.5) 7.8 (3.5) 17.0 (7.7) 47.0 (21.3) 63.0 (28.6) 80.0 (36.3) 260.0 (118.0) 350.0 (158.9) F G Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg)
33
00 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8
F C
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U X E
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws Sizes 00 2
C A C
D Mtg. for (4) 1/4-20 Screws Sizes 4 5 D Mtg. Holes for (6) 1/2-13 Screws Open Type Sizes 7 8 Horizontal D
D Size 6
CA08102001E
33-96

March 2009
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload

NEMA Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 1.80 (45.7) 2.56 (65.0) 2.56 (65.0) 4.08 (103.6) 7.05 (179.1) 7.00 (177.8) 9.47 (240.5) 15.13 (384.3) 15.13 (384.3) High B 6.60 (167.6) 7.08 (179.8) 8.08 (205.2) 11.35 (288.3) 12.06 (306.3) 17.77 (451.4) 21.69 (550.9) 29.13 (739.9) 34.50 (876.3) Deep C 3.52 (89.4) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.76 (197.1) 9.90 (251.5) 12.64 (321.1) 15.00 (381.0) Mounting D 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 3.10 (78.7) 13.25 (336.6) 13.25 (336.6) E 6.07 (154.2) 6.63 (168.4) 7.63 (193.8) 10.81 (274.6) 8.50 (215.9) 16.00 (406.4) 18.00 (457.2) 21.25 (539.8) 16.75 (425.5) 4.90 (124.5) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) 2.2 (1.0) 4.5 (2.0) 4.7 (2.1) 11.0 (5.0) 23.0 (10.4) 36.0 (16.3) 75.0 (34.1) 120.0 (54.5) 210.0 (95.3) F G Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
33
00 0 1 1P 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Top Mtd. Aux.
F C Side Mtd. Aux.
Top Mtd. Aux.
F C Side Mtd. Aux.
A Top A U Mtd. U X Aux. X E C L Auxiliary Contacts
A Top A U Mtd. U X Aux. X E .13 (3.3) C L Auxiliary Contacts
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 00 0 D
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 1 2
A G Aux. Aux. Cont. E B E B E C A C
D A
D Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3 Mtg. Holes for 1/4-20 Screws Size 4 D Mtg. Holes for 1/4-20 Screws Size 5
B E B
D D Mtg. Holes for (4) 3/8-16 Screws Size 6
Mtg. Holes for 1/2-13 Screws Sizes 7 8

Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-97
Dimensions
Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload

NEMA Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size Wide High A B 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4.20 (106.7) 5.71 (145.0) 5.71 (145.0) 8.70 (221.0) 14.68 (372.9) 14.50 (368.3) 19.77 (502.2) 28.06 (712.7) 30.38 (771.7) 7.38 (187.5) 7.08 (179.8) 8.08 (205.2) 11.35 (288.3) 12.06 (306.3) 17.77 (451.4) 22.63 (574.8) 32.13 (816.1) 41.50 (1054.1) Deep C 3.52 (89.4) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.76 (197.1) 9.90 (251.5) 12.70 (322.6) 14.70 (373.4) Mounting D 3.50 (88.9) 5.25 (133.4) 5.25 (133.4) 7.00 (177.8) 13.50 (342.9) 13.50 (342.9) 18.00 (457.2) 12.75 (323.9) 14.13 (358.9) E 6.87 (174.5) 5.75 (146.1) 6.75 (171.5) 10.81 (274.6) 8.50 (215.9) 16.00 (406.4) 12.00 (304.8) 21.25 (539.8) 16.75 (425.5) 3.10 (78.7) 18.00 (457.2) 4.90 (124.5) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) .54 (13.7) 3.6 (1.6) 8.3 (3.8) 8.5 (3.9) 20.0 (9.1) 49.0 (22.2) 68.0 (30.9) 90.0 (40.9) 175.0 (79.5) 430.0 (195.2) D1 E1 F G Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
33
Includes cross wiring overhang.
A C L G A G F C E A U X Top Mtd. Aux. C L Top Mtd. Aux. A U X E Auxiliary Contacts D Top Mtd. Aux. Side Mtd. Aux. B D
.13 (3.3)
Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws Sizes 00 2
E A D C
D E E1 B A Sizes 4 5
D1
Open Type Sizes 7 8 Horizontal

See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.
CA08102001E
33-98

March 2009
Dimensions
Reversing Starters Vertical Construction, Bi-Metallic Overload

Table 33-149. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights AN56V Open Vertical Starter
NEMA Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A High B Deep C Mounting Wide D 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 7.15 (181.6) 8.00 (203.2) High E 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 16.07 (408.2) 18.51 (470.2) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 4.0 (1.8) 9.0 (4.1) 9.5 (4.3) 21.0 (9.5) 50.0 (22.7) Wire Zone Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
33
0 1 2 3 4
4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 9.25 (235.0) 9.08 (230.6)
12.05 (306.1) 12.05 (306.1) 12.05 (306.1) 16.75 (425.5) 19.84 (503.9)
3.84 (97.5) 3.86 (98.0) 3.86 (98.0) 5.18 (131.6) 5.18 (131.6)
Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.
C F A F C
D D Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws NEMA Size 0
Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws NEMA Sizes 1 2
Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws NEMA Size 3
Mtg. Holes for (4) 1/4-20 Screws NEMA Size 4
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-99
Dimensions
Multispeed Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload

Table 33-150. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights AN700 Open Vertical Starter
NEMA Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide High A B Deep C Mounting Wide D 3.50 (89) 5.25 (133) 5.25 (133) 7.00 (178) 13.50 (343) 13.50 (343) 6.62 (168) 6.62 (168) 8.40 (213) 15.00 (381) 13.50 (343) Wire Zone F Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg)
High E 6.87 (175) 5.75 (146) 6.75 (165) 10.81 (275) 8.50 (216) 16.00 (406) 6.50 (165) 6.50 (165) 8.12 (206) 12.25 (311) 30.00 (762)
33
4.5 (2.0) 9.0 (4.1) 10.0 (4.5) 24.0 (10.9) 53.0 (24.1) 73.0 (33.1) 6.0 (2.7) 10.0 (4.5) 11.0 (5.0) 31.0 (14.1) 72.0 (32.7)
2-Speed Selective Control Separate Winding

0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5.19 (132) 5.66 (144) 5.66 (144) 8.72 (221) 14.68 (373) 14.50 (368) 8.62 (219) 8.97 (228) 8.90 (226) 16.00 (406) 15.46 (393)
A
7.38 (188) 7.08 (180) 8.08 (205) 11.35 (288) 12.06 (306) 17.82 (453) 7.06 (179) 7.12 (181) 8.62 (219) 13.46 (342) 31.00 (787)
3.52 (89) 4.42 (112) 4.42 (112) 5.89 (150) 7.25 (184) 7.76 (197) 3.82 (81) 4.72 (120) 4.75 (121) 6.38 (162) 7.74 (197)
.89 (23) 1.23 (31) 1.63 (41) 1.77 (45) 1.95 (50) 4.56 (116) .50 (13) 1.04 (26) 1.03 (26) 1.24 (31) 1.84 (47)
2-Speed Selective Control Reconnectable Winding
F E B E B E B
D Size1 2 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding D Size3 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding
Size0 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding
A D C
E B E B
D Size4 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding

A F E B E B
C D D Size2 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 1-Winding
F D Size3 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 1-Winding

Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws. Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws. Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws. Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws. Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.
CA08102001E
33-100

March 2009
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters, C396 Electronic Overload

Table 33-151. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights C396 Electronic Overload
NEMA Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide High A B Deep C Mounting Wide D 1.01 (25.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2)
33
00 0 1 2 3
High E 6.18 (157.0) 6.50 (165.1) 7.50 (190.5) 10.81 (274.6)
Wide D1 1.29 (32.8) 1.29 (32.8) 1.50 (38.1)
High E1 6.50 (165.1) 6.63 (168.3)
2.13 (54.0) 2.59 (65.9) 2.59 (65.9) 4.09 (103.9)
6.60 (167.6) 7.08 (179.7) 8.08 (205.1) 11.40 (289.6)
3.65 (92.8) 4.49 (114.0) 4.49 (114.0) 5.82 (147.9)
Consult Eaton. Mtg. Holes for #10 Screws or M5 Screws (2 Places) C C D1
E B E B
Press .09 (2.3) To Reset D A NEMA Size 00-0 C
Press .09 (2.3) To Reset Mtg. Holes for #10 Screws or M5 Screws (3 Places) NEMA Size 1 D A
D1
D1
D1 E1
E B E1 E B
Press .09 (2.3) To Reset Press .09 (2.3) To Reset Mtg. Holes for #10 Screws or M5 Screws (3 Places) NEMA Size 2 D A Mtg. Holes for 1/4-20 Screws or M6 Screws (5 Places) NEMA Size 3 D A
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-101
Dimensions
NEMA Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide High A B Deep C Mounting Wide D 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 3.10 (79.7)
High E 8.50 (215.8) 16.01 (406.6) 18.00 (457.2)
Wide D1 3.18 (80.9)
High E1 .66 (16.7) .89 (22.5)
4 5 6
7.00 (177.8) 7.64 (194.0) 9.47 (240.5)
9.11 (231.4) 17.86 (453.7) 21.69 (551.0)
7.17 (182.2) 7.57 (192.4) 9.89 (251.2)
33
A E B D
E1
Mtg. Holes for .25 (6.4) Screws (3 Places)
C Press .09 (2.3) To Reset
Press .09 (2.3) To Reset
Note: Size 4 Starter comes unassembled. The starter is comprised of the Size 4 Freedom Series NEMA Contactor and the C396 Overload Relay.
Size 4
Mtg. Holes for .28 (7.1) Screws (4 Places) Size 5
A D
D1
C E1
Mtg. Holes for .42 (10.7) Screws (4 Places) Size 6
CA08102001E
33-102

March 2009
Dimensions
NEMA Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide High A B Deep C Mounting Wide D 13.25 (336.6) 13.25 (336.6)
33
High E 21.25 (539.8) 16.75 (425.5)
Wide D1 .93 (23.7) .93 (23.7)
High E1 1.27 (32.4)
7 8
15.11 (383.8) 15.11 (383.8)
29.04 (737.7) 35.28 (895.1)
12.63 (320.9) 14.69 (373.0)
D1
A D
E1
E B
Mtg. Holes for .50 (12.7) Screws (4 Places) Size 7 D1 A D
E B
Mtg. Holes for .50 (12.7) Screws (4 Places) Press .09 (2.3) To Reset Size 8
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-103
Relays Thermal Overload
Contents
Description Thermal Overload Relays Product Description . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Information . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Factory Modications . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . Heater Pack Selection . . . . Page 33-103 33-103 33-103 33-103 33-104 33-105 33-105 33-105 33-106 33-107 33-107
Shrouded or ngerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock. Meets UL 508 single-phasing requirements. UL listed, CSA certied, NEMA compliance and CE mark.
Test for Trip Indication

To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the blue reset button. An orange ag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push reset button in to reset. Warning To provide continued protection against re or shock hazard, the complete overload relay must be replaced if burnout of the heater element occurs.
33
Operation
C306 Overload Relay Setting
1.0 1.15 Service Service Factor Factor B A C D
Technical Information
General
Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motor-branch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This denition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600V, 2) short circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) re pump control. (NEC Art. 430-31)
Example of 12.0 FLA setting for heater pack number H2011B showing position for 1.0 or 1.15 service factor motors.
Figure 33-43. FLA Dial Adjustment For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to correspond to the motors FLA rating. Estimate the dial position when the motor FLA falls between two letter values as shown in the example. For motors having a 1.0 service factor, rotate the FLA dial one-half position counterclockwise (CCW).
A M
Time Current Characteristics

The time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of performance which denes its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratories (UL) in accordance with NEMA Standards and the NEC. UL requires: When tested at 100 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately. When tested at 200 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes. When tested at 600 percent of the current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the Class of the relay.
32A Overload Cat. No. C306DN3B
Product Description
C306 Overload Relays are designed for use with CE or CN non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 144A.
Features

Selectable Manual or Automatic Reset operation. Interchangeable Heater Packs adjustable 24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors. Heater packs for 32A overload relay will mount in 75A overload relay useful in derating applications such as jogging. Class 10 or 20 heater packs. Load lugs built into relay base. Bimetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism. Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test). (Electrical Ratings see Table 33-158 on Page 33-104). Overload trip indication.
Example of setting for manual reset.
Figure 33-44. Manual/Automatic Reset The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the A position as shown in the illustration. Automatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices.
Current Rating is dened as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per NEC, an overload must ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service factor motor. Current Setting is dened as the FLA (Full Load Amperes) of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting. Example: 600% of current rating is dened as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor. A 10A heater setting must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75A motor current for a Class 20 relay.
CA08102001E
33-104

March 2009
10,000 5000 4000 3000 2000
10,000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 From Cold Start 500 400 300 200 Trip Time (Seconds) 100 50 40 30 20 10 5 4 3 2 1 0 2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting 10 0 2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting 10 From Cold Start
33
1000 500 400 300 200 Trip Time (Seconds) 100 50 40 30 20 10 5 4 3 2 1
From Hot Start
From Hot Start
Class 10 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating
Class 20 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating
Figure 33-45. Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves
Technical Data
Table 33-154. Wire (75C) Sizes AWG or kcmil NEMA Sizes 00 2, IEC A K Open
IEC Size A, B, C D, E, F G, H, J, K NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 Cu Only
Table 33-156. Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals

Terminal 32A 75A Catalog Number C306DT3B C306GT3B Torque in lb-in 20 35 (14 10 AWG) 40 (8 AWG) 45 (6 4 AWG) 50 (3 2 AWG) 120 (3/16) 200 (1/4) 250 (5/16) 120 (3/16) 200 (1/4) 250 (5/16) 35 (14 10 AWG) 40 (8 AWG) 45 (6 4 AWG) 50 (3 1/0 AWG)
Power Terminals Line

12 16 Stranded, 12 14 Solid 8 16 Stranded, 10 14 Solid 8 14 Stranded or Solid 3 14 (Upper) and/or 6 14 (Lower) Stranded or Solid Wire Size 14 6 AWG 14 2 AWG 105A C306KN3 (Socket Head Screw) C306NN3 (Socket Head Screw) C306NN3 (Slotted Head Screw)
144A
Power Terminals Load Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)

Catalog Number C306DN3B C306GN3B Terminal 32A 75A

12 16 AWG Stranded, 12 14 AWG Solid Two compartment box lug.

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 25 60 125 230V 1/2 1-1/2 3 10 20 30 75 150 460V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300 575V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300
Table 33-155. Wire (75C) Sizes AWG or kcmil NEMA Sizes 3 8, IEC L N Open
IEC Size L M N NEMA Size 3 4 5 67 8 Wire Size 1/0 14 Cu/Al 1/0 8 Cu/Al 3/0 8 Cu/Al Open 3/0 8 Cu Enclosed 250 kcmil 6 Cu/Al 750 kcmil 2 or (2) 250 kcmil 3/0 Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil 3/0 Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil 1/0 Cu/Al
Power Terminals Line and Load
Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Table 33-158. Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit

AC Volts 120V 30 3 5 15 1.5 2.5 240V 15 1.5 5 7.5 .75 2.5 480V 7.5 .75 5 3.375 .375 2.5 600V 6 .6 5 3 .3 2.5
NC Contact B600
Make and Break Amps Break Amps Continuous Amps

12 16 AWG Stranded, 12 14 AWG Solid
NO Contact C600
Make and Break Amps Break Amps Continuous Amps
DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-105
Factory Modications
C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter
Consists of a thermal overload relay mounted to a terminal base adapter permits fast and easy installation. Table 33-159. Product Selection
Description C306DN3B + C306TB1 C306GN3B + C306TB2B Catalog Number C306DT3B C306GT3B Price U.S. $
Replacement Parts
Heater Pack Replacement
The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of the Catalog Number. Series A or prior heater packs (identied by either A or - as the 6th character) have built-in load lugs. Series B or later heater packs do not (load lugs are on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B to the Series A1 overload relay.
33
Accessories
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
These adapters are required when component overload relays are to be separately mounted. The terminal base adapter includes line terminals and connects with the overload relays on Page 33-107.
Cat. No. C306TB1 Superseded Series A Heater Pack Series B Heater Pack
Table 33-162. Heater Pack Replacement Requirements

Existing Heater Pack Catalog Numbers Replacement Product Required Lug Adapter Kit C306KAL1-3B and Series B Heater Pack Series B Heater Pack When inventory is exhausted, replace with Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B Heater Pack Series B Heater Pack When inventory is exhausted, replace with heater pack chosen from Table 33-163 When inventory is exhausted, replace with Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B Heater Pack Series B Heater Pack

Description For 32A Overload Relay For 75A Overload Relay Catalog Number C306TB1 C306TB2B Price U.S. $
H2001-3 H2013-3 H2001A-3 H2013A-3 H2001B-3 H2013B-3 H2014-3 H2014A-3 H2014B-3
This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays (C306GN3 or C306GN3B), C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.
Locking Cover for Overload Relay C306 Only

Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting.
H2015-3 H2017-3 H2015A-3 H2017A-3
H2015B-3 H2017B-3
Table 33-163. Heater Pack Ratings

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position A B 32.5 44.3 60.4 C 36.0 49.1 66.8 D 39.5 53.8 74.9 Order Price Heater Pack U.S. $ Catalog Number H2015B-3 H2016B-3 H2017B-3
Overload Relay Cover

Description Min. Order Qty. (Std. Pkg.) 50 50 50 50 Catalog Number C320PC3 C320PC4 C320PC5 C320PC6 Price U.S. $
29.0 39.6 53.9
Clear cover, no accessibility Gray cover, no accessibility w/Auto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility, w/Manual only nib Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Auto only nib Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Manual only nib
50
C320PC7
33-106

March 2009
Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit
Overload Relay Replacement Series A Only

When replacing a Catalog Number C306DN3 (Part No. 10-6044) or C306GN3 (10-6319) Series A overload relay on a starter, order a Series B overload relay and Series B heater packs.
33
Cat. No. C306KAL1-3 Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit
These kits are used in conjunction with Catalog Numbers H2001B H2014B or H2101B H2114B heater packs as a means of utilizing these Series B heater packs in Catalog Numbers C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series Al overload relays. The kit consists of 3 lug adapters and installation instructions. When installing Series B heater packs plus lug adapters in Series A overload relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjustment tables originally supplied with equipment (also supplied with kit). Table 33-164. Product Selection Overload Relay Lug
Superseded 32A Series A Overload Relay Cat. No. C306DN3
Superseded 75A Series A Overload Relay Cat. No. C306GN3
Series Al Overload C306KAL1-3B Relay Lug Adapter Kit
Dimensions
Table 33-165. Stand-Alone Overload Relays Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight
Ampere Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 1.77 (45.0) 2.54 (64.5) 4.00 (101.6) High B 4.13 (104.9) 4.69 (119.1) 7.17 (182.1) Deep C 3.69 (93.7) 3.74 (95.0) 4.91 (124.7) Mounting D 1.36 (34.5) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) E 3.74 (95.0) 3.45 (87.6) 6.62 (168.1) F (Slot) .18 x .30 (4.6 x 7.6) .22 x .26 (5.6 x 6.6) G (Hole) .18 (4.6) Dia. .21 (5.3) Dia. .8 (.4) 1.4 (.6) 4.0 (1.8) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
32A 75A 105 & 144A
Stand-Alone Overload Relays D G A C C
A 32A and 75A Sizes C306DT3B and C306GT3B
Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws 105A and 144A Sizes C306KN3 and C306NN3 D
Figure 33-46. Approximate Dimensions Stand-Alone Overload Relays

March 2009
33-107
Product Selection
33
75A Overload Cat. No. C306GN3B
75A Overload Cat. No. C306GT3B
32A Overload Cat. No. C306DT3B
32A Overload Cat. No. C306DN3B
Table 33-166. C306 Thermal Overload Relays

For Use with Freedom Series Contactors NEMA Size 00, 0 1, 2 3 4 58 Maximum Ampere Rating Number of Poles Open Type Catalog Number 3 3 3 3 C306DN3B C306GN3B C306KN3 C306NN3 Price U.S. $ NEMA 1 Enclosed Catalog Number C306DG3B C306GG3B Price U.S. $
32 75 105 144
NEMA Sizes 5 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs. Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page 33-105. These relays can be panel mounted only.
Table 33-167. C306 Thermal Overload Relays

For Stand-Alone Applications NEMA Size 00, 0, 1 1 3 4 58 Maximum Ampere Rating Number of Poles Open Type Catalog Number 3 3 3 3 C306DT3B C306GT3B C306KN3 C306NN3 Price U.S. $
Heater Pack Selection

Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B (Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload relay base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had integral load lugs. The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have not changed. Table 33-168. Starters with Series B Overload Relays
NEMA AN Type Size 00 0 12 5 6 78 Series C B B C B IEC AE Type Size AF GK Series C B
32 75 105 144
Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or panel mount. Panel mount only. NEMA Sizes 5 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
Note: The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN16DN0AB. Heater Pack H2001B H2017B Heater Pack H2101B H2117B Heater Pack H2018 H2024
Technical Data . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . Discount Symbol . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-104 Page 33-106 Pages 33-105 33-106 1CD1C
33-108

March 2009

Table 33-169. Standard Trip Class 20 Heater Selection
Overload Relay Size Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position A B C D Catalog Number (Includes 3 Heater Packs) Price U.S. $
Table 33-170. Fast Trip Class 10 Heater Selection

Overload Relay Size Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position A B C D Catalog Number (Includes 3 Heater Packs) Price U.S. $
33
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 2 Series B; IEC Sizes A F Series C, IEC Sizes G K Series B
32A or 75A .254 .375 .560 .814 1.20 1.79 2.15 3.23 4.55 6.75 9.14 14.0 18.7 23.5 75A 29.0 39.6 53.9 8.0 11.4 14.3 18.0 24.6 33.5 45.7 62.2 84.7 106.0 32A 49 72 107 129 194 144 215 258 388 163 240 358 430 646 244 360 537 645 969 .306 .452 .676 .983 1.45 2.16 2.60 3.90 5.50 8.17 10.8 16.9 22.7 28.5 34.0 45.5 60.9 9.2 12.8 15.7 20.2 27.6 37.5 51.2 69.7 95.0 118.0 59 87 130 156 234 174 259 312 468 197 290 432 520 780 295 435 648 780 1170 .359 .530 .791 1.15 1.71 2.53 3.04 4.56 6.45 9.58 12.4 19.9 26.7 33.5 39.1 51.5 67.9 10.3 14.3 17.4 22.3 30.5 41.5 56.7 77.1 105.0 131.0 69 103 152 182 274 205 304 365 547 230 342 506 608 912 345 513 759 912 1368 .411 .607 .907 1.32 1.96 2.90 3.49 5.23 7.40 11.0 14.0 22.8 30.7 38.5 44.1 57.4 74.9 11.5 15.7 19.0 24.5 33.4 45.6 62.1 84.6 115.0 144.0 79 118 174 209 235 348 419 627 264 392 580 698 396 588 870 1047 H2001B-3 H2002B-3 H2003B-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2009B-3 H2010B-3 H2011B-3 H2012B-3 H2013B-3 H2014B-3 H2015B-3 H2016B-3 H2017B-3 H2025-3 H2026-3 H2027-3 H2018-3 H2019-3 H2020-3 H2021-3 H2022-3 H2023-3 H2024-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 2 Series B; IEC Sizes A F Series C, IEC Sizes G K Series B
32A or 75A .260 .384 .570 .846 1.28 1.92 2.30 3.38 4.96 7.07 9.60 14.4 18.7 23.5 75A 28.3 36.6 53.8 51 77 115 138 203 154 230 276 406 169 256 384 460 676 254 384 576 690 1014 .313 .464 .688 1.02 1.55 2.33 2.79 4.10 6.03 8.58 11.2 17.5 21.8 27.3 32.6 42.3 60.8 61 93 140 167 246 186 280 335 492 204 310 466 558 820 306 465 699 837 1230 .367 .543 .806 1.20 1.83 2.74 3.28 4.82 7.09 10.1 12.8 20.7 25.0 31.0 37.0 48.1 67.9 72 110 164 197 289 220 329 394 578 240 366 543 656 360 549 822 984 .420 .623 .924 1.37 2.10 3.15 3.77 5.54 8.16 11.6 14.4 23.8 28.1 34.8 41.3 53.8 74.9 82 126 189 226 252 378 452 274 420 630 754 411 630 945 1131 H2101B-3 H2102B-3 H2103B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2109B-3 H2110B-3 H2111B-3 H2112B-3 H2113B-3 H2114B-3 H2115B-3 H2116B-3 H2117B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G K Only Series B
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G K Only Series B
For Use with NEMA Sizes 3 4, IEC Sizes L N Only Series A

105A or 144A
For Use with Size 5 Starters Only Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
32A
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only Series B and IEC T V with 600/5 CT
32A
For Use with Size 5 Starters Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only Series B and IEC W X with 1000/5 CT
32A
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only Series B and IEC T V with 600/5 CT
32A
For Use with Size 8 Starters Only Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only Series B and IEC W X with 1000/5 CT
32A
Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers are for 3 heater packs. Sizes 5 8 and IEC P Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
For Use with Size 8 Starters Only Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A
Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers are for 3 heater packs. Sizes 5 8 and IEC P Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.

March 2009
33-109
Relays C396 Electronic Overload
Contents
Description Electronic Overload Relays Product Description . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-109 33-109 33-109 33-110 33-111 33-112 33-113 33-114
Product Description
The C396 is a self-powered, robust electronic overload designed for integrated use with Freedom NEMA, XT IEC, and DP contactors. The overload can also be ordered as a stand-alone device that is designed for PanelMounting and for use on 35 mm DIN rail. The C396 has an FLA range of 0.1 150 Amps with internal CTs, and up to 1500 Amps using external CTs.
UL Listed Components: Standalone, starter-mounted devices and remote reset kit. CSA Certied Components: Standalone, starter-mounted devices and remote reset kit. IEC EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1 CE RoHS
33
Features
Standard Version: Selectable trip class (5, 10, 20, 30) with Selectable Manual or Auto Reset Broad 5:1 FLA range Self-Powered Design, will accept AC voltages from 12 690V 50/60 Hz Ambient Temperature Compensation Low Heat Generation Phase Loss Protection Phase Unbalance Protection Electrically isolated 1NO-1NC Contacts (Push-to-Test) Trip Status Indicator FLA range of 0.1 1500 Amps
C396 Electronic Overload Relay
CA08102001E
33-110

March 2009

Table 33-171. C396 Electronic Overload Catalog Numbering System
33
Device Type C396 = C396 Electronic Overload Relay Frame Size A = 45 mm B = 65 mm C = 110 mm Feature Set
C396 A 2 A P05 SEL AX

Adapter Suffix Code See Tables 33-172 to 33-175. Class SEL = Selectable Max. Amperes Current Rating Reset Type 2 = Standard A = Auto Frame A (45 mm) P05 = 0.1 0.5 002 = 0.4 2.0 005 = 1 5 008 = 1.6 8 032 = 6.4 32 045 = 9 45 Frame B (65 mm) 075 = 15 75 110 = 22 110 Frame C (110 mm) 150 = 30 150 Choose appropriate adapter based on application FLA range and contactors frame size.
Table 33-172. Stand-Alone Overload Relay Sufx Code

FLA Range All Frame Size N/A Sufx AX
Table 33-174. Freedom NEMA Adapter Sufx Code

FLA Range (Amps) 0.1 0.5 Contactor Frame Size NEMA Size 00 NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 1 NEMA Size 00 NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 1 NEMA Size 00 NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 1 NEMA Size 00 NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 1 NEMA Size 2 NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 1 NEMA Size 2 NEMA Size 3 Sufx FD
Table 33-175. DP Contactor Adapter Sufx Code

FLA Range (Amps) 0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 1.6 8 6.4 32 9 45 15 75 Contactor Frame Size 15, 25, 30A Sufx DC
Table 33-173. XT IEC Adapter Sufx Code

Contactor Frame Size IEC Frame B FLA Range (Amps) 0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 1.6 8 6.4 32 0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 1.6 8 6.4 32 6.4 32 9 45 15 75 22 110 Sufx XB 15 0.4 2.0
FD
15, 25, 30, 40A 15, 25, 30, 40, 50A 40, 50A 60, 75A
DE DF DF DG
F00 F0 F01 F00 F0 F1 F2 FB FD FG FK
1.6 8 XC
IEC Frame C
6.4 32 XD 9 45 22 110 XF
IEC Frame D
IEC Frame F G
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-111
Product Selection
Table 33-176. C396 Stand-Alone Overload Relay

FLA Range (Amps) 0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 1.6 8 6.4 32 9 45 Description Catalog Number C396A2AP05SELAX C396A2A002SELAX C396A2A005SELAX C396A2A008SELAX C396A2A032SELAX C396A2A045SELAX C396B2A075SELAX C396B2A110SELAX C396C2A150SELAX Price U.S. $
45 mm Overload Frame Size
33
Cat. No. C396A2A045SELAX

15 75 22 110 30 150

Overload comes with a panel/DIN rail mounting adapter assembled. No separate mounting adapter accessory offered. Panel mount only! Overload comes with integrated pass-through holes for power wires. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR or C396CBARXT, see Table 33-181) and Lug Kit (C396CLUG) must be purchased separately if customer prefers not to use pass-through capability.
Table 33-177. Current Transformer Kits for Use with Stand-Alone Overload Relay C396A2A005SELAX
FLA Range (Amps) Description 300: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus bars, lugs and hardware to mount C396A2A005SELAX (not included). 600: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus bars, lugs and hardware to mount C396A2A005SELAX (not included). 1000: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus bars, lugs and hardware to mount C396A2A005SELAX (not included). 1500: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus bars, lugs and hardware to mount C396A2A005SELAX (not included). Catalog Number C396CTK300 Price U.S. $
Cat. No. C396B2A110SELFK
60 300
120 600
C396CTK600
200 1000
C396CTK1000
300 1500
C396CTK1500
Cat. No. C396C2A150SELAX
C396A2A005SELAX is not included in the current transformer kits. This item must be ordered separately.
Table 33-178. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with XT IEC Contactors
FLA Range (Amps) XT IEC Contactor Frame Size / Width B / 45 mm B / 45 mm B / 45 mm B / 45 mm B / 45 mm C / 45 mm C / 45 mm C / 45 mm C / 45 mm C / 45 mm D / 55 mm D / 55 mm D / 55 mm F G / 90 mm G / 90 mm Catalog Number C396A2AP05SELXB C396A2A002SELXB C396A2A005SELXB C396A2A008SELXB C396A2A032SELXB C396A2AP05SELXC C396A2A002SELXC C396A2A005SELXC C396A2A008SELXC C396A2A032SELXC C396A2A032SELXD C396A2A045SELXD C396B2A075SELXD C396B2A110SELXF C396C2A150SELAX C396CBARXT Price U.S. $

0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 1.6 8 6.4 32 0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 1.6 8 6.4 32 6.4 32 9 45
Cat. No. C396C2A150SELAX + C396CBAR

15 75 22 110 30 150 110 mm XT Bus Bar Kit
110 mm Overload Frame Size Stand-Alone or Direct to XT Contactor with Indicated Kit
Catalog Number shown is for Stand-Alone C396 Overload Relay. For direct connection to XT Frame G contactor, order additional XT Bus Bar Kit, C396CBARXT, shown in Tables 33-178 and 33-181. If load side lugs are required, order C396CLUG (set of 3).
Cat. No. C396C2A150SELAX + C396CBAR + C396CLUG
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-113 Page 33-114 33-114 Pages 33-112 1CD7
CA08102001E
33-112

March 2009

Table 33-179. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with Freedom NEMA Contactors
FLA Range (Amps) NEMA Contactor Frame Size 00, 0, 1 00, 0, 1 00 0 1 00 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 4 Description Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Accessories
Table 33-181. C396 Electronic Overload Accessories
33

0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 C396A2AP05SELFD C396A2A002SELFD C396A2A005SELF00 C396A2A005SELF0 C396A2A005SELF1 C396A2A008SELF00 C396A2A008SELF0 C396A2A008SELF1 C396A2A008SELF2 C396A2A032SELFB C396A2A032SELFD C396A2A045SELFG C396B2A110SELFK C396C2A150SELAX
Reset Bar Kit C396ARST assembles to the top of the overload to increase reset area. 110 mm Lug Kit C396CLUG
1.6 8
6.4 32 9 45 22 110 30 150
110 mm Bus Bar Kit
C396CBAR
65 mm Overload Frame Size 110 mm Overload Frame Size Stand-Alone Note: For NEMA Sizes 5 8, refer to Table 33-177, Current Transformer Kits.
Discount Symbol 1CD1. Discount Symbol 1CD7. Panel mount only! Overload comes with integrated pass-through holes for power wires. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR or C396CBARXT, see Table 33-181) and Lug Kit (C396CLUG) must be purchased separately if customer prefers not to use pass-through capability. 110 mm XT Bus Bar Kit C396CBARXT
Remote Reset 24V DC Remote Reset 24V AC Remote Reset 120V AC
C396RR024DC C396RR024AC C396RR120AC C396RR240AC
C396ARST + C396RR _ _ _ _ _ Assembled to a C396 Overload Relay
Remote Reset 240V AC
Mechanical Reset with E22 Flush Pushbutton and Mechanical Push Rod Plastic Black Bezel Chrome Bezel Mechanical Push Rod for external mechanical reset Mounting Hole Adapter Kit E22PB6N29L E22P6N29L E22MRL
Cat. No. C396A2A008SELDC
E22ARK
Table 33-180. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with DP Contactors by Feature Set
FLA Range (Amps) 0.1 0.5 0.4 2.0 15 1.6 8 6.4 32 9 45 15 75 DP Contactor Rating Catalog Number Price U.S. $

15, 25, 30 15, 25, 30 15, 25, 30 15, 25, 30, 40 15, 25, 30, 40, 50 40, 50 60, 75 C396A2AP05SELDC C396A2A002SELDC C396A2A005SELDC C396A2A008SELDE C396A2A032SELDF C396A2A045SELDF C396B2A075SELDG

Discount Symbol 1CD-5C.
Discount Symbol 1CD7. Discount Symbol 1CD1. Set of 3 lugs and hardware, 2 sets are required to wire line and load sides. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR or C396CBARXT) is needed to use the Lug Kit. Bus bar kits do not include lugs. Order C396CLUG if lugs are needed (3 lugs per kit). The operator button is blue with the letters RESET printed in white. The push rod is 4.72" long and can be cut to the desired length. This kit can be used alone or in conjunction with the C396 Reset Bar Kit, C396ARST, to increase the size of the reset area on the overload. Reset Bar Kit (C396ARST) required to use the Remote Reset modules. Note that all Freedom Starters come with Reset Bars. When used in conjunction with a Stand-Alone C396 Overload Relay (overloads with an AX sufx), style number of the overload must end in a B or later. Must be cut to proper length uncut 4.72 inches (119.9 mm) long. Enables a 22.5 mm operator to be mounted in a 30.5 mm holes 1/16 to 7/32 inch (1.6 to 5.6 mm) panel thickness.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-114, Page 33-115 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-113

Table 33-182. Overload Relay Specications
General Description C396_2_ Standard
Table 33-182. Overload Relay Specications (Continued)

General Description C396_2_ Standard
Protection
Thermal Phase Loss Phase Imbalance Inrush Current 1.05 x FLA: Does not trip 1.25 x FLA: Overload trip 1 Phase = 0, Trip time = 3s (Hot Status) Max - Min / Max > 40%, Trip time = 3s (Hot Status) > 8 x Max FLA, Trip time is 0.3s (Cold Status)
Climate Considerations
Ambient Temperature (Operating) Ambient Temperature (Storage / Transportation) Humidity Altitude (Operating) Pollution (Operating External) Mechanical Shock Resistance (IEC/EN 68-2-17) Vibration (Lloyds Register of Shipping, Vibration Test 2) Temperature Compensation -25 to 65C (-13 to 149F) inside enclosure -40 to 80C (-40 to 176F) UL991 (H3): 20 95% non-condensing NEMA ICS1: 2000 meters max above sea level Pollution degree 3 15g
33
Trip Class
Class 5, 10, 20, 30 Selectable
Reset
M / M-O A / A-O Manual / Manual + Stop Auto / Auto + Stop Auto Reset Time = up to 165s
6g Continuous
Indications
Test Indicator Trip Indicator Yellow Yellow
PCBA
Power Sensing Instant Reset by Power ON Thermal memory Cold and Hot Trip Curves Power Consumption 3 phase CPU reset by Power ON after 2 3s < 3 min. Power ON > 20 min. is Hot Status < 300 mW
Voltages
Control Voltage Insulation Voltage (Ui) Main Circuit Insulation Voltage (Ui) Control Circuit Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp) VAC 12 690V AC, 50/60 Hz 1000V AC 690V AC 6000
Options
Safety Cover Remote Reset Covers FLA dial, DIP switches 24V DC, 24V AC, 120V AC, 240V AC
FLA Range
45 mm Frame: C396A_ 65 mm Frame: C396B_ 110 mm Frame: C396C_ 0.1 45A 15 110A 30 150A
Safety
Degree of Protection IP20 (Stand-Alone Version Only)
Capacity
Control Terminal Capacity Control Terminal Tightening Torque in Nm (lb-in) 18 14 AWG 0.79 (7)
Load Terminal Capacity

45 mm Frame: C396A_ 65 mm Frame: C396B_ 110 mm Frame: C396C_ 14 6 AWG 10 1 AWG 6 AWG 250 mcm
Load Terminal Tightening Torque in Nm (lb-in)

45 mm Frame: C396A_ 65 mm Frame: C396B_ 110 mm Frame: C396C_ 3.2 (28) 9.0 (80) 22.6 (200)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-114, 33-115 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-114

March 2009
Dimensions
Mounting Holes for #6 or M4 Screws (2 Qty.)
33
3.60 (91.5)
2.34 (59.5) 1.54 (39.1)
3.23 (82.0)
1.57 (40.0)
.18 .20 (4.5) (5.0)
3.41 (86.5)
.94 (23.8)
1.93 (49.0)
Figure 33-47. 45 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mounting Holes for #10 or M5 Screws (4 Qty.) .03 (.8) 1.65 (41.9) 4.49 (114.0) .16 (4.1)
.24 (6.1) 2.50 (63.5) 4.28 (108.7) 4.72 (119.9)
.03 (.8)
1.59 (40.4)
.06 (1.5)
2.56 (65.0)
Figure 33-48. 65 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-115
3.80 (96.5)
Mounting Holes for #10 or M5 Screws (4 Qty.) .04 (1.0)
6.10 (154.9)
1.25 (31.9)
33
1.89 (47.9)
.25 (6.4)
.06 (1.5) 3.70 (94.0) 3.70 (94.0) 8.54 (217.0)
.12 (3.0)
3.80 (96.5)
.16 (4.0)
6.05 (153.7)
4.33 (110.0)
Figure 33-49. 110 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay
CA08102001E
33-116
NEMA Contactors & Starters Freedom, Full Voltage Enclosed

March 2009
Product Description
Eatons Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series Starters and Contactors feature a compact, space-saving design, high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials.
33
Features
Catalog Number ECN2208AAC

Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relays with interchangeable heater packs available in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hp reducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads optional. Electronic/Solid-State Overload optional. A full line of snap-on accessories top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc. Straight-through wiring line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom. Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom.
Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with screws reduced wiring time. Accessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional ngerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock. Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 45 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring easy to replace European or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout. Encapsulated dual voltage/ frequency magnet coils permanently marked with voltage, frequency and part number. Designed to meet or exceed UL, CSA, IEC, VDE, BS and other international standards and listings.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-117


When you turn to Eatons CutlerHammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certication process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. The Enclosed Control is manufactured in our Fayetteville, NC plant, and this facility is registered ISO 9001. This commitment to quality results in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
Freedom NEMA contactors and starters are extremely rugged products built for any application. Their long electrical/mechanical life is extended through easy maintainability.

Certied Type 2 Coordination

Eatons Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series IEC starters and NEMA starters are UL Certied to achieve IEC 947 Type 2 coordination against 100,000A short circuit fault currents. Any brand of properly selected fuse can be used. Type 2 coordination means that the starter will be suitable for further use following a short circuit fault.
Meets and exceeds all UL and CSA standards. Sized based on standard NEMA size classications. Designed and built for a variety of demanding applications. Easy coil change and inspectable/ replaceable contacts. Available Open and in Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9 and 12 enclosures.
33
Short Circuit Protection

Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers may be selected per Article 430, Part D of the National Electrical Code to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
CA08102001E
33-118

March 2009

Table 33-183. NEMA Freedom Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
33
Design
EC N
N = Freedom NEMA 2 = A200 Class 01 = Non-reversing Contactor 3-Pole Non-reversing Contactor 2-Pole Non-reversing Contactor 4-Pole Non-reversing Contactor 5-Pole 02 = Reversing Contactor 3-Pole 05 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter 06 = Non-combination Reversing Starter 07 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter with CPT 08 = Non-combination Single-Phase Non-reversing Starter 16 = Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect Combination Non-reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect 17 = Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect Combination Reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect 18 = Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect with CPT Combination Reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT 22 = Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker NEMA Size A= 0= 1= 2= Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 3= 4= 5= 6= Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
22
F Modification Codes See Page 33-42 33-49
Table 33-189 33-190 33-191 33-192 33-193 33-194 33-195 33-196 33-197 33-198, 33-287 33-199 33-200 A= B= C= D= E= F=
Cover Control Type 1 Non-comb., Table 33-186 All Others, Table 33-187 E22 Style Comb., Table 33-189 Contactors 3 = 3 Poles Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers See Tables 33-184 and 33-185 Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings None 30A/250V R 30A/600V R 60A/250V R 60A/600V R 100A/250V R G= H= J= K= L= M= 100A/600V R 200A/250V R 200A/600V R 400A/250V R 400A/600V R 600A/250V R N= P= Q= R= S= T= 600A/600V R 800A/600V L 1200A/600V L 1600A/600V L 2000A/600V L by Description
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings 33-201 33-202 33-203, 33-288 33-204 33-205, 33-206 1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= A= B= C= D= E= F= W= G= None 3A 7A 15A 30A 50A 70A 100A H= J= K= L= M= N= P= Q= 150A 250A 400A 600A 800A 1000A 1200A 2000A R = 3000A T = by Description 5= 3A 7A 6= 15A 7= 30A 8= 50A 9= I = 100A
Enclosure Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4 Watertight (Painted Steel) Type 4X Watertight (304-Grade Stainless Steel) Type 4X Corrosion (Nonmetallic) Type 7/9 Bolted Hazardous Location Type 7/9 Threaded Hazardous Location Type 12 Dust-Tight Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel
7 = Size 7 8 = Size 8 9 = Size 9
Use for Sizes 0 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
Table 33-184. Magnetic Coil Codes (System Voltage)

Code A B C D E G H J Magnet Coil 120/60 110/50 240/60 220/50 460/60 440/50 575/60 550/50 208/60 550/50 277/60 208 240/60 Code K L M P Q R S T Magnet Coil 240/50 380/50 415/50 12V DC 24V DC 48V DC 125V DC 24/60 Code U V W X Y Z Magnet Coil 24/50 32/50 48/60 104 120/60 48/50 By Description
Table 33-185. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)

Code B C D E H L M Q R S T U V W X Y Z Primary 240/480 220/440 Wired for 240V 240/480 220/440 Wired for 480V 600/60 550/50 208/60 277/60 380/50 415/50 208/60 240/480 220/440 Wired for 240V 240/480 220/440 Wired for 480V 600/60 277/60 380/50 415/50 240/480/600 Wired for 480V 240/480/600 Wired for 480V By Description Secondary 120/60 110/50 120/60 110/50 120/60 110/50 120/60 120/60 110/50 110/50 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 120 24
When control power transformer modication codes (C1 C11) are used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18) see Table 33-185 for system voltage code.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-119
Cover Control
Control Power Transformer (CPT) may be required.
Combination Starters

33
10250T Selector Switch
Cover control for Combination Starters uses 10250T style devices as standard. E22 style cover control options are available (Table 33-188). Selector switches are maintained with lever operators. Pushbuttons are momentary type with extended pushbutton. The kit includes hardware and connecting wires (where possible). For factory installed control devices other than shown below, refer to Modication Codes, Page 33-42.
Table 33-187. Type 1 Combination and All Type 3R, 4X and 12 Cover Control
Description Factory Installed Flange Control Position 9 Code Field Installation Kits Catalog Number C400T1 C400T2 C400T12 C400T3 C400T4 C400T5 C400T9 C400T10 C400T11 C400T13 C400T14 C400T6 C400T15
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices START/STOP Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights ON/OFF Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X A B C D E F H J K
Type 1 Cover Control
Table 33-186. Type 1 Non-combination Cover Control

Description Factory Installed Flange Control Position 9 Code Field Installation Kits Catalog Number C400GK0 C400GK1 C400GK12 C400GK16 C400GK3 C400GK32 C400GK36 C400GK42 C400GK41 C400GK46 C400GK0 C400GR1 C400GR14 C400GR2 C400GR24
START Pushbutton ON Pushbutton OFF Pushbutton Red RUN Pilot Light Green OFF Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights START/STOP Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights ON/OFF Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices START/STOP Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights Red RUN Pilot Light Green OFF Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights A B C D H J K P Q R A B C E F
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch with 2 Red Pilot Lights with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons with 2 Red Pilot Lights
Two Red Pilot Lights P C400GK44 C400GK41 One Green Pilot Light Q For more available factory installed ange control, see Table 33-187. Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage Kits only. Example: C400T9B. Rating 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz Code Letter A E B Rating 277V 60 Hz 380V 50 Hz Code Letter H L Rating 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz Code Letter C D
Two Red Pilot Lights P C400T10 One Green Pilot Light Q Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights R C400T16 OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch V with 2 Red Pilot Lights W with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights X For Type 1 Non-combination eld installation kits, see Table 33-186. Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage Kits only. Example: C400T9B. Rating 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz Code Letter A E B Rating 277V 60 Hz 380V 50 Hz Code Letter H L Rating 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz Code Letter C D
Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.
CA08102001E
33-120

March 2009
Contactors
33
E22 Selector Switch
Table 33-188. Type 1, 3R, 4X and 12 E22 Style Combination Starter Cover Control
Description Factory Installed Position 9 Cover Control Code Field Installation Kits Combination Only Catalog Number CE400T01 CE400T02 CE400T03 CE400T04 CE400T05 CE400T06 CE400T10 CE400T11 CE400T12 CE400T07 CE400T08 CE400T09 CE400T50 CE400T51 CE400T52 CE400T53 CE400T54 CE400T55 CE400T56 CE400T57 CE400T58
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices START/STOP Pushbuttons (PB) START/STOP PB & Red RUN Light START/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS) H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light Red RUN Pilot Light Green Off Pilot Light Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Light ON/OFF Selector Switch (SS) ON/OFF SS, Red RUN Light ON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light A B C D H J K P Q R S T U A B C D H J K V W X
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices FWD/REV/STOP Pushbuttons (PB) FWD/REV/STOP PB + Red FWD & REV Lights FWD/REV/STOP PB, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch (SS) FOR/OFF/REV SS + Red FWD & REV Lights FOR/OFF/REV SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch (SS) OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS + Red FWD & REV Lights OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
To include any of the above cover controls, place the control code character in position 9 of your Catalog Number and add Mod Code C29. Example: ECN16A4ADA-C29. Full voltage non-reversing fusible starter with START/STOP pushbutton with red RUN and green OFF pilot lights. Sufx for lights (required for eld installed kits only) in the table below: Rating 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz Code Letter A E B Rating 277V 60 Hz 380V 50 Hz Code Letter H L Rating 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz Code Letter C D
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-121
Contactors
Features

1-Phase or 3-Phase Magnetic 2-, 3-, 4- or 5-Pole Non-reversing or 3-Pole Reversing
600V Maximum
Product Selection
Table 33-189. Class ECN01 Non-reversing Contactor 3-Pole
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN01A2A3A ECN01A2E3A ECN01A2B3A ECN01A2C3A ECN01A2D3A ECN0102A3A ECN0102E3A ECN0102B3A ECN0102C3A ECN0102D3A ECN0112A3A ECN0112E3A ECN0112B3A ECN0112C3A ECN0112D3A ECN0122A3A ECN0122E3A ECN0122B3A ECN0122C3A ECN0122D3A ECN0132A3A ECN0132E3A ECN0132B3A ECN0132C3A ECN0132D3A ECN0142A3A ECN0142E3A ECN0142B3A ECN0142C3A ECN0142D3A ECN0152A3A ECN0152E3A ECN0152B3A ECN0152C3A ECN0152D3A ECN0162A3A ECN0162E3A ECN0162B3A ECN0162C3A ECN0162D3A ECN0172A3A ECN0172B3A ECN0172C3A ECN0172D3A ECN0182A3A ECN0182B3A ECN0182C3A ECN0182D3A ECN0192A3A ECN0192B3A ECN0192C3A ECN0192D3A Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Catalog Number Component Contactor (Open) Catalog Number CN15AN3AB CN15AN3EB CN15AN3BB CN15AN3CB CN15AN3DB CN15BN3AB CN15BN3EB CN15BN3BB CN15BN3CB CN15BN3DB CN15DN3AB CN15DN3EB CN15DN3BB CN15DN3CB CN15DN3DB CN15GN3AB CN15GN3EB CN15GN3BB CN15GN3CB CN15GN3DB CN15KN3A CN15KN3E CN15KN3B CN15KN3C CN15KN3D CN15NN3A CN15NN3E CN15NN3B CN15NN3C CN15NN3D CN15SN3A CN15SN3E CN15SN3B CN15SN3C CN15SN3D CN15TN3A CN15TN3E CN15TN3B CN15TN3C CN15TN3D CN15UN3A CN15UN3B CN15UN3C CN15UN3D CN15VN3A CN15VN3B CN15VN3C CN15VN3D CN15WN3A CN15WN3B CN15WN3C CN15WN3D
33
00
120 ECN01A1A3A 200 1-1/2 208 ECN01A1E3A 230 1-1/2 240 ECN01A1B3A 460 2 480 ECN01A1C3A 575 2 600 ECN01A1D3A 18 120 ECN0101A3A 200 3 208 ECN0101E3A 230 3 240 ECN0101B3A 460 5 480 ECN0101C3A 575 5 600 ECN0101D3A 27 120 ECN0111A3A 200 7-1/2 208 ECN0111E3A 230 7-1/2 240 ECN0111B3A 460 10 480 ECN0111C3A 575 10 600 ECN0111D3A 45 120 ECN0121A3A 200 10 208 ECN0121E3A 230 15 240 ECN0121B3A 460 25 480 ECN0121C3A 575 25 600 ECN0121D3A 90 120 ECN0131A3A 200 25 208 ECN0131E3A 230 30 240 ECN0131B3A 460 50 480 ECN0131C3A 575 50 600 ECN0131D3A 135 120 ECN0141A3A 200 40 208 ECN0141E3A 230 50 240 ECN0141B3A 460 100 480 ECN0141C3A 575 100 600 ECN0141D3A 270 120 ECN0151A3A 200 75 208 ECN0151E3A 230 100 240 ECN0151B3A 460 200 480 ECN0151C3A 575 200 600 ECN0151D3A 540 120 ECN0161A3A 200 150 208 ECN0161E3A 230 200 240 ECN0161B3A 460 400 480 ECN0161C3A 575 400 600 ECN0161D3A 810 120 ECN0171A3A 230 300 240 ECN0171B3A 460 600 480 ECN0171C3A 575 600 600 ECN0171D3A 1215 120 ECN0181A3A 230 450 240 ECN0181B3A 460 900 480 ECN0181C3A 575 900 600 ECN0181D3A 2250 120 ECN0191A3A 230 800 240 ECN0191B3A 460 1600 480 ECN0191C3A 575 1600 600 ECN0191D3A Maximum horsepower rating of contactors for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size Horsepower 00 0 1 10 2 25 3 50 4 75 5 150 6 300
(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing)
ECN0104A3A ECN0104E3A ECN0104B3A ECN0104C3A ECN0104D3A ECN0114A3A ECN0114E3A ECN0114B3A ECN0114C3A ECN0114D3A ECN0124A3A ECN0124E3A ECN0124B3A ECN0124C3A ECN0124D3A ECN0134A3A ECN0134E3A ECN0134B3A ECN0134C3A ECN0134D3A ECN0144A3A ECN0144E3A ECN0144B3A ECN0144C3A ECN0144D3A ECN0154A3A ECN0154E3A ECN0154B3A ECN0154C3A ECN0154D3A ECN0164A3A ECN0164E3A ECN0164B3A ECN0164C3A ECN0164D3A ECN0173A3A ECN0173B3A ECN0173C3A ECN0173D3A ECN0183A3A ECN0183B3A ECN0183C3A ECN0183D3A ECN0193A3A ECN0193B3A ECN0193C3A ECN0193D3A
Note: NEMA Sizes 00, 0 and 1 of 3-Pole/3-Phase Non-reversing Contactors are available with auxiliary contact omitted. Add Modication Code A44. Example: ECN0101A3A-A44.
1-1/2 5
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 9. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0104A3A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-119 Page 33-118 PG03300001E PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E
CA08102001E
33-122

March 2009
Contactors
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 9 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 1/3 1 1 2 2 3 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 ECN01A1A2A ECN01A1E2A ECN01A1B2A ECN01A1C2A ECN01A1D2A ECN0101A2A ECN0101E2A ECN0101B2A ECN0101C2A ECN0101D2A ECN0111A2A ECN0111E2A ECN0111B2A ECN0111C2A ECN0111D2A ECN0121A2A ECN0121E2A ECN0121B2A ECN0121C2A ECN0121D2A ECN0131A2A ECN0131E2A ECN0131B2A ECN0131C2A ECN0131D2A ECN0141A2A ECN0141E2A ECN0141B2A ECN0141C2A ECN0141D2A ECN0151A2A ECN0151E2A ECN0151B2A ECN0151C2A ECN0151D2A ECN0161A2A ECN0161E2A ECN0161B2A ECN0161C2A ECN0161D2A ECN0171A2A ECN0171E2A ECN0171B2A ECN0171C2A ECN0171D2A ECN0181A2A ECN0181E2A ECN0181B2A ECN0181C2A ECN0181D2A ECN0181A2A ECN0181E2A ECN0191B2A ECN0191C2A ECN0191D2A Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Catalog Number Component Contactor (Open) Catalog Number CN15AN2AB CN15AN2EB CN15AN2BB CN15AN2CB CN15AN2DB CN15BN2AB CN15BN2EB CN15BN2BB CN15BN2CB CN15BN2DB CN15DN2AB CN15DN2EB CN15DN2BB CN15DN2CB CN15DN2DB CN15GN2AB CN15GN2EB CN15GN2BB CN15GN2CB CN15GN2DB CN15KN2A CN15KN2E CN15KN2B CN15KN2C CN15KN2D CN15NN2A CN15NN2E CN15NN2B CN15NN2C CN15NN2D CN15SN2A CN15SN2E CN15SN2B CN15SN2C CN15SN2D CN15TN2A CN15TN2E CN15TN2B CN15TN2C CN15TN2D CN15UN2A CN15UN2E CN15UN2B CN15UN2C CN15UN2D CN15VN2A CN15VN2E CN15VN2B CN15VN2C CN15VN2D CN15WN2A CN15WN2E CN15WN2B CN15WN2C CN15WN2D
33
Catalog Number
18
27
45
90
135
270
540
810
1215
2250
ECN0102A2A ECN0102E2A ECN0102B2A ECN0102C2A ECN0102D2A ECN0112A2A ECN0112E2A ECN0112B2A ECN0112C2A ECN0112D2A ECN0122A2A ECN0122E2A ECN0122B2A ECN0122C2A ECN0122D2A ECN0132A2A ECN0132E2A ECN0132B2A ECN0132C2A ECN0132D2A ECN0142A2A ECN0142E2A ECN0142B2A ECN0142C2A ECN0142D2A ECN0152A2A ECN0152E2A ECN0152B2A ECN0152C2A ECN0152D2A ECN0162A2A ECN0162E2A ECN0162B2A ECN0162C2A ECN0162D2A ECN0172A2A ECN0172E2A ECN0172B2A ECN0172C2A ECN0172D2A ECN0182A2A ECN0182E2A ECN0182B2A ECN0182C2A ECN0182D2A ECN0192A2A ECN0192E2A ECN0192B2A ECN0192C2A ECN0192D2A
Note: NEMA Sizes 00, 0 and 1 of 2-Pole/2-Phase Non-reversing Contactors are available with auxiliary contact omitted. Add Modication Code A44. Example: ECN0101A2A-A44.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-119 Page 33-118 PG03300001E PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E CA08102001E

March 2009
33-123
Contactors
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 9 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 ECN01A1A4A ECN01A1E4A ECN01A1B4A ECN01A1C4A ECN01A1D4A ECN0101A4A ECN0101E4A ECN0101B4A ECN0101C4A ECN0101D4A ECN0111A4A ECN0111E4A ECN0111B4A ECN0111C4A ECN0111D4A ECN0121A4A ECN0121E4A ECN0121B4A ECN0121C4A ECN0121D4A Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Catalog Number Component Contactor (Open) Catalog Number CN15AN4AB CN15AN4EB CN15AN4BB CN15AN4CB CN15AN4DB (Select Contactor from Size 1 Listing)
Catalog Number
33
18
ECN0102A4A ECN0102E4A ECN0102B4A ECN0102C4A ECN0102D4A ECN0112A4A ECN0112E4A ECN0112B4A ECN0112C4A ECN0112D4A ECN0122A4A ECN0122E4A ECN0122B4A ECN0122C4A ECN0122D4A
27
CN15DN4AB CN15DN4EB CN15DN4BB CN15DN4CB CN15DN4DB CN15GN4AB CN15GN4EB CN15GN4BB CN15GN4CB CN15GN4DB
45
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0104A4A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 9 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 ECN01A1A5A ECN01A1E5A ECN01A1B5A ECN01A1C5A ECN01A1D5A ECN0101A5A ECN0101E5A ECN0101B5A ECN0101C5A ECN0101D5A ECN0111A5A ECN0111E5A ECN0111B5A ECN0111C5A ECN0111D5A ECN0121A5A ECN0121E5A ECN0121B5A ECN0121C5A ECN0121D5A Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Catalog Number Component Contactor (Open) Catalog Number
Catalog Number
18
27
45
ECN0112A5A ECN0112E5A ECN0112B5A ECN0112C5A ECN0112D5A ECN0122A5A ECN0122E5A ECN0122B5A ECN0122C5A ECN0122D5A
CN15DN5AB CN15DN5EB CN15DN5BB CN15DN5CB CN15DN5DB CN15GN5AB CN15GN5EB CN15GN5BB CN15GN5CB CN15GN5DB
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0114A5A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-124

March 2009
Contactors
Table 33-193. Class ECN02 Reversing Contactor 3-Pole
NEMA Size Continuous Ampere Rating Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 Type 3R General Purpose Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Catalog Number Component Contactor (Open) Catalog Number CN55AN3AB CN55AN3EB CN55AN3BB CN55AN3CB CN55AN3DB CN55BN3AB CN55BN3EB CN55BN3BB CN55BN3CB CN55BN3DB CN55DN3AB CN55DN3EB CN55DN3BB CN55DN3CB CN55DN3DB CN15GN3AB CN55GN3EB CN55GN3BB CN55GN3CB CN55GN3DB CN55KN3A CN55KN3E CN55KN3B CN55KN3C CN55KN3D CN55NN3A CN55NN3E CN55NN3B CN55NN3C CN55NN3D CN55SN3A CN55SN3E CN55SN3B CN55SN3C CN55SN3D CN55TN3A CN55TN3E CN55TN3B CN55TN3C CN55TN3D CN55UN3A CN55UN3B CN55UN3C CN55UN3D CN55VN3A CN55VN3B CN55VN3C CN55VN3D CN55WN3A CN55WN3B CN55WN3C CN55WN3D
33
00 9 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 00 0 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1600 1600 1 10 2 25 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 3 50 4 75
Catalog Number ECN02A1A3A ECN02A1E3A ECN02A1B3A ECN02A1C3A ECN02A1D3A ECN0201A3A ECN0201E3A ECN0201B3A ECN0201C3A ECN0201D3A ECN0211A3A ECN0211E3A ECN0211B3A ECN0211C3A ECN0211D3A ECN0221A3A ECN0221E3A ECN0221B3A ECN0221C3A ECN0221D3A ECN0231A3A ECN0231E3A ECN0231B3A ECN0231C3A ECN0231D3A ECN0241A3A ECN0241E3A ECN0241B3A ECN0241C3A ECN0241D3A ECN0251A3A ECN0251E3A ECN0251B3A ECN0251C3A ECN0251D3A ECN0261A3A ECN0261E3A ECN0261B3A ECN0261C3A ECN0261D3A ECN0271A3A ECN0271B3A ECN0271C3A ECN0271D3A ECN0281A3A ECN0281B3A ECN0281C3A ECN0281D3A ECN0291A3A ECN0291B3A ECN0291C3A ECN0291D3A 5 150 6 300
Catalog Number
18
27
45
90
135
270
540
810
1215
2250
Maximum horsepower rating of contactors for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size Horsepower
1-1/2 5
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 2009
33-125
Features
1-Phase or 3-Phase Magnetic 2- or 3-Pole Non-reversing or 3-Pole Reversing Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR Optional Electronic Overload 600V Maximum

33
Product Selection
Table 33-194. Class ECN05 Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 ECN05A1AAA ECN05A1EAA ECN05A1BAA ECN05A1CAA ECN05A1DAA ECN0501AAA ECN0501EAA ECN0501BAA ECN0501CAA ECN0501DAA ECN0511AAA ECN0511EAA ECN0511BAA ECN0511CAA ECN0511DAA ECN0521AAA ECN0521EAA ECN0521BAA ECN0521CAA ECN0521DAA ECN0531AAA ECN0531EAA ECN0531BAA ECN0531CAA ECN0531DAA Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN05A2AAA ECN05A2EAA ECN05A2BAA ECN05A2CAA ECN05A2DAA ECN0502AAA ECN0502EAA ECN0502BAA ECN0502CAA ECN0502DAA ECN0512AAA ECN0512EAA ECN0512BAA ECN0512CAA ECN0512DAA ECN0522AAA ECN0522EAA ECN0522BAA ECN0522CAA ECN0522DAA ECN0532AAA ECN0532EAA ECN0532BAA ECN0532CAA ECN0532DAA Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number ECN05A4AAA ECN05A4EAA ECN05A4BAA ECN05A4CAA ECN05A4DAA ECN0504AAA ECN0504EAA ECN0504BAA ECN0504CAA ECN0504DAA ECN0514AAA ECN0514EAA ECN0514BAA ECN0514CAA ECN0514DAA ECN0524AAA ECN0524EAA ECN0524BAA ECN0524CAA ECN0524DAA ECN0534AAA ECN0534EAA ECN0534BAA ECN0534CAA ECN0534DAA Catalog Number ECN05A8AAA ECN05A8EAA ECN05A8BAA ECN05A8CAA ECN05A8DAA ECN0508AAA ECN0508EAA ECN0508BAA ECN0508CAA ECN0508DAA ECN0518AAA ECN0518EAA ECN0518BAA ECN0518CAA ECN0518DAA ECN0528AAA ECN0528EAA ECN0528BAA ECN0528CAA ECN0528DAA ECN0538AAA ECN0538EAA ECN0538BAA ECN0538CAA ECN0538DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0AC AN16AN0EC AN16AN0BC AN16AN0CC AN16AN0DC AN16BN0AC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0AB AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0AB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16KN0A AN16KN0E AN16KN0B AN16KN0C AN16KN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0504AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-126

March 2009
Table 33-194. Class ECN05 Non-combination Non-reversing Starter (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 4 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1600 1600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 ECN0541AAA ECN0541EAA ECN0541BAA ECN0541CAA ECN0541DAA ECN0551AAA ECN0551EAA ECN0551BAA ECN0551CAA ECN0551DAA ECN0561AAA ECN0561EAA ECN0561BAA ECN0561CAA ECN0561DAA ECN0571AAA ECN0571BAA ECN0571CAA ECN0571DAA ECN0581AAA ECN0581BAA ECN0581CAA ECN0581DAA ECN0591AAA ECN0591BAA ECN0591CAA ECN0591DAA Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN0542AAA ECN0542EAA ECN0542BAA ECN0542CAA ECN0542DAA ECN0552AAA ECN0552EAA ECN0552BAA ECN0552CAA ECN0552DAA ECN0562AAA ECN0562EAA ECN0562BAA ECN0562CAA ECN0562DAA ECN0572AAA ECN0572BAA ECN0572CAA ECN0572DAA ECN0582AAA ECN0582BAA ECN0582CAA ECN0582DAA ECN0592AAA ECN0592BAA ECN0592CAA ECN0592DAA Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number ECN0544AAA ECN0544EAA ECN0544BAA ECN0544CAA ECN0544DAA ECN0554AAA ECN0554EAA ECN0554BAA ECN0554CAA ECN0554DAA ECN0564AAA ECN0564EAA ECN0564BAA ECN0564CAA ECN0564DAA ECN0573AAA ECN0573BAA ECN0573CAA ECN0573DAA ECN0583AAA ECN0583BAA ECN0583CAA ECN0583DAA ECN0593AAA ECN0593BAA ECN0593CAA ECN0593DAA Catalog Number ECN0548AAA ECN0548EAA ECN0548BAA ECN0548CAA ECN0548DAA ECN0558AAA ECN0558EAA ECN0558BAA ECN0558CAA ECN0558DAA ECN0568AAA ECN0568EAA ECN0568BAA ECN0568CAA ECN0568DAA ECN0578AAA ECN0578BAA ECN0578CAA ECN0578DAA ECN0588AAA ECN0588BAA ECN0588CAA ECN0588DAA ECN0598AAA ECN0598BAA ECN0598CAA ECN0598DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16NN0A AN16NN0E AN16NN0B AN16NN0C AN16NN0D AN16SN0AB AN16SN0EB AN16SN0BB AN16SN0CB AN16SN0DB AN16TN0AB AN16TN0EB AN16TN0BB AN16TN0CB AN16TN0DB AN16UN0AB AN16UN0BB AN16UN0CB AN16UN0DB AN16VN0AB AN16VN0BB AN16VN0CB AN16VN0DB AN16WN0A AN16WN0B AN16WN0C AN16WN0D
33
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 9. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0504AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-127
Table 33-195. Class ECN06 Non-combination Reversing Starter
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1600 1600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 ECN06A1AAA ECN06A1EAA ECN06A1BAA ECN06A1CAA ECN06A1DAA ECN0601AAA ECN0601EAA ECN0601BAA ECN0601CAA ECN0601DAA ECN0611AAA ECN0611EAA ECN0611BAA ECN0611CAA ECN0611DAA ECN0621AAA ECN0621EAA ECN0621BAA ECN0621CAA ECN0621DAA ECN0631AAA ECN0631EAA ECN0631BAA ECN0631CAA ECN0631DAA ECN0641AAA ECN0641EAA ECN0641BAA ECN0641CAA ECN0641DAA ECN0651AAA ECN0651EAA ECN0651BAA ECN0651CAA ECN0651DAA ECN0661AAA ECN0661EAA ECN0661BAA ECN0661CAA ECN0661DAA ECN0671AAA ECN0671BAA ECN0671CAA ECN0671DAA ECN0681AAA ECN0681BAA ECN0681CAA ECN0681DAA ECN0691AAA ECN0691BAA ECN0691CAA ECN0691DAA Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN06A2AAA ECN06A2EAA ECN06A2BAA ECN06A2CAA ECN06A2DAA ECN0602AAA ECN0602EAA ECN0602BAA ECN0602CAA ECN0602DAA ECN0612AAA ECN0612EAA ECN0612BAA ECN0612CAA ECN0612DAA ECN0622AAA ECN0622EAA ECN0622BAA ECN0622CAA ECN0622DAA ECN0632AAA ECN0632EAA ECN0632BAA ECN0632CAA ECN0632DAA ECN0642AAA ECN0642EAA ECN0642BAA ECN0642CAA ECN0642DAA ECN0652AAA ECN0652EAA ECN0652BAA ECN0652CAA ECN0652DAA ECN0662AAA ECN0662EAA ECN0662BAA ECN0662CAA ECN0662DAA ECN0672AAA ECN0672BAA ECN0672CAA ECN0672DAA ECN0682AAA ECN0682BAA ECN0682CAA ECN0682DAA ECN0692AAA ECN0692BAA ECN0692CAA ECN0692DAA Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number ECN06A4AAA ECN06A4EAA ECN06A4BAA ECN06A4CAA ECN06A4DAA ECN0604AAA ECN0604EAA ECN0604BAA ECN0604CAA ECN0604DAA ECN0614AAA ECN0614EAA ECN0614BAA ECN0614CAA ECN0614DAA ECN0624AAA ECN0624EAA ECN0624BAA ECN0624CAA ECN0624DAA ECN0634AAA ECN0634EAA ECN0634BAA ECN0634CAA ECN0634DAA ECN0644AAA ECN0644EAA ECN0644BAA ECN0644CAA ECN0644DAA ECN0654AAA ECN0654EAA ECN0654BAA ECN0654CAA ECN0654DAA ECN0663AAA ECN0663EAA ECN0663BAA ECN0663CAA ECN0663DAA ECN0673AAA ECN0673BAA ECN0673CAA ECN0673DAA ECN0683AAA ECN0683BAA ECN0683CAA ECN0683DAA ECN0693AAA ECN0693BAA ECN0693CAA ECN0693DAA Catalog Number ECN06A8AAA ECN06A8EAA ECN06A8BAA ECN06A8CAA ECN06A8DAA ECN0608AAA ECN0608EAA ECN0608BAA ECN0608CAA ECN0608DAA ECN0618AAA ECN0618EAA ECN0618BAA ECN0618CAA ECN0618DAA ECN0628AAA ECN0628EAA ECN0628BAA ECN0628CAA ECN0628DAA ECN0638AAA ECN0638EAA ECN0638BAA ECN0638CAA ECN0638DAA ECN0648AAA ECN0648EAA ECN0648BAA ECN0648CAA ECN0648DAA ECN0658AAA ECN0658EAA ECN0658BAA ECN0658CAA ECN0658DAA ECN0668AAA ECN0668EAA ECN0668BAA ECN0668CAA ECN0668DAA ECN0678AAA ECN0678BAA ECN0678CAA ECN0678DAA ECN0688AAA ECN0688BAA ECN0688CAA ECN0688DAA ECN0698AAA ECN0698BAA ECN0698CAA ECN0698DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN56AN0AC AN56AN0EC AN56AN0BC AN56AN0CC AN56AN0DC AN56BN0AC AN56BN0EC AN56BN0BC AN56BN0CC AN56BN0DC AN56DN0AB AN56DN0EB AN56DN0BB AN56DN0CB AN56DN0DB AN56GN0AB AN56GN0EB AN56GN0BB AN56GN0CB AN56GN0DB AN56KN0A AN56KN0E AN56KN0B AN56KN0C AN56KN0D AN56NN0A AN56NN0E AN56NN0B AN56NN0C AN56NN0D AN56SN0AB AN56SN0EB AN56SN0BB AN56SN0CB AN56SN0DB AN56TN0AB AN56TN0EB AN56TN0BB AN56TN0CB AN56TN0DB AN56UN0AB AN56UN0BB AN56UN0CB AN56UN0DB AN56VN0AB AN56VN0BB AN56VN0CB AN56VN0DB AN56WN0A AN56WN0B AN56WN0C AN56WN0D
33
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0604AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E
33-128

March 2009
Table 33-196. Class ECN07 Non-combination Non-reversing Starter with CPT
NEMA Size Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating Secondary Voltage Magnet Coil Voltage 00 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 240 480 600 240 480 600 240 480 600 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 3 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1600 1600 120 Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number ECN07A1EAA ECN07A1BAA ECN07A1CAA ECN07A1DAA ECN0701EAA ECN0701BAA ECN0701CAA ECN0701DAA ECN0711EAA ECN0711BAA ECN0711CAA ECN0711DAA ECN0721EAA ECN0721BAA ECN0721CAA ECN0721DAA ECN0731EAA ECN0731BAA ECN0731CAA ECN0731DAA ECN0741EAA ECN0741BAA ECN0741CAA ECN0741DAA ECN0751EAA ECN0751BAA ECN0751CAA ECN0751DAA ECN0761EAA ECN0761BAA ECN0761CAA ECN0761DAA ECN0771BAA ECN0771CAA ECN0771DAA ECN0781BAA ECN0781CAA ECN0781DAA ECN0791BAA ECN0791CAA ECN0791DAA Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN07A2EAA ECN07A2BAA ECN07A2CAA ECN07A2DAA ECN0702EAA ECN0702BAA ECN0702CAA ECN0702DAA ECN0712EAA ECN0712BAA ECN0712CAA ECN0712DAA ECN0722EAA ECN0722BAA ECN0722CAA ECN0722DAA ECN0732EAA ECN0732BAA ECN0732CAA ECN0732DAA ECN0742EAA ECN0742BAA ECN0742CAA ECN0742DAA ECN0752EAA ECN0752BAA ECN0752CAA ECN0752DAA ECN0762EAA ECN0762BAA ECN0762CAA ECN0762DAA ECN0772BAA ECN0772CAA ECN0772DAA ECN0782BAA ECN0782CAA ECN0782DAA ECN0792BAA ECN0792CAA ECN0792DAA Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN07A4EAA ECN07A4BAA ECN07A4CAA ECN07A4DAA ECN0704EAA ECN0704BAA ECN0704CAA ECN0704DAA ECN0714EAA ECN0714BAA ECN0714CAA ECN0714DAA ECN0724EAA ECN0724BAA ECN0724CAA ECN0724DAA ECN0734EAA ECN0734BAA ECN0734CAA ECN0734DAA ECN0744EAA ECN0744BAA ECN0744CAA ECN0744DAA ECN0754EAA ECN0754BAA ECN0754CAA ECN0754DAA ECN0763EAA ECN0763BAA ECN0763CAA ECN0763DAA ECN0773BAA ECN0773CAA ECN0773DAA ECN0783BAA ECN0783CAA ECN0783DAA ECN0793BAA ECN0793CAA ECN0793DAA Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN07A8EAA ECN07A8BAA ECN07A8CAA ECN07A8DAA ECN0708EAA ECN0708BAA ECN0708CAA ECN0708DAA ECN0718EAA ECN0718BAA ECN0718CAA ECN0718DAA ECN0728EAA ECN0728BAA ECN0728CAA ECN0728DAA ECN0738EAA ECN0738BAA ECN0738CAA ECN0738DAA ECN0748EAA ECN0748BAA ECN0748CAA ECN0748DAA ECN0758EAA ECN0758BAA ECN0758CAA ECN0758DAA ECN0768EAA ECN0768BAA ECN0768CAA ECN0768DAA ECN0778BAA ECN0778CAA ECN0778DAA ECN0788BAA ECN0788CAA ECN0788DAA ECN0798BAA ECN0798CAA ECN0798DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0EC AN16AN0BC AN16AN0CC AN16AN0DC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16KN0E AN16KN0B AN16KN0C AN16KN0D AN16NN0E AN16NN0B AN16NN0C AN16NN0D AN16SN0EB AN16SN0BB AN16SN0CB AN16SN0DB AN56TN0EB AN56TN0BB AN56TN0CB AN56TN0DB AN16UN0BB AN16UN0CB AN16UN0DB AN16VN0BB AN16VN0CB AN16VN0DB AN16WN0B AN16WN0C AN16WN0D
33
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-118. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0704EAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
ECN0712CAA
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com

March 2009
33-129
Table 33-197. Class ECN08 Non-combination Single Phase Non-reversing Starter
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 0 1 1P 2 3 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 1/3 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 ECN08A1AAA ECN08A1BAA ECN0801AAA ECN0801BAA ECN0811AAA ECN0811BAA ECN08C1AAA ECN08C1BAA ECN0821AAA ECN0821BAA ECN0831AAA ECN0831BAA ECN0802AAA ECN0802BAA ECN0812AAA ECN0812BAA ECN08C2AAA ECN08C2BAA ECN0822AAA ECN0822BAA ECN0832AAA ECN0832BAA Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0AC AN16AN0BC AN16BN0AC AN16BN0BC AN16DN0AB AN16DN0BB AN16PN0A AN16PN0B AN16GN0AB AN16GN0BB AN16KN0A AN16KN0B
33
(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing) ECN0804AAA ECN0804BAA ECN0814AAA ECN0814BAA ECN08C4AAA ECN08C4BAA ECN0824AAA ECN0824BAA ECN0834AAA ECN0834BAA ECN0808AAA ECN0808BAA ECN0818AAA ECN0818BAA ECN08C8AAA ECN08C8BAA ECN0828AAA ECN0828BAA ECN0838AAA ECN0838BAA
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN0804AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-130

March 2009
Features

33
3-Phase Magnetic 3-Pole Non-reversing or Reversing Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR Optional Electronic Overload 600V Maximum 100,000 RMS Short Circuit Rating with Fuses
Product Selection
Table 33-198. Class ECN16 Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 30A ECN16A1AAB ECN16A1EAB ECN16A1BAB ECN16A1CAC ECN16A1DAC ECN1601AAB ECN1601EAB ECN1601BAB ECN1601CAC ECN1601DAC ECN1611AAB ECN1611EAB ECN1611BAB ECN1611CAC ECN1611DAC ECN1621AAD ECN1621EAD ECN1621BAD ECN1621CAE ECN1621DAE ECN1631AAF ECN1631EAF ECN1631BAF ECN1631CAG ECN1631DAG ECN1641AAH ECN1641EAH ECN1641BAH ECN1641CAJ ECN1641DAJ Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN16A2AAB ECN16A2EAB ECN16A2BAB ECN16A2CAC ECN16A2DAC ECN1602AAB ECN1602EAB ECN1602BAB ECN1602CAC ECN1602DAC ECN1612AAB ECN1612EAB ECN1612BAB ECN1612CAC ECN1612DAC ECN1622AAD ECN1622EAD ECN1622BAD ECN1622CAE ECN1622DAE ECN1632AAF ECN1632EAF ECN1632BAF ECN1632CAG ECN1632DAG ECN1642AAH ECN1642EAH ECN1642BAH ECN1642CAJ ECN1642DAJ Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number ECN16A4AAB ECN16A4EAB ECN16A4BAB ECN16A4CAC ECN16A4DAC ECN1604AAB ECN1604EAB ECN1604BAB ECN1604CAC ECN1604DAC ECN1614AAB ECN1614EAB ECN1614BAB ECN1614CAC ECN1614DAC ECN1624AAD ECN1624EAD ECN1624BAD ECN1624CAE ECN1624DAE ECN1634AAF ECN1634EAF ECN1634BAF ECN1634CAG ECN1634DAG ECN1644AAH ECN1644EAH ECN1644BAH ECN1644CAJ ECN1644DAJ Catalog Number ECN16A8AAB ECN16A8EAB ECN16A8BAB ECN16A8CAC ECN16A8DAC ECN1608AAB ECN1608EAB ECN1608BAB ECN1608CAC ECN1608DAC ECN1618AAB ECN1618EAB ECN1618BAB ECN1618CAC ECN1618DAC ECN1628AAD ECN1628EAD ECN1628BAD ECN1628CAE ECN1628DAE ECN1638AAF ECN1638EAF ECN1638BAF ECN1638CAG ECN1638DAG ECN1648AAH ECN1648EAH ECN1648BAH ECN1648CAJ ECN1648DAJ Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0AC AN16AN0EC AN16AN0BC AN16AN0CC AN16AN0DC AN16BN0AC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0AB AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0AB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16KN0A AN16KN0E AN16KN0B AN16KN0C AN16KN0D AN16NN0A AN16NN0E AN16NN0B AN16NN0C AN16NN0D
00
30A
30A
60A
100A
200A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com

March 2009
33-131

Table 33-198. Class ECN16 Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1000 1000 Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 400A ECN1651AAK ECN1651EAK ECN1651BAK ECN1651CAL ECN1651DAL ECN1661AAM ECN1661EAM ECN1661BAM ECN1661CAN ECN1661DAN ECN1671AAU ECN1671BAU ECN1671CAU ECN1671DAU ECN1681AAU ECN1681BAU ECN1681CAU ECN1681DAU ECN1691AAU ECN1691BAU ECN1691CAU ECN1691DAU Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN1652AAK ECN1652EAK ECN1652BAK ECN1652CAL ECN1652DAL ECN1662AAM ECN1662EAM ECN1662BAM ECN1662CAN ECN1662DAN ECN1672AAU ECN1672BAU ECN1672CAU ECN1672DAU ECN1682AAU ECN1682BAU ECN1682CAU ECN1682DAU ECN1692AAU ECN1692BAU ECN1692CAU ECN1692DAU Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number ECN1654AAK ECN1654EAK ECN1654BAK ECN1654CAL ECN1654DAL ECN1663AAM ECN1663EAM ECN1663BAM ECN1663CAN ECN1663DAN ECN1673AAU ECN1673BAU ECN1673CAU ECN1673DAU ECN1683AAU ECN1683BAU ECN1683CAU ECN1683DAU ECN1693AAU ECN1693BAU ECN1693CAU ECN1693DAU Catalog Number ECN1658AAK ECN1658EAK ECN1658BAK ECN1658CAL ECN1658DAL ECN1668AAM ECN1668EAM ECN1668BAM ECN1668CAN ECN1668DAN ECN1678AAU ECN1678BAU ECN1678CAU ECN1678DAU ECN1688AAU ECN1688BAU ECN1688CAU ECN1688DAU ECN1698AAU ECN1698BAU ECN1698CAU ECN1698DAU Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16SN0AB AN16SN0EB AN16SN0BB AN16SN0CB AN16SN0DB AN16TN0AB AN16TN0EB AN16TN0BB AN16TN0CB AN16TN0DB AN16UN0AB AN16UN0BB AN16UN0CB AN16UN0DB AN16VN0AB AN16VN0BB AN16VN0CB AN16VN0DB AN16WN0A AN16WN0B AN16WN0C AN16WN0D
33
600A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton. Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
33-132

March 2009

Table 33-199. Class ECN16 Combination Non-reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Disconnect Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN16A8AAA ECN16A8EAA ECN16A8BAA ECN16A8CAA ECN16A8DAA ECN1608AAA ECN1608EAA ECN1608BAA ECN1608CAA ECN1608DAA ECN1618AAA ECN1618EAA ECN1618BAA ECN1618CAA ECN1618DAA ECN1628AAA ECN1628EAA ECN1628BAA ECN1628CAA ECN1628DAA ECN1638AAA ECN1638EAA ECN1638BAA ECN1638CAA ECN1638DAA ECN1648AAA ECN1648EAA ECN1648BAA ECN1648CAA ECN1648DAA ECN1658AAA ECN1658EAA ECN1658BAA ECN1658CAA ECN1658DAA ECN1668AAA ECN1668EAA ECN1668BAA ECN1668CAA ECN1668DAA ECN1678AAA ECN1678BAA ECN1678CAA ECN1678DAA ECN1688AAA ECN1688BAA ECN1688CAA ECN1688DAA ECN1698AAA ECN1698BAA ECN1698CAA ECN1698DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0AC AN16AN0EC AN16AN0BC AN16AN0CC AN16AN0DC AN16BN0AC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0AB AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0AB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16KN0A AN16KN0E AN16KN0B AN16KN0C AN16KN0D AN16NN0A AN16NN0E AN16NN0B AN16NN0C AN16NN0D AN16SN0AB AN16SN0EB AN16SN0BB AN16SN0CB AN16SN0DB AN16TN0AB AN16TN0EB AN16TN0BB AN16TN0CB AN16TN0DB AN16UN0AB AN16UN0BB AN16UN0CB AN16UN0DB AN16VN0AB AN16VN0BB AN16VN0CB AN16VN0DB AN16WN0A AN16WN0B AN16WN0C AN16WN0D
33
ECN16A1AAA 120 ECN16A2AAA 30A ECN16A4AAA 1-1/2 200 ECN16A1EAA 208 ECN16A2EAA ECN16A4EAA 1-1/2 230 ECN16A1BAA 240 ECN16A2BAA ECN16A4BAA 2 460 ECN16A1CAA 480 ECN16A2CAA ECN16A4CAA 2 575 ECN16A1DAA 600 ECN16A2DAA ECN16A4DAA ECN1601AAA 0 120 ECN1602AAA 30A ECN1604AAA 3 ECN1601EAA 200 208 ECN1602EAA ECN1604EAA 3 ECN1601BAA 230 240 ECN1602BAA ECN1604BAA 5 ECN1601CAA 460 480 ECN1602CAA ECN1604CAA 5 ECN1601DAA 575 600 ECN1602DAA ECN1604DAA ECN1611AAA 120 1 ECN1612AAA 30A ECN1614AAA 7-1/2 ECN1611EAA 208 200 ECN1612EAA ECN1614EAA 7-1/2 ECN1611BAA 240 230 ECN1612BAA ECN1614BAA 10 ECN1611CAA 480 460 ECN1612CAA ECN1614CAA 10 ECN1611DAA 600 575 ECN1612DAA ECN1614DAA ECN1621AAA 2 ECN1622AAA ECN1624AAA 120 60A ECN1621EAA ECN1622EAA 200 10 ECN1624EAA 208 ECN1621BAA 230 ECN1622BAA 15 ECN1624BAA 240 ECN1621CAA 460 ECN1622CAA 25 ECN1624CAA 480 ECN1621DAA 575 ECN1622DAA 25 ECN1624DAA 600 ECN1631AAA ECN1632AAA 3 ECN1634AAA 120 100A ECN1631EAA ECN1632EAA 200 ECN1634EAA 25 208 ECN1631BAA ECN1632BAA 230 ECN1634BAA 30 240 ECN1631CAA ECN1632CAA 460 ECN1634CAA 50 480 ECN1631DAA ECN1632DAA 575 ECN1634DAA 50 600 ECN1641AAA 4 ECN1642AAA ECN1644AAA 120 200A ECN1641EAA 200 ECN1642EAA 40 ECN1644EAA 208 ECN1641BAA 230 ECN1642BAA 50 ECN1644BAA 240 ECN1641CAA 460 ECN1642CAA 100 ECN1644CAA 480 ECN1641DAA 575 ECN1642DAA 100 ECN1644DAA 600 ECN1651AAA 5 ECN1652AAA ECN1654AAA 120 400A ECN1651EAA 200 ECN1652EAA 75 ECN1654EAA 208 ECN1651BAA 230 ECN1652BAA 100 ECN1654BAA 240 ECN1651CAA 460 ECN1652CAA 200 ECN1654CAA 480 ECN1651DAA 575 ECN1652DAA 200 ECN1654DAA 600 ECN1661AAA 6 ECN1662AAA ECN1663AAA 120 600A ECN1663EAA ECN1661EAA 200 ECN1662EAA 150 208 ECN1663BAA ECN1661BAA 230 ECN1662BAA 200 240 ECN1663CAA ECN1661CAA 460 ECN1662CAA 400 480 ECN1663DAA ECN1661DAA 575 ECN1662DAA 400 600 ECN1671AAA ECN1672AAA 7 ECN1673AAA 120 ECN1673BAA ECN1671BAA ECN1672BAA 230 300 240 ECN1673CAA ECN1671CAA ECN1672CAA 460 600 480 ECN1673DAA ECN1671DAA ECN1672DAA 575 600 600 ECN1681AAA ECN1682AAA 8 ECN1683AAA 120 ECN1683BAA ECN1681BAA ECN1682BAA 230 450 240 ECN1683CAA ECN1681CAA ECN1682CAA 460 900 480 ECN1683DAA ECN1681DAA ECN1682DAA 575 900 600 120 ECN1691AAA ECN1692AAA 9 ECN1693AAA ECN1693BAA 240 ECN1691BAA ECN1692BAA 230 800 ECN1693CAA 480 ECN1691CAA ECN1692CAA 460 1000 1000 ECN1693DAA 600 ECN1691DAA ECN1692DAA 575 Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. Field installed Fuse Clips available, see PG03300001E. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1604AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton. Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E CA08102001E

March 2009
33-133

Table 33-200. Class ECN16 Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Maximum Magnet hp Coil Rating Voltage Fuse Clip Amperes Type 1 General Purpose Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number ECN1604AAB-E3 ECN1604EAB-E3 ECN1604BAB-E3 ECN1604CAC-E3 ECN1604DAC-E3 ECN1614AAB-E3 ECN1614EAB-E3 ECN1614BAB-E3 ECN1614CAC-E3 ECN1614DAC-E3 ECN1624AAD-E3 ECN1624EAD-E3 ECN1624BAD-E3 ECN1624CAE-E3 ECN1624DAE-E3 Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Component Starter (Open) Internal Reset Catalog Number ECN1618AAB-E13R5 ECN1618EAB-E13R5 ECN1618BAB-E13R5 ECN1618CAC-E13R5 ECN1618DAC-E13R5 ECN1628AAD-E13R5 ECN1628EAD-E13R5 ECN1628BAD-E13R5 ECN1628CAE-E13R5 ECN1628DAE-E13R5 ECN1618AAA-E13R5 ECN1618EAA-E13R5 ECN1618BAA-E13R5 ECN1618CAA-E13R5 ECN1618DAA-E13R5 ECN1628AAA-E13R5 ECN1628EAA-E13R5 ECN1628BAA-E13R5 ECN1628CAA-E13R5 ECN1628DAA-E13R5 ECN1608AAB-E3R5 ECN1608EAB-E3R5 ECN1608BAB-E3R5 ECN1608CAC-E3R5 ECN1608DAC-E3R5 ECN1618AAB-E3R5 ECN1618EAB-E3R5 ECN1618BAB-E3R5 ECN1618CAC-E3R5 ECN1618DAC-E3R5 ECN1628AAD-E3R5 ECN1628EAD-E3R5 ECN1628BAD-E3R5 ECN1628CAE-E3R5 ECN1628DAE-E3R5 ECN1608AAA-E3R5 ECN1608EAA-E3R5 ECN1608BAA-E3R5 ECN1608CAA-E3R5 ECN1608DAA-E3R5 ECN1618AAA-E3R5 ECN1618EAA-E3R5 ECN1618BAA-E3R5 ECN1618CAA-E3R5 ECN1618DAA-E3R5 ECN1628AAA-E3R5 ECN1628EAA-E3R5 ECN1628BAA-E3R5 ECN1628CAA-E3R5 ECN1628DAA-E3R5
External Reset Catalog Number
External Reset Catalog Number ECN1618AAB-E13 ECN1618EAB-E13 ECN1618BAB-E13 ECN1618CAC-E13 ECN1618DAC-E13 ECN1628AAD-E13 ECN1628EAD-E13 ECN1628BAD-E13 ECN1628CAE-E13 ECN1628DAE-E13 ECN1618AAA-E13 ECN1618EAA-E13 ECN1618BAA-E13 ECN1618CAA-E13 ECN1618DAA-E13 ECN1628AAA-E13 ECN1628EAA-E13 ECN1628BAA-E13 ECN1628CAA-E13 ECN1628DAA-E13 ECN1608AAB-E3 ECN1608EAB-E3 ECN1608BAB-E3 ECN1608CAC-E3 ECN1608DAC-E3 ECN1618AAB-E3 ECN1618EAB-E3 ECN1618BAB-E3 ECN1618CAC-E3 ECN1618DAC-E3 ECN1628AAD-E3 ECN1628EAD-E3 ECN1628BAD-E3 ECN1628CAE-E3 ECN1628DAE-E3
Catalog Number AN16DN0AB AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0AB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16DN0AB AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0AB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16BN0AC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0AB AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0AB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16BN0AC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0AB AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0AB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB
33
Horizontal Enclosure Fusible

1 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 30A ECN1611AAB-E13 ECN1611EAB-E13 ECN1611BAB-E13 ECN1611CAC-E13 ECN1611DAC-E13 ECN1621AAD-E13 ECN1621EAD-E13 ECN1621BAD-E13 ECN1621CAE-E13 ECN1621DAE-E13 ECN1611AAA-E13 ECN1611EAA-E13 ECN1611BAA-E13 ECN1611CAA-E13 ECN1611DAA-E13 ECN1621AAA-E13 ECN1621EAA-E13 ECN1621BAA-E13 ECN1621CAA-E13 ECN1621DAA-E13 ECN1601AAB-E3 ECN1601EAB-E3 ECN1601BAB-E3 ECN1601CAC-E3 ECN1601DAC-E3 ECN1611AAB-E3 ECN1611EAB-E3 ECN1611BAB-E3 ECN1611CAC-E3 ECN1611DAC-E3 ECN1621AAD-E3 ECN1621EAD-E3 ECN1621BAD-E3 ECN1621CAE-E3 ECN1621DAE-E3
60A
Horizontal Enclosure Non-fusible

1
Oversize Enclosure without Control Transformer Fusible

0 30A
30A
60A
Oversize Enclosure without Control Transformer Non-fusible

0 ECN1604AAA-E3 ECN1608AAA-E3 ECN1601AAA-E3 120 ECN1604EAA-E3 ECN1608EAA-E3 ECN1601EAA-E3 208 3 200 ECN1604BAA-E3 ECN1608BAA-E3 ECN1601BAA-E3 240 3 230 ECN1604CAA-E3 ECN1608CAA-E3 ECN1601CAA-E3 480 5 460 ECN1604DAA-E3 ECN1608DAA-E3 ECN1601DAA-E3 600 5 575 ECN1614AAA-E3 ECN1618AAA-E3 ECN1611AAA-E3 120 1 ECN1614EAA-E3 ECN1618EAA-E3 ECN1611EAA-E3 208 7-1/2 200 ECN1614BAA-E3 ECN1618BAA-E3 ECN1611BAA-E3 240 7-1/2 230 ECN1614CAA-E3 ECN1618CAA-E3 ECN1611CAA-E3 480 10 460 ECN1614DAA-E3 ECN1618DAA-E3 ECN1611DAA-E3 600 10 575 ECN1624AAA-E3 ECN1628AAA-E3 ECN1621AAA-E3 120 2 ECN1624EAA-E3 ECN1628EAA-E3 ECN1621EAA-E3 208 10 200 ECN1624BAA-E3 ECN1628BAA-E3 ECN1621BAA-E3 240 15 230 ECN1624CAA-E3 ECN1628CAA-E3 ECN1621CAA-E3 480 25 460 ECN1624DAA-E3 ECN1628DAA-E3 ECN1621DAA-E3 600 25 575 Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes.
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-44. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1604EAB-E3. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. To order Type 12 enclosures with safety door interlock add modication E11.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-134

March 2009
Combination Starters Fusible and Non-fusible Starters Fusible and Non-fusible

Table 33-201. Class ECN17 Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Type 1 Clip General Purpose Amps Catalog Number 0 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1000 1000 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 30A ECN1701AAB ECN1701EAB ECN1701BAB ECN1701CAC ECN1701DAC ECN1711AAB ECN1711EAB ECN1711BAB ECN1711CAC ECN1711DAC ECN1721AAD ECN1721EAD ECN1721BAD ECN1721CAE ECN1721DAE ECN1731AAF ECN1731EAF ECN1731BAF ECN1731CAG ECN1731DAG ECN1741AAH ECN1741EAH ECN1741BAH ECN1741CAJ ECN1741DAJ ECN1751AAK ECN1751EAK ECN1751BAK ECN1751CAL ECN1751DAL ECN1761AAM ECN1761EAM ECN1761BAM ECN1761CAN ECN1761DAN ECN1771AAU ECN1771BAU ECN1771CAU ECN1771DAU ECN1781AAU ECN1781BAU ECN1781CAU ECN1781DAU ECN1791AAU ECN1791BAU ECN1791CAU ECN1791DAU Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN1704AAB ECN1704EAB ECN1704BAB ECN1704CAC ECN1704DAC ECN1714AAB ECN1714EAB ECN1714BAB ECN1714CAC ECN1714DAC ECN1724AAD ECN1724EAD ECN1724BAD ECN1724CAE ECN1724DAE ECN1734AAF ECN1734EAF ECN1734BAF ECN1734CAG ECN1734DAG ECN1744AAH ECN1744EAH ECN1744BAH ECN1744CAJ ECN1744DAJ ECN1754AAK ECN1754EAK ECN1754BAK ECN1754CAL ECN1754DAL ECN1763AAM ECN1763EAM ECN1763BAM ECN1763CAN ECN1763DAN ECN1773AAU ECN1773BAU ECN1773CAU ECN1773DAU ECN1783AAU ECN1783BAU ECN1783CAU ECN1783DAU ECN1793AAU ECN1793BAU ECN1793CAU ECN1793DAU Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN1708AAB ECN1708EAB ECN1708BAB ECN1708CAC ECN1708DAC ECN1718AAB ECN1718EAB ECN1718BAB ECN1718CAC ECN1718DAC ECN1728AAD ECN1728EAD ECN1728BAD ECN1728CAE ECN1728DAE ECN1738AAF ECN1738EAF ECN1738BAF ECN1738CAG ECN1738DAG ECN1748AAH ECN1748EAH ECN1748BAH ECN1748CAJ ECN1748DAJ ECN1758AAK ECN1758EAK ECN1758BAK ECN1758CAL ECN1758DAL ECN1768AAM ECN1768EAM ECN1768BAM ECN1768CAN ECN1768DAN ECN1778AAU ECN1778BAU ECN1778CAU ECN1778DAU ECN1788AAU ECN1788BAU ECN1788CAU ECN1788DAU ECN1798AAU ECN1798BAU ECN1798CAU ECN1798DAU Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN56BN0AC AN56BN0EC AN56BN0BC AN56BN0CC AN56BN0DC AN56DN0AB AN56DN0EB AN56DN0BB AN56DN0CB AN56DN0DB AN56GN0AB AN56GN0EB AN56GN0BB AN56GN0CB AN56GN0DB AN56KN0A AN56KN0E AN56KN0B AN56KN0C AN56KN0D AN56NN0A AN56NN0E AN56NN0B AN56NN0C AN56NN0D AN56SN0AB AN56SN0EB AN56SN0BB AN56SN0CB AN56SN0DB AN56TN0AB AN56TN0EB AN56TN0BB AN56TN0CB AN56TN0DB AN56UN0AB AN56UN0BB AN56UN0CB AN56UN0DB AN56VN0AB AN56VN0BB AN56VN0CB AN56VN0DB AN56WN0A AN56WN0B AN56WN0C AN56WN0D
33
Catalog Number ECN1702AAB ECN1702EAB ECN1702BAB ECN1702CAC ECN1702DAC ECN1712AAB ECN1712EAB ECN1712BAB ECN1712CAC ECN1712DAC ECN1722AAD ECN1722EAD ECN1722BAD ECN1722CAE ECN1722DAE ECN1732AAF ECN1732EAF ECN1732BAF ECN1732CAG ECN1732DAG ECN1742AAH ECN1742EAH ECN1742BAH ECN1742CAJ ECN1742DAJ ECN1752AAK ECN1752EAK ECN1752BAK ECN1752CAL ECN1752DAL ECN1762AAM ECN1762EAM ECN1762BAM ECN1762CAN ECN1762DAN ECN1772AAU ECN1772BAU ECN1772CAU ECN1772DAU ECN1782AAU ECN1782BAU ECN1782CAU ECN1782DAU ECN1792AAU ECN1792BAU ECN1792CAU ECN1792DAU
30A
60A
100A
200A
400A
600A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1704EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton. Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
Cover Control Other Magnet Coils Dimensions Accessories Modications Technical Data For more information visit: www.eaton.com

March 2009
33-135

Table 33-202. Class ECN17 Combination Reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Disconnect Amps Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN1704AAA ECN1704EAA ECN1704BAA ECN1704CAA ECN1704DAA ECN1714AAA ECN1714EAA ECN1714BAA ECN1714CAA ECN1714DAA ECN1724AAA ECN1724EAA ECN1724BAA ECN1724CAA ECN1724DAA ECN1734AAA ECN1734EAA ECN1734BAA ECN1734CAA ECN1734DAA ECN1744AAA ECN1744EAA ECN1744BAA ECN1744CAA ECN1744DAA ECN1754AAA ECN1754EAA ECN1754BAA ECN1754CAA ECN1754DAA ECN1763AAA ECN1763EAA ECN1763BAA ECN1763CAA ECN1763DAA ECN1773AAA ECN1773BAA ECN1773CAA ECN1773DAA ECN1783AAA ECN1783BAA ECN1783CAA ECN1783DAA ECN1793AAA ECN1793BAA ECN1793CAA ECN1793DAA Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN1708AAA ECN1708EAA ECN1708BAA ECN1708CAA ECN1708DAA ECN1718AAA ECN1718EAA ECN1718BAA ECN1718CAA ECN1718DAA ECN1728AAA ECN1728EAA ECN1728BAA ECN1728CAA ECN1728DAA ECN1738AAA ECN1738EAA ECN1738BAA ECN1738CAA ECN1738DAA ECN1748AAA ECN1748EAA ECN1748BAA ECN1748CAA ECN1748DAA ECN1758AAA ECN1758EAA ECN1758BAA ECN1758CAA ECN1758DAA ECN1768AAA ECN1768EAA ECN1768BAA ECN1768CAA ECN1768DAA ECN1778AAA ECN1778BAA ECN1778CAA ECN1778DAA ECN1788AAA ECN1788BAA ECN1788CAA ECN1788DAA ECN1798AAA ECN1798BAA ECN1798CAA ECN1798DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN56BN0AC AN56BN0EC AN56BN0BC AN56BN0CC AN56BN0DC AN56DN0AB AN56DN0EB AN56DN0BB AN56DN0CB AN56DN0DB AN56GN0AB AN56GN0EB AN56GN0BB AN56GN0CB AN56GN0DB AN56KN0A AN56KN0E AN56KN0B AN56KN0C AN56KN0D AN56NN0A AN56NN0E AN56NN0B AN56NN0C AN56NN0D AN56SN0AB AN56SN0EB AN56SN0BB AN56SN0CB AN56SN0DB AN56TN0AB AN56TN0EB AN56TN0BB AN56TN0CB AN56TN0DB AN56UN0AB AN56UN0BB AN56UN0CB AN56UN0DB AN56VN0AB AN56VN0BB AN56VN0CB AN56VN0DB AN56WN0A AN56WN0B AN56WN0C AN56WN0D
Catalog Number 0 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1000 1000 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 30A ECN1701AAA ECN1701EAA ECN1701BAA ECN1701CAA ECN1701DAA ECN1711AAA ECN1711EAA ECN1711BAA ECN1711CAA ECN1711DAA ECN1721AAA ECN1721EAA ECN1721BAA ECN1721CAA ECN1721DAA ECN1731AAA ECN1731EAA ECN1731BAA ECN1731CAA ECN1731DAA ECN1741AAA ECN1741EAA ECN1741BAA ECN1741CAA ECN1741DAA ECN1751AAA ECN1751EAA ECN1751BAA ECN1751CAA ECN1751DAA ECN1761AAA ECN1761EAA ECN1761BAA ECN1761CAA ECN1761DAA ECN1771AAA ECN1771BAA ECN1771CAA ECN1771DAA ECN1781AAA ECN1781BAA ECN1781CAA ECN1781DAA ECN1791AAA ECN1791BAA ECN1791CAA ECN1791DAA
Catalog Number ECN1702AAA ECN1702EAA ECN1702BAA ECN1702CAA ECN1702DAA ECN1712AAA ECN1712EAA ECN1712BAA ECN1712CAA ECN1712DAA ECN1722AAA ECN1722EAA ECN1722BAA ECN1722CAA ECN1722DAA ECN1732AAA ECN1732EAA ECN1732BAA ECN1732CAA ECN1732DAA ECN1742AAA ECN1742EAA ECN1742BAA ECN1742CAA ECN1742DAA ECN1752AAA ECN1752EAA ECN1752BAA ECN1752CAA ECN1752DAA ECN1762AAA ECN1762EAA ECN1762BAA ECN1762CAA ECN1762DAA ECN1772AAA ECN1772BAA ECN1772CAA ECN1772DAA ECN1782AAA ECN1782BAA ECN1782CAA ECN1782DAA ECN1792AAA ECN1792BAA ECN1792CAA ECN1792DAA
33
30A
60A
100A
200A
400A
600A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1704AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton. Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
33-136

March 2009

Table 33-203. Class ECN18 Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect with CPT
NEMA Size Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0EC AN16AN0BC AN16AN0CC AN16AN0DC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16KN0E AN16KN0B AN16KN0C AN16KN0D AN16NN0E AN16NN0B AN16NN0C AN16NN0D AN16SN0EB AN16SN0BB AN16SN0CB AN16SN0DB AN16TN0EB AN16TN0BB AN16TN0CB AN16TN0DB AN16UN0BB AN16UN0CB AN16UN0DB AN16VN0BB AN16VN0CB AN16VN0DB AN16WN0B AN16WN0C AN16WN0D
33
208 ECN18A1EAB 1-1/2 120 ECN18A2EAB 30A ECN18A4EAB ECN18A8EAB 240 ECN18A1BAB 1-1/2 ECN18A2BAB ECN18A4BAB ECN18A8BAB 480 ECN18A1CAC 2 ECN18A2CAC ECN18A4CAC ECN18A8CAC 600 ECN18A1DAC 2 ECN18A2DAC ECN18A4DAC ECN18A8DAC ECN1801EAB 0 208 ECN1802EAB 3 ECN1804EAB 120 30A ECN1808EAB ECN1801BAB 240 ECN1802BAB 3 ECN1804BAB ECN1808BAB ECN1801CAC 480 ECN1802CAC 5 ECN1804CAC ECN1808CAC ECN1801DAC 600 ECN1802DAC 5 ECN1804DAC ECN1808DAC 7-1/2 120 ECN1811EAB 30A ECN1812EAB 1 208 ECN1814EAB ECN1818EAB 7-1/2 ECN1811BAB ECN1812BAB 240 ECN1814BAB ECN1818BAB 10 ECN1811CAC ECN1812CAC 480 ECN1814CAC ECN1818CAC 10 ECN1811DAC ECN1812DAC 600 ECN1814DAC ECN1818DAC ECN1821EAD ECN1822EAD 2 208 ECN1824EAD 10 ECN1828EAD 120 60A ECN1821BAD ECN1822BAD 240 ECN1824BAD 15 ECN1828BAD ECN1821CAE ECN1822CAE 480 ECN1824CAE 25 ECN1828CAE ECN1821DAE ECN1822DAE 600 ECN1824DAE 25 ECN1828DAE ECN1831EAF ECN1832EAF 3 208 ECN1834EAF 25 ECN1838EAF 120 100A ECN1831BAF ECN1832BAF 240 ECN1834BAF 30 ECN1838BAF ECN1831CAG ECN1832CAG 480 ECN1834CAG 50 ECN1838CAG ECN1831DAG ECN1832DAG 600 ECN1834DAG 50 ECN1838DAG ECN1841EAH ECN1842EAH 4 208 ECN1844EAH 40 ECN1848EAH 120 200A ECN1841BAH ECN1842BAH 240 ECN1844BAH 50 ECN1848BAH ECN1841CAJ ECN1842CAJ 480 ECN1844CAJ 100 ECN1848CAJ ECN1841DAJ ECN1842DAJ 600 ECN1844DAJ 100 ECN1848DAJ ECN1851EAK ECN1852EAK 5 208 ECN1854EAK 75 ECN1858EAK 120 400A ECN1851BAK ECN1852BAK 240 ECN1854BAK 100 ECN1858BAK ECN1851CAL ECN1852CAL 480 ECN1854CAL 200 ECN1858CAL ECN1851DAL ECN1852DAL 600 ECN1854DAL 200 ECN1858DAL ECN1861EAM ECN1868EAM ECN1862EAM 6 208 ECN1863EAM 150 120 600A ECN1863BAM ECN1861BAM ECN1868BAM ECN1862BAM 240 200 ECN1863CAN ECN1861CAN ECN1868CAN ECN1862CAN 480 400 ECN1863DAN ECN1861DAN ECN1868DAN ECN1862DAN 600 400 ECN1871BAU ECN1878BAU ECN1872BAU 7 240 ECN1873BAU 300 120 ECN1873CAU ECN1871CAU ECN1878CAU ECN1872CAU 480 600 ECN1873DAU ECN1871DAU ECN1878DAU ECN1872DAU 600 600 ECN1881BAU ECN1888BAU ECN1882BAU 8 240 ECN1883BAU 450 120 ECN1883CAU ECN1881CAU ECN1888CAU ECN1882CAU 480 900 ECN1883DAU ECN1881DAU ECN1888DAU ECN1882DAU 600 900 ECN1891BAU ECN1898BAU 120 ECN1892BAU 9 240 ECN1893BAU 800 ECN1893CAU ECN1891CAU ECN1898CAU ECN1892CAU 480 1000 1000 ECN1893DAU ECN1891DAU ECN1898DAU ECN1892DAU 600 Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes.
100,000 RMS short-circuit rating. Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-118. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton. Fuse clips are for Class R fuses. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-44. Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the motor. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.

March 2009
33-137

Table 33-204. Class ECN18 Combination Reversing Starter Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
NEMA Size Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Disconnect Switch Rating Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 240 480 600 240 480 600 240 480 600 1-1/2 120 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1000 1000 120 30A ECN18A1EAA ECN18A1BAA ECN18A1CAA ECN18A1DAA ECN1801EAA ECN1801BAA ECN1801CAA ECN1801DAA ECN1811EAA ECN1811BAA ECN1811CAA ECN1811DAA ECN1821EAA ECN1821BAA ECN1821CAA ECN1821DAA ECN1831EAA ECN1831BAA ECN1831CAA ECN1831DAA ECN1841EAA ECN1841BAA ECN1841CAA ECN1841DAA ECN1851EAA ECN1851BAA ECN1851CAA ECN1851DAA ECN1861EAA ECN1861BAA ECN1861CAA ECN1861DAA ECN1871BAA ECN1871CAA ECN1871DAA ECN1881BAA ECN1881CAA ECN1881DAA ECN1891BAA ECN1891CAA ECN1891DAA Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN18A2EAA ECN18A2BAA ECN18A2CAA ECN18A2DAA ECN1802EAA ECN1802BAA ECN1802CAA ECN1802DAA ECN1812EAA ECN1812BAA ECN1812CAA ECN1812DAA ECN1822EAA ECN1822BAA ECN1822CAA ECN1822DAA ECN1832EAA ECN1832BAA ECN1832CAA ECN1832DAA ECN1842EAA ECN1842BAA ECN1842CAA ECN1842DAA ECN1852EAA ECN1852BAA ECN1852CAA ECN1852DAA ECN1862EAA ECN1862BAA ECN1862CAA ECN1862DAA ECN1872BAA ECN1872CAA ECN1872DAA ECN1882BAA ECN1882CAA ECN1882DAA ECN1892BAA ECN1892CAA ECN1892DAA Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN18A4EAA ECN18A4BAA ECN18A4CAA ECN18A4DAA ECN1804EAA ECN1804BAA ECN1804CAA ECN1804DAA ECN1814EAA ECN1814BAA ECN1814CAA ECN1814DAA ECN1824EAA ECN1824BAA ECN1824CAA ECN1824DAA ECN1834EAA ECN1834BAA ECN1834CAA ECN1834DAA ECN1844EAA ECN1844BAA ECN1844CAA ECN1844DAA ECN1854EAA ECN1854BAA ECN1854CAA ECN1854DAA ECN1863EAA ECN1863BAA ECN1863CAA ECN1863DAA ECN1873BAA ECN1873CAA ECN1873DAA ECN1883BAA ECN1883CAA ECN1883DAA ECN1893BAA ECN1893CAA ECN1893DAA Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN18A8EAA ECN18A8BAA ECN18A8CAA ECN18A8DAA ECN1808EAA ECN1808BAA ECN1808CAA ECN1808DAA ECN1818EAA ECN1818BAA ECN1818CAA ECN1818DAA ECN1828EAA ECN1828BAA ECN1828CAA ECN1828DAA ECN1838EAA ECN1838BAA ECN1838CAA ECN1838DAA ECN1848EAA ECN1848BAA ECN1848CAA ECN1848DAA ECN1858EAA ECN1858BAA ECN1858CAA ECN1858DAA ECN1868EAA ECN1868BAA ECN1868CAA ECN1868DAA ECN1878BAA ECN1878CAA ECN1878DAA ECN1888BAA ECN1888CAA ECN1888DAA ECN1898BAA ECN1898CAA ECN1898DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0EC AN16AN0BC AN16AN0CC AN16AN0DC AN16BN0EC AN16BN0BC AN16BN0CC AN16BN0DC AN16DN0EB AN16DN0BB AN16DN0CB AN16DN0DB AN16GN0EB AN16GN0BB AN16GN0CB AN16GN0DB AN16KN0E AN16KN0B AN16KN0C AN16KN0D AN16NN0E AN16NN0B AN16NN0C AN16NN0D AN16SN0EB AN16SN0BB AN16SN0CB AN16SN0DB AN16TN0EB AN16TN0BB AN16TN0CB AN16TN0DB AN16UN0BB AN16UN0CB AN16UN0DB AN16VN0BB AN16VN0CB AN16VN0DB AN16WN0B AN16WN0C AN16WN0D
33
30A
120
30A
120
60A
120
100A
120
200A
120
400A
120
600A
120
120
120
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-118. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN1804EAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton. Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
33-138

March 2009
Features
3-Phase Magnetic 3-Pole Non-reversing or Reversing Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR

33
Optional Electronic Overload 600V Maximum 100,000 RMS 480V, 25,000 RMS 600V

Product Selection
Table 33-205. Class ECN22 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 00 200 230 460 575 0 200 230 460 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10 120 120 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCP 3A HMCP 15A HMCP 7A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCP 15A HMCP 30A ECN22A1AAC ECN22A1AAD ECN22A1AAC ECN22A1AAD ECN22A1AAB ECN22A1AAC ECN22A1AAB ECN22A1AAC ECN2201AAC ECN2201AAD ECN2201AAC ECN2201AAD ECN2201AAB ECN2201AAC ECN2201AAD ECN2201AAB ECN2201AAD ECN2201AAC ECN2211AAC ECN2211AAD ECN2211AAE ECN2211AAF ECN2211AAC ECN2211AAD ECN2211AAE ECN2211AAF ECN2211AAB ECN2211AAC ECN2211AAD ECN2211AAE ECN2211AAB ECN2211AAC ECN2211AAD ECN2211AAE Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECN22A2AAC ECN22A2AAD ECN22A2AAC ECN22A2AAD ECN22A2AAB ECN22A2AAC ECN22A2AAB ECN22A2AAC ECN2202AAC ECN2202AAD ECN2202AAC ECN2202AAD ECN2202AAB ECN2202AAC ECN2202AAD ECN2202AAB ECN2202AAD ECN2202AAC ECN2212AAC ECN2212AAD ECN2212AAE ECN2212AAF ECN2212AAC ECN2212AAD ECN2212AAE ECN2212AAF ECN2212AAB ECN2212AAC ECN2212AAD ECN2212AAE ECN2212AAB ECN2212AAC ECN2212AAD ECN2212AAE Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN22A4AAC ECN22A4AAD ECN22A4AAC ECN22A4AAD ECN22A4AAB ECN22A4AAC ECN22A4AAB ECN22A4AAC ECN2204AAC ECN2204AAD ECN2204AAC ECN2204AAD ECN2204AAB ECN2204AAC ECN2204AAD ECN2204AAB ECN2204AAD ECN2204AAC ECN2214AAC ECN2214AAD ECN2214AAE ECN2214AAF ECN2214AAC ECN2214AAD ECN2214AAE ECN2214AAF ECN2214AAB ECN2214AAC ECN2214AAD ECN2214AAE ECN2214AAB ECN2214AAC ECN2214AAD ECN2214AAE Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN22A8AAC ECN22A8AAD ECN22A8AAC ECN22A8AAD ECN22A8AAB ECN22A8AAC ECN22A8AAB ECN22A8AAC ECN2208AAC ECN2208AAD ECN2208AAC ECN2208AAD ECN2208AAB ECN2208AAC ECN2208AAD ECN2208AAB ECN2208AAD ECN2208AAC ECN2218AAC ECN2218AAD ECN2218AAE ECN2218AAF ECN2218AAC ECN2218AAD ECN2218AAE ECN2218AAF ECN2218AAB ECN2218AAC ECN2218AAD ECN2218AAE ECN2218AAB ECN2218AAC ECN2218AAD ECN2218AAE AN16DN0AB AN16BN0AC Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16AN0AC
575
200
230
460
575
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN2204AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.

March 2009
33-139

Table 33-205. Class ECN22 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Type 12 Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Industrial External Reset Catalog Catalog Number Number ECN2224AAF ECN2224AAF ECN2224AAW ECN2224AAF ECN2224AAE ECN2224AAF ECN2228AAF ECN2228AAF ECN2228AAW ECN2228AAF ECN2228AAE ECN2228AAF ECN2238AAG ECN2238AAX ECN2238AAG ECN2238AAX ECN2238AAG ECN2238AAF ECN2238AAG ECN2248AAH ECN2248AAH ECN2248AAH ECN2248AAH ECN2258AAJ ECN2258AAK ECN2258AAJ ECN2258AAK ECN2258AAJ ECN2258AAK ECN2258AAJ ECN2258AAK ECN2268AAL ECN2268AAL ECN2268AAL ECN2268AAP ECN2268AAL ECN2278AAU ECN2278AAU ECN2278AAU ECN2288AAU ECN2288AAU ECN2288AAU ECN2298AAU ECN2298AAU ECN2298AAU AN16KN0A Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16GN0AB
Catalog Number 2 200 230 460 575 3 200 10 10 15 25 15 25 120 HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCP 30A HMCP 50A ECN2221AAF ECN2221AAF ECN2221AAW ECN2221AAF ECN2221AAE ECN2221AAF
Catalog Number ECN2222AAF ECN2222AAF ECN2222AAW ECN2222AAF ECN2222AAE ECN2222AAF
33
20 120 HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAG ECN2232AAG ECN2234AAG 25 HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAX ECN2232AAX ECN2234AAX 230 25 HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAG ECN2232AAG ECN2234AAG 30 HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAX ECN2232AAX ECN2234AAX 460 50 HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAG ECN2232AAG ECN2234AAG 575 30 HMCP 50A ECN2231AAF ECN2232AAF ECN2234AAF 50 HMCP 100A ECN2231AAG ECN2232AAG ECN2234AAG 4 200 40 ECN2242AAH 120 HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH ECN2244AAH 230 50 ECN2242AAH HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH ECN2244AAH 460 100 ECN2242AAH HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH ECN2244AAH 575 100 ECN2242AAH HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH ECN2244AAH 5 200 50 120 HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ ECN2252AAJ ECN2254AAJ 75 HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK ECN2252AAK ECN2254AAK 230 60 HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ ECN2252AAJ ECN2254AAJ 100 HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK ECN2252AAK ECN2254AAK 460 125 HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ ECN2252AAJ ECN2254AAJ 200 HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK ECN2252AAK ECN2254AAK 575 150 HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ ECN2252AAJ ECN2254AAJ 200 HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK ECN2252AAK ECN2254AAK 6 200 150 120 HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL ECN2262AAL ECN2263AAL 230 200 HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL ECN2262AAL ECN2263AAL 460 350 HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL ECN2262AAL ECN2263AAL ECN2263AAP 400 HMCP 1200A ECN2261AAP ECN2262AAP 575 400 HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL ECN2262AAL ECN2263AAL 7 230 ECN2271AAU 300 ECN2272AAU 120 ECN2273AAU ECN2273AAU 460 ECN2271AAU 600 ECN2272AAU ECN2273AAU 575 ECN2271AAU 600 ECN2272AAU 8 230 ECN2281AAU 450 ECN2282AAU 120 ECN2283AAU ECN2283AAU 460 ECN2281AAU 900 ECN2282AAU ECN2283AAU 575 ECN2281AAU 900 ECN2282AAU 9 230 ECN2291AAU 800 ECN2292AAU 120 ECN2293AAU ECN2293AAU 460 ECN2291AAU 1600 ECN2292AAU ECN2293AAU 575 ECN2291AAU 1600 ECN2292AAU Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes.
AN16NN0A
AN16SN0AB
AN16TN0AB
AN16UN0AB
AN16VN0AB
AN16WN0A
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN2204AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
33-140

March 2009

Table 33-206. Class ECN22 Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Magnet Rating Coil Voltage Circuit Type 1 Breaker Type General Purpose Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN2212AAC-E13 ECN2212AAD-E13 ECN2212AAE-E13 ECN2212AAF-E13 ECN2212AAC-E13 ECN2212AAD-E13 ECN2212AAE-E13 ECN2212AAF-E13 ECN2212AAB-E13 ECN2212AAC-E13 ECN2212AAD-E13 ECN2212AAE-E13 ECN2212AAB-E13 ECN2212AAC-E13 ECN2212AAD-E13 ECN2212AAE-E13 ECN2222AAF-E13 ECN2222AAF-E13 ECN2222AAW-E13 ECN2222AAF-E13 ECN2222AAE-E13 ECN2222AAF-E13 Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Internal Rest Catalog Number ECN2214AAC-E13 ECN2214AAD-E13 ECN2214AAE-E13 ECN2214AAF-E13 ECN2214AAC-E13 ECN2214AAD-E13 ECN2214AAE-E13 ECN2214AAF-E13 ECN2214AAB-E13 ECN2214AAC-E13 ECN2214AAD-E13 ECN2214AAE-E13 ECN2214AAB-E13 ECN2214AAC-E13 ECN2214AAD-E13 ECN2214AAE-E13 ECN2224AAF-E13 ECN2224AAF-E13 ECN2224AAW-E13 ECN2224AAF-E13 ECN2224AAE-E13 ECN2224AAF-E13 Catalog Number ECN2218AAC-E13 ECN2218AAD-E13 ECN2218AAE-E13 ECN2218AAF-E13 ECN2218AAC-E13 ECN2218AAD-E13 ECN2218AAE-E13 ECN2218AAF-E13 ECN2218AAB-E13 ECN2218AAC-E13 ECN2218AAD-E13 ECN2218AAE-E13 ECN2218AAB-E13 ECN2218AAC-E13 ECN2218AAD-E13 ECN2218AAE-E13 ECN2228AAF-E13 ECN2228AAF-E13 ECN2228AAW-E13 ECN2228AAF-E13 ECN2228AAE-E13 ECN2228AAF-E13 Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16DN0AB
33
Horizontal Enclosure
1 200 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10 10 10 15 25 15 25 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCP 15A HMCP 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCP 30A HMCP 50A
Catalog Number ECN2211AAC-E13 ECN2211AAD-E13 ECN2211AAE-E13 ECN2211AAF-E13 ECN2211AAC-E13 ECN2211AAD-E13 ECN2211AAE-E13 ECN2211AAF-E13 ECN2211AAB-E13 ECN2211AAC-E13 ECN2211AAD-E13 ECN2211AAE-E13 ECN2211AAB-E13 ECN2211AAC-E13 ECN2211AAD-E13 ECN2211AAE-E13 ECN2221AAF-E13 ECN2221AAF-E13 ECN2221AAW-E13 ECN2221AAF-E13 ECN2221AAE-E13 ECN2221AAF-E13
230
460
575
200 230 460 575
120
AN16GN0AB
Oversize Enclosure without Control Transformer

0 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECN2201AAC-E3 ECN2202AAC-E3 ECN2204AAC-E3 ECN2208AAC-E3 AN16BN0AC 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2201AAD-E3 ECN2202AAD-E3 ECN2204AAD-E3 ECN2208AAD-E3 230 1 HMCPE 7A ECN2201AAC-E3 ECN2202AAC-E3 ECN2204AAC-E3 ECN2208AAC-E3 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2201AAD-E3 ECN2202AAD-E3 ECN2204AAD-E3 ECN2208AAD-E3 460 1 HMCPE 3A ECN2201AAB-E3 ECN2202AAB-E3 ECN2204AAB-E3 ECN2208AAB-E3 3 HMCPE 7A ECN2201AAC-E3 ECN2202AAC-E3 ECN2204AAC-E3 ECN2208AAC-E3 5 HMCPE 15A ECN2201AAD-E3 ECN2202AAD-E3 ECN2204AAD-E3 ECN2208AAD-E3 575 1 HMCP 3A ECN2201AAB-E3 ECN2202AAB-E3 ECN2204AAB-E3 ECN2208AAB-E3 3 HMCP 15A ECN2201AAD-E3 ECN2202AAD-E3 ECN2204AAD-E3 ECN2208AAD-E3 5 HMCP 7A ECN2201AAC-E3 ECN2202AAC-E3 ECN2204AAC-E3 ECN2208AAC-E3 1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECN2211AAC-E3 ECN2212AAC-E3 ECN2214AAC-E3 ECN2218AAC-E3 AN16DN0AB 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2211AAD-E3 ECN2212AAD-E3 ECN2214AAD-E3 ECN2218AAD-E3 5 HMCPE 30A ECN2211AAE-E3 ECN2212AAE-E3 ECN2214AAE-E3 ECN2218AAE-E3 7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2211AAF-E3 ECN2212AAF-E3 ECN2214AAF-E3 ECN2218AAF-E3 230 1 HMCPE 7A ECN2211AAC-E3 ECN2212AAC-E3 ECN2214AAC-E3 ECN2218AAC-E3 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2211AAD-E3 ECN2212AAD-E3 ECN2214AAD-E3 ECN2218AAD-E3 5 HMCPE 30A ECN2211AAE-E3 ECN2212AAE-E3 ECN2214AAE-E3 ECN2218AAE-E3 7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2211AAF-E3 ECN2212AAF-E3 ECN2214AAF-E3 ECN2218AAF-E3 460 1 HMCPE 3A ECN2211AAB-E3 ECN2212AAB-E3 ECN2214AAB-E3 ECN2218AAB-E3 3 HMCPE 7A ECN2211AAC-E3 ECN2212AAC-E3 ECN2214AAC-E3 ECN2218AAC-E3 5 HMCPE 15A ECN2211AAD-E3 ECN2212AAD-E3 ECN2214AAD-E3 ECN2218AAD-E3 10 HMCPE 30A ECN2211AAE-E3 ECN2212AAE-E3 ECN2214AAE-E3 ECN2218AAE-E3 575 1 HMCP 3A ECN2211AAB-E3 ECN2212AAB-E3 ECN2214AAB-E3 ECN2218AAB-E3 3 HMCP 7A ECN2211AAC-E3 ECN2212AAC-E3 ECN2214AAC-E3 ECN2218AAC-E3 5 HMCP 15A ECN2211AAD-E3 ECN2212AAD-E3 ECN2214AAD-E3 ECN2218AAD-E3 10 HMCP 30A ECN2211AAE-E3 ECN2212AAE-E3 ECN2214AAE-E3 ECN2218AAE-E3 2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3 ECN2222AAF-E3 ECN2224AAF-E3 ECN2228AAF-E3 AN16GN0AB 230 10 HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3 ECN2222AAF-E3 ECN2224AAF-E3 ECN2228AAF-E3 15 HMCPE 70A ECN2221AAW-E3 ECN2222AAW-E3 ECN2224AAW-E3 ECN2228AAW-E3 460 25 HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3 ECN2222AAF-E3 ECN2224AAF-E3 ECN2228AAF-E3 575 15 HMCP 30A ECN2221AAE-E3 ECN2222AAE-E3 ECN2224AAE-E3 ECN2228AAE-E3 25 HMCP 50A ECN2221AAF-E3 ECN2222AAF-E3 ECN2224AAF-E3 ECN2228AAF-E3 Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. For other magnet coil voltages substitute the To order Type 12 enclosures with safety eighth digit with appropriate digit based on door interlock add modication E11. Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Example: ECN2204AAC-E3. To order Type Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 change that digit to 5. For details on these Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. 200
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-141

Table 33-207. Class ECN23 Combination Reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN23A4AAC ECN23A4AAD ECN23A4AAC ECN23A4AAD ECN23A4AAB ECN23A4AAC ECN23A4AAB ECN23A4AAC ECN2304AAC ECN2304AAD ECN2304AAC ECN2304AAD ECN2304AAB ECN2304AAC ECN2304AAD ECN2304AAB ECN2304AAD ECN2304AAC ECN2314AAC ECN2314AAD ECN2314AAE ECN2314AAF ECN2314AAC ECN2314AAD ECN2314AAE ECN2314AAF ECN2314AAB ECN2314AAC ECN2314AAD ECN2314AAE ECN2314AAB ECN2314AAC ECN2314AAD ECN2314AAE ECN2324AAF ECN2324AAF ECN2324AAW ECN2324AAF ECN2324AAE ECN2324AAF Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN23A8AAC ECN23A8AAD ECN23A8AAC ECN23A8AAD ECN23A8AAB ECN23A8AAC ECN23A8AAB ECN23A8AAC ECN2308AAC ECN2308AAD ECN2308AAC ECN2308AAD ECN2308AAB ECN2308AAC ECN2308AAD ECN2308AAB ECN2308AAD ECN2308AAC ECN2318AAC ECN2318AAD ECN2318AAE ECN2318AAF ECN2318AAC ECN2318AAD ECN2318AAE ECN2318AAF ECN2318AAB ECN2318AAC ECN2318AAD ECN2318AAE ECN2318AAB ECN2318AAC ECN2318AAD ECN2318AAE ECN2328AAF ECN2328AAF ECN2328AAW ECN2328AAF ECN2328AAE ECN2328AAF AN56GN0AB AN56DN0AB AN56BN0AC Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN56AN0AC
Catalog Number 00 200 230 460 575 0 200 230 460 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10 10 10 15 25 15 25 120 120 120 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCP 3A HMCP 15A HMCP 7A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCP 15A HMCP 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCP 30A HMCP 50A ECN23A1AAC ECN23A1AAD ECN23A1AAC ECN23A1AAD ECN23A1AAB ECN23A1AAC ECN23A1AAB ECN23A1AAC ECN2301AAC ECN2301AAD ECN2301AAC ECN2301AAD ECN2301AAB ECN2301AAC ECN2301AAD ECN2301AAB ECN2301AAD ECN2301AAC ECN2311AAC ECN2311AAD ECN2311AAE ECN2311AAF ECN2311AAC ECN2311AAD ECN2311AAE ECN2311AAF ECN2311AAB ECN2311AAC ECN2311AAD ECN2311AAE ECN2311AAB ECN2311AAC ECN2311AAD ECN2311AAE ECN2321AAF ECN2321AAF ECN2321AAW ECN2321AAF ECN2321AAE ECN2321AAF
Catalog Number ECN23A2AAC ECN23A2AAD ECN23A2AAC ECN23A2AAD ECN23A2AAB ECN23A2AAC ECN23A2AAB ECN23A2AAC ECN2302AAC ECN2302AAD ECN2302AAC ECN2302AAD ECN2302AAB ECN2302AAC ECN2302AAD ECN2302AAB ECN2302AAD ECN2302AAC ECN2312AAC ECN2312AAD ECN2312AAE ECN2312AAF ECN2312AAC ECN2312AAD ECN2312AAE ECN2312AAF ECN2312AAB ECN2312AAC ECN2312AAD ECN2312AAE ECN2312AAB ECN2312AAC ECN2312AAD ECN2312AAE ECN2322AAF ECN2322AAF ECN2322AAW ECN2322AAF ECN2322AAE ECN2322AAF
33
575
200
230
460
575
200 230 460 575
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. 100,000 RMS short-circuit 480V 25,000 RMS short-circuit 600V For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN2304AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-142

March 2009

Table 33-207. Class ECN23 Combination Reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof
(Continued)
Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN2334AAG ECN2334AAX ECN2334AAG ECN2334AAX ECN2334AAG ECN2334AAF ECN2334AAG ECN2344AAH ECN2344AAH ECN2344AAH ECN2344AAH ECN2354AAJ ECN2354AAK ECN2354AAJ ECN2354AAK ECN2354AAJ ECN2354AAK ECN2354AAJ ECN2354AAK ECN2363AAL ECN2363AAL ECN2363AAL ECN2363AAP ECN2363AAL ECN2373AAU ECN2373AAU ECN2373AAU ECN2383AAU ECN2383AAU ECN2383AAU ECN2393AAU ECN2393AAU ECN2393AAU Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN2338AAG ECN2338AAX ECN2338AAG ECN2338AAX ECN2338AAG ECN2338AAF ECN2338AAG ECN2348AAH ECN2348AAH ECN2348AAH ECN2348AAH ECN2358AAJ ECN2358AAK ECN2358AAJ ECN2358AAK ECN2358AAJ ECN2358AAK ECN2358AAJ ECN2358AAK ECN2368AAL ECN2368AAL ECN2368AAL ECN2368AAP ECN2368AAL ECN2378AAU ECN2378AAU ECN2378AAU ECN2388AAU ECN2388AAU ECN2388AAU ECN2398AAU ECN2398AAU ECN2398AAU AN56UN0AB AN56TN0AB AN56NN0A Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN56KN0A
33
3 200 230 460 575 4 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 6 200 230 460 575 7 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 20 25 25 30 50 30 50 40 50 100 100 50 75 60 100 125 200 150 200 150 200 350 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1600 1600 120 120 120 120
Catalog Number HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAG HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAX HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAG HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAX HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAG HMCP 50A HMCP 100A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 600A HMCP 600A ECN2331AAF ECN2331AAG ECN2341AAH ECN2341AAH ECN2341AAH ECN2341AAH ECN2351AAJ ECN2351AAK ECN2351AAJ ECN2351AAK ECN2351AAJ ECN2351AAK ECN2351AAJ ECN2351AAK ECN2361AAL ECN2361AAL
Catalog Number ECN2332AAG ECN2332AAX ECN2332AAG ECN2332AAX ECN2332AAG ECN2332AAF ECN2332AAG ECN2342AAH ECN2342AAH ECN2342AAH ECN2342AAH ECN2352AAJ ECN2352AAK ECN2352AAJ ECN2352AAK ECN2352AAJ ECN2352AAK ECN2352AAJ ECN2352AAK ECN2362AAL ECN2362AAL ECN2362AAL ECN2362AAP ECN2362AAL ECN2372AAU ECN2372AAU ECN2372AAU ECN2382AAU ECN2382AAU ECN2382AAU ECN2392AAU ECN2392AAU ECN2392AAU
230
AN56SN0AB
HMCP 600A ECN2361AAL HMCP 1200A ECN2361AAP HMCP 600A ECN2361AAL ECN2371AAU ECN2371AAU ECN2371AAU ECN2381AAU ECN2381AAU ECN2381AAU ECN2391AAU ECN2391AAU ECN2391AAU
120
AN56VN0AB
120
AN56WN0A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. 100,000 RMS Short-circuit 480V 25,000 RMS Short-circuit 600V For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN2304AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. Provide FLA to size disconnect properly. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-143

Table 33-208. Class ECN24 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker with CPT
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number
Catalog Number 00 200
Catalog Number
33
1 120 HMCPE 7A ECN24A1EAC ECN24A2EAC ECN24A4EAC ECN24A8EAC AN16AN0AC 1-1/2 HMCPE 15A ECN24A1EAD ECN24A2EAD ECN24A4EAD ECN24A8EAD 230 1 HMCPE 7A ECN24A1BAC ECN24A2BAC ECN24A4BAC ECN24A8BAC 1-1/2 HMCPE 15A ECN24A1BAD ECN24A2BAD ECN24A4BAD ECN24A8BAD 460 1 HMCPE 3A ECN24A1CAB ECN24A2CAB ECN24A4CAB ECN24A8CAB 2 HMCPE 7A ECN24A1CAC ECN24A2CAC ECN24A4CAC ECN24A8CAC 575 1 HMCP 3A ECN24A1DAB ECN24A2DAB ECN24A4DAB ECN24A8DAB 2 HMCP 7A ECN24A1DAC ECN24A2DAC ECN24A4DAC ECN24A8DAC 0 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECN2401EAC ECN2402EAC ECN2404EAC ECN2408EAC AN16BN0AC 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2401EAD ECN2402EAD ECN2404EAD ECN2408EAD 230 1 HMCPE 7A ECN2401BAC ECN2402BAC ECN2404BAC ECN2408BAC 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2401BAD ECN2402BAD ECN2404BAD ECN2408BAD 460 1 ECN2401CAB HMCPE 3A ECN2402CAB ECN2404CAB ECN2408CAB 3 HMCPE 7A ECN2401CAC ECN2402CAC ECN2404CAC ECN2408CAC HMCPE 15A ECN2401CAD 5 ECN2402CAD ECN2404CAD ECN2408CAD 575 1 ECN2401DAB HMCP 3A ECN2402DAB ECN2404DAB ECN2408DAB 3 ECN2401DAD HMCP 15A ECN2402DAD ECN2404DAD ECN2408DAD 5 ECN2401DAC HMCP 7A ECN2402DAC ECN2404DAC ECN2408DAC 1 200 1 ECN2411EAC 120 HMCPE 7A ECN2412EAC ECN2414EAC ECN2418EAC AN16DN0AB 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2411EAD ECN2412EAD ECN2414EAD ECN2418EAD HMCPE 30A ECN2411EAE 5 ECN2412EAE ECN2414EAE ECN2418EAE HMCPE 50A ECN2411EAF 7-1/2 ECN2412EAF ECN2414EAF ECN2418EAF 230 1 ECN2411BAC HMCPE 7A ECN2412BAC ECN2414BAC ECN2418BAC 3 HMCPE 15A ECN2411BAD ECN2412BAD ECN2414BAD ECN2418BAD HMCPE 30A ECN2411BAE 5 ECN2412BAE ECN2414BAE ECN2418BAE HMCPE 50A ECN2411BAF 7-1/2 ECN2412BAF ECN2414BAF ECN2418BAF 460 1 ECN2411CAB HMCPE 3A ECN2412CAB ECN2414CAB ECN2418CAB 3 HMCPE 7A ECN2411CAC ECN2412CAC ECN2414CAC ECN2418CAC HMCPE 15A ECN2411CAD 5 ECN2412CAD ECN2414CAD ECN2418CAD HMCPE 30A ECN2411CAE 10 ECN2412CAE ECN2414CAE ECN2418CAE 575 1 ECN2411DAB HMCP 3A ECN2412DAB ECN2414DAB ECN2418DAB 3 ECN2411DAC HMCP 7A ECN2412DAC ECN2414DAC ECN2418DAC 5 ECN2411DAD HMCP 15A ECN2412DAD ECN2414DAD ECN2418DAD 10 ECN2411DAE HMCP 30A ECN2412DAE ECN2414DAE ECN2418DAE 2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECN2421EAF ECN2422EAF ECN2424EAF ECN2428EAF AN16GN0AB 230 10 HMCPE 50A ECN2421BAF ECN2422BAF ECN2424BAF ECN2428BAF 15 HMCPE 70A ECN2421BAW ECN2422BAW ECN2424BAW ECN2428BAW 460 25 HMCPE 50A ECN2421CAF ECN2422CAF ECN2424CAF ECN2428CAF 575 15 HMCP 30A ECN2421CAE ECN2422CAE ECN2424CAE ECN2428CAE 25 HMCP 50A ECN2421DAF ECN2422DAF ECN2424DAF ECN2428DAF Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. 100,000 RMS short-circuit 480V 25,000 RMS short-circuit 600V For other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-185. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN2404AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-144

March 2009

Table 33-208. Class ECN24 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker with CPT
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof
(Continued)
Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number ECN2438EAG ECN2438EAX ECN2438BAG ECN2438BAX ECN2438CAG ECN2438DAF ECN2438DAG ECN2448EAH ECN2448BAH ECN2448CAH ECN2448DAH ECN2458EAJ ECN2458EAK ECN2458BAJ ECN2458BAK ECN2458CAJ ECN2458CAK ECN2458DAJ ECN2458DAK ECN2468EAL ECN2468BAL ECN2468CAL ECN2468CAP ECN2468DAL ECN2478BAU ECN2478CAU ECN2478DAU ECN2488BAU ECN2488CAU ECN2488DAU ECN2498BAU ECN2498CAU ECN2498DAU AN16UN0AB AN16TN0AB AN16NN0A Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number AN16KN0A
Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECN2434EAG ECN2434EAX ECN2434BAG ECN2434BAX ECN2434CAG ECN2434DAF ECN2434DAG ECN2444EAH ECN2444BAH ECN2444CAH ECN2444DAH ECN2454EAJ ECN2454EAK ECN2454BAJ ECN2454BAK ECN2454CAJ ECN2454CAK ECN2454DAJ ECN2454DAK ECN2463EAL ECN2463BAL ECN2463CAL ECN2463CAP ECN2463DAL ECN2473BAU ECN2473CAU ECN2473DAU ECN2483BAU ECN2483CAU ECN2483DAU ECN2493BAU ECN2493CAU ECN2493DAU
33
3 200 230 460 575 4 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 6 200 230 460 575 7 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 20 25 25 30 50 30 50 40 50 100 100 50 75 60 100 125 200 150 200 150 200 350 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1600 1600 120 120 120 120
Catalog Number HMCPE 100A ECN2431EAG HMCPE 100A ECN2431EAX HMCPE 100A ECN2431BAG HMCPE 100A ECN2431BAX HMCPE 100A ECN2431CAG HMCP 50A HMCP 100A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 600A HMCP 600A ECN2431DAF ECN2431DAG ECN2441EAH ECN2441BAH ECN2441CAH ECN2441DAH ECN2451EAJ ECN2451EAK ECN2451BAJ ECN2451BAK ECN2451CAJ ECN2451CAK ECN2451DAJ ECN2451DAK ECN2461EAL ECN2461BAL
Catalog Number ECN2432EAG ECN2432EAX ECN2432BAG ECN2432BAX ECN2432CAG ECN2432DAF ECN2432DAG ECN2442EAH ECN2442BAH ECN2442CAH ECN2442DAH ECN2452EAJ ECN2452EAK ECN2452BAJ ECN2452BAK ECN2452CAJ ECN2452CAK ECN2452DAJ ECN2452DAK ECN2462EAL ECN2462BAL ECN2462CAL ECN2462CAP ECN2462DAL ECN2472BAU ECN2472CAU ECN2472DAU ECN2482BAU ECN2482CAU ECN2482DAU ECN2492BAU ECN2492CAU ECN2492DAU
120
AN16SN0AB
HMCP 600A ECN2461CAL HMCP 1200A ECN2461CAP HMCP 600A ECN2461DAL ECN2471BAU ECN2471CAU ECN2471DAU ECN2481BAU ECN2481CAU ECN2481DAU ECN2491BAU ECN2491CAU ECN2491DAU
120
AN16VN0AB
120
AN16WN0A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modication Codes. 100,000 RMS short-circuit 480V 25,000 RMS short-circuit 600V For other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-185. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECN2404AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. Provide FLA to size disconnect properly. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.

March 2009
33-145
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
Remote Pilot Devices 2-Wire Control 3/14 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays 3-Wire Control Start Stop 3/14 2/13 1 M 3/14 1-Phase Motor 98 97 OL 6/T3 95 96 Reset 4/T2 T2 4 Separate Control Remove Wire C if Supplied and Connect Separate Control Lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the Remote Pilot Device and to the Number 96 Terminal on the Overload Relay 260803 D1 1 L1 1 A1 A2 2/13 T1 T2 AC Lines 3 L2 Connections for Non-reversing Starter Figure 1 Front View of Panel C
33
When More Than One Pushbutton Station Is Used, Omit Connector A and Connect per Sketch Below Start Stop A Start Stop 3/14 2/13 1
2/T1 T1 2
Figure 33-50. Non-reversing Starter Single-Phase Non-combination
Fuse Fuse
Fuse
Connections for Control Stations Local Control Figure A Figure D START/STOP Pushbuttons 2-Position Selector Switch Yellow Yellow 2/13 3/14 Start (ON) Hand Black Black 3/14 1 3 4 3 Auto Stop (OFF) Red 2 4 Red 1 1 Red 1 2 Figure E Pilot Light (Motor RUN) Figure B Connect to Coil Terminals START/STOP Selector Switch A1 and A2 3 4 Black 3/14 1 Start (ON) 2 Red 1 X1 Black / White X2 Black / White Figure F START/STOP with Pilot Light Connect to A1 and A2 Terminals X1 Black / White X2 Black / White 2/13 Start (ON) 3/14 3 4
Stop (OFF)
Connections for Starters Figure 1 Front View Diagram Figure 2 Fusible Control Transformer Remove Wire C (Figure 1) if Used and Connect as Shown Below. (All Other Starter Wires Remain as Shown in Figure 1) Primary Connections 4 H4 D.S. or C.B. Disconnecting Means Local Control (Flange Mounting if Used) See Figures A, B, C, D, E and F H2 H3 1 G H1 X1 CPT XF 1 Secondary Connections
CPT Fusible Control Transformer (If Used) See Figure 2

L1 L2 L3
X2 1 3 5 L1 L2 L3
Figure C 3-Position Selector Switch Yellow 3/14 To Coil Hand Terminal A1 Black 3 Auto 3 Remote 4 4 Switch 1 Red
Omit This Connector 3 if Figure 2 1 Is Used L1 L2

1
5 L3
A1 A2
96 OL Reset 95
A1 A2
2/13 3/14 98
Connections for Dual Voltage Rated Transformer See Transformer Nameplate Field Conversion to 1-Phase Add Dotted 1 3 5 Connection L1 L2 L3 A1 A2
OL Combined Remote and Local for Figures 1 and 2 Local Remote Start (ON) 3/14 2/13 Start 4 3 Stop (OFF) Stop 1 2 1 Omit Connector Remote Control When More Than One 3-Wire Pushbutton Station Is Used, Control Omit Connector A and Connect per Sketch Below Start 3/14 Start Start 2/13 Stop 3/14 1 2/13 Stop 1 A
2/ 4/ T1 T2 T1 T2 4 2 6/ T3 T3 6
97 96 Reset 95
T1 T2
T3
2-Wire Control 3/14 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays.
OL 2/ 4/ T1 T2 T1
T1
6/ T3 T2 T2
Motor
Separate Control Remove Wire C if Supplied and Connect Separate Control Lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the Remote Pilot Device and to the Number 96 Terminal on the Overload Relay
Motor
260878 D4
Figure 33-51. Non-reversing Starter Combination

33-146

March 2009
Wiring Diagrams
Remote Control Stations
S.P.D.T. Switch Forward 3
Hold Down Pushbutton Forward Reverse 3 1 5 2 2 7 3 3 2 4 5 3 5 4 1
Figure 1 Front View Diagram AC Lines Wire F Used with Local Control 3 5 1 Pushbuttons L2 L3 L1
Starter Elementary Diagram
Lines L1 L2 L3
Contactors F and R are Mechanically Interlocked F R F OL T1 T2 T3 OL

C
OL
33
Reverse
1 5
Pushbutton Forward
A1
F
A2
A1
R
A2
4 5 6
R F
AC Motor
B R 98
OL 6/ T3
Rev.
Stop
2/ T1 T1 2 7 RLS 5 T1 T2 T3
4/ T2 T2 4
Pushbutton with FORWARD and REVERSE Buttons Electrically Interlocked Forward 2 3 Rev. 4 5 1
97 C 96 Reset 95 T3 6
A Stop Reverse 1 2
Forward 3 F
FLS 6
A1 F A2
OL 95 96
(If Used) RLS F 7 A2 R A1
4 FLS 6
When Limit Switches Are Used, Omit Connectors 3 A and B and Connect per Dotted Lines
Stop
AC Motor
Separate Control Remove Wire C if Supplied and Connect Separate Control Lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the Remote Pilot Device and to the Number 96 Terminal on the Overload Relay
260844 D2
Figure 33-52. Reversing Starter Non-combination

Remote Control Stations Local Control Figure 1 Front View Diagram
L1 L2 L3
Pushbutton with FORWARD and REVERSE Buttons Electrically Interlocked Forward 2 3 Rev. 4 5 1
Pushbutton Forward 3 2 4
S.P.D.T. Switch Forward 3 1 5 Reverse 5
Figure A Pushbuttons
Black 3 Forward Yellow 2 3 4 Reverse 3 4 Stop 1 2 Blue Red Red Red 1 5
Figure C Pilot Light (FORWARD)

Connect to A1 of Forward Coil and 95 of Overload Relay X1 Black/ X2 White Black/ White A1 95
Rev.
D.S. or C.B. Disconnecting Means
Stop 1
Hold Down Pushbutton Forward Reverse 3 1 5
Stop
Figure D Pilot Light (REVERSE)

Connect to Reverse Coil Terminals A1 and A2 X1 Black/ X2 White Black/ White A1 A2
1 L1 4 1
3 L2
5 L3
Wire F Use with Local Control Pushbuttons
Figure B 3-Position Selector Switch

Black 3 Forward Blue 5 3 Reverse 4 Red 1
Figure 1 Elementary Diagram
2 2 7 3 3 5 A1
F
Lines L1 L2 L3 D.S. or C.B. Contactors F and R are Mechanically Interlocked. F R F R F R Stop Reverse 1 2 F RLS 4 R 5 7 Forward 3 FLS 6 (If Used) F A2 R A1 R OL
C
A2 A1
R
A2
1 4 5 6
Local Control (Flange Mounting if Used) See Figures A, B, C and D
3 4
OL T1 T2 T3
Figure 2 Fusible Control Transformer
98
OL
A C
OL
AC Motor
Remove Wire C (Figure 1) if Used and Connect as Shown Below (All Other Starter Wires Remain as Shown in Figure 1) H4 H1 Fuse Fuse CPT 1 Secondary Connections
1 L1 3 5 L2 L3 A1 A2 Primary Connections
97 96 Reset 95
2/ T1 T1 2 7 RLS
4/ T2 T2 4
6/ T3 T3 6
X1 XF
Fuse
A1 F A2
OL 95 96
H2 H3 1
X2
96 OL Reset 95
When Limit Switches Are Used, Omit Connectors 5 A and B and Connect per Dotted Lines T3
FLS
T1
T2
Separate Control Remove Wire C When It Is Supplied. Connect Separate Control Lines to the Number 1 Terminal on Remote Pilot Device, and to the Number 95 Terminal on the Overload Relay 260882 D4
Forward
3
OFF 5
Reverse
Connections for Dual Voltage Rated Transformer See Transformer Nameplate
AC Motor
Figure 33-53. Reversing Starter Combination


March 2009
33-147
Wiring Diagrams
Non-reversing Cover Control

Local Control Options (If Used) Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections Figure A START/STOP Pushbutton S.P.S.T. Switch Start Black 3/14 Yellow 2/13 Stop Red 1 Figure E START/STOP with Pilot Light Black A1 Black A2 Start Hand Yellow - to Coil A1 Terminal Red 1 Stop Black 3/14 Yellow 2/13 Red 1 4 Figure C 3-Position Selector Switch Remove Lead from Coil to Terminal Number 3 Remote S.P.S.T. Switch Switch 1 Auto OFF Hand or Test Black 3/14 1 Yellow - to Coil A1 Terminal Red 1 4 260808 D1 4 Red 1 260811 D1 Stop NC Interlock (If Used) 3 Black 3 Auto Figure G Pilot Light (Motor STOP) Connect to OL Terminal No. 96 Figure C 3-Position Selector Switch Yellow To Coil Hand Remote Switch To Coil 2 96 Reset 95 Wire C 3 1 Black 3 Start Red 1 Figure D Pilot Light (Motor RUN) Black A1 Black A2 Black Black 98 97 OL Figure B START/STOP Selector Switch Figure E Pilot Light (Motor RUN) Connect to Coil Terminals A1 & A2 Black/ White Black/ White Figure G Pilot Light (Motor STOP) L1, X1 or 1 1 Stop NC Interlock Black/ X1 White Connect to OL Terminal No. 96 X2 Black/ White X1 X2 1 Red 1 Figure F Overload Tripped Local Control Options (If Used) Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections Figure A START/STOP Pushbuttons Yellow 2/13 Start Black 3/14 3 4 Red Stop 2 1 2 4 Red 1 98 97 OL 96 Reset 95 Wire C 1 1 3 Figure D 2-Position Selector Switch Yellow Hand Figure F Overload Tripped Black/ White X1 Black Auto X2 Black/White
33
Figure B 2-Position Selector Switch S.P.S.T. Switch Auto Black 3/14
L1, X1 or 1
Figure 33-54. Type 1 C400GK Control Options
Figure 33-55. C400T Control Options
Reversing Cover Control

Local Control Options (If Used) Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections Figure A Pushbutton FORWARD/STOP/REVERSE Add Connector F Between Aux. Contact Terminals 2 and 4 Blue Reverse . Red Stop Yellow Forward 3 2 Figure C Pilot Light (REVERSE) Connect to Terminals A1 & A2 of the Right Hand Contactor Black 1 Black Black 5 Figure B Pilot Light (FORWARD) Connect to Terminal A1 of the Left Hand Coil and to Terminal Number 95 of the Overload Relay Local Control Options (If Used) Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections Figure A Pushbuttons Connect Wire F per Diagram Black Forward 3 4 Yellow Blue Red 3 2 5 Figure C Pilot Light (FORWARD) Black/White Connect to A1 of Forward Coil and 95 of Overload Relay Black/White X1 X2
Reverse . 3 4
Stop 1 2
Red
Red
1 Figure D Pilot Light (REVERSE) Black/White Connect to Reverse Coil Terminals A1 & A2 Black/White X1 X2
Figure B 3-Position Selector Switch Black 3 Forward
Black Black
3 4 260810 D1
Blue 5 3 Reverse 4 Red 1
260812 D1
Figure 33-56. Type 1 C400GR Control Options

CA08102001E
Figure 33-57. C400T Control Options

33-148
NEMA Contactors & Starters A200

March 2009
Contents
Description Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description Sizes 00 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description Sizes 5 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructional Leaets . . . . . . Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes 00 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Reversing, Sizes 00 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Shipping Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory Modications . . . . . . . Accessories and Field Modication Kits . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-148 33-148 33-149 33-149
Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 00 4; Three-Phase, 1-1/2 100 hp

A201 Magnetic Contactors from Eatons electrical business are 600V rated devices available in NEMA Sizes 00 4, 10A through 150A (open rating). Product features include: Straight-through wiring to line and load terminals located up front for ease of installation. Moving and stationary contacts are front accessible, simplifying inspection and maintenance. Reliable U-shaped magnet for reduced power consumption. Coil design reduces inventory/maintenance expenses. For a given voltage, one size coil ts all contactors Sizes 00 2, and a second coil ts three-pole Model J Sizes 3 and 4. Model K coils are different design.
33
33-150
Size 1 Contactor
33-151 33-152 33-162 33-166 33-166 33-169
Product Description Sizes 00 4

Application
Magnetic contactors are used to switch transformers and capacitors and to control electrical power circuits such as heating, lighting and motors that require no overload protection, or where overload protection is separately provided. They can be operated remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.
A201 contactors have normally open holding circuit interlocks which are supplied as standard. Panel layout and drilling are simplied through the use of common backplates, one for Sizes 00 2 and one for Sizes 3 4. In addition, panel space is reduced dramatically through the use of unique corner cavities for mounting the wide variety of modications shown on Page 33-166. For reversing applications, two contactors are supplied on a common base with electrical and mechanical interlocks which prevent both contactors from being closed at the same time. A201 contactors are UL listed components and also have CSA certication.
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 33-165 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-149

Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selection of the voltage which closely matches the actual system voltage to assure optimum contactor operation. Each contactor accommodates two Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing up to four auxiliary circuits, normally-open or normally-closed (NO and NC). A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed.
Size 5 Contactor
The shunt for each pole is made of exible, braided copper cable for freedom of movement and long life. The rugged DC operating coils are designed to operate at high temperature and insulated to meet Class H service. An integrally mounted avalanche type silicon rectier supplies DC coil voltage from the AC control circuit. Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are easily converted from normally-open to normally-closed, providing auxiliary circuit exibility. Size 9 uses L-64 auxiliary contacts with a total of four circuits. A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed.
33

Class A201, Contactors, Sizes 5 9; Three-Phase, Over 100 hp
These Cutler-Hammer AC magnetic contactors utilize clapper design and feature straight-through wiring. Contacts are silver alloy for longer life. The contacts close with optimum wiping action which serves to keep the contacting surfaces clean. De-ion arc quenchers draw the arc away from the contacts at opening, which reduces burning and pitting and increases contact life. All of the contactors are complete with one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxiliary contact mounted and have accommodations for additional auxiliary contacts. No control circuit wiring or terminal markings are included.
Two special congurations of the Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are available: Latched Design This is a mechanically held, electrically released device. It is applied where the contactor must remain closed during extreme voltage uctuations or power failure. It is also suitable for applications requiring quiet operation since the operating coil is deenergized when the contactor is closed. The latch assembly consists of a mechanical latch mechanism, electrically operated AC trip solenoid and a clearing contact. DC Operated This device is DC operated. It is used where low dropout voltage or exceptionally quiet operation is desired. The DC assembly consists of a DC operating coil, integrally mounted rectier and shorting contact.
16960B Sizes 00 1 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 16961E Size 2 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 13238G Size 3 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17001C Size 4 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17049D Size 5 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17053B Size 6 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17048 16978 Sizes 7 8 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing Size 9 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open
Cutler-Hammer Class A201 Size 7 and 8 contactors are DC operated side clapper design with the shaft mounted on dual needle bearings to ensure positive contact alignment and long contact life. A steel panel base permits mounting on angle or channel without additional support, for versatile low cost installation. Each stationary contact assembly is mounted on an individual molded insulator. Each pair of contacts is surrounded by a De-ion grid type arc quencher for rapid and conned arc interruption and long contact life.
Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open

Cutler-Hammer Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are front clapper design, AC operated with the armature pivoting on dual needle bearings which assure accurate contact alignment. The contactor base is molded of a high impact, non-tracking, nonhygroscopic glass polyester material permitting front mounting and wiring on a steel panel. Floating magnet assures quiet operation. Size 5 and 6 contactors must be mounted with the line terminals directly above the load terminals.
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 33-165 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-150

March 2009
33
A201 Size 1 Contactor
Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes 00 9

Order by Catalog Number from Table 33-209, plus Sufx for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Table 33-209. Front Connected Contactors Selection
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 1-Phase 115V 230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 3-Phase 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 800 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 1600 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 2 Poles Open Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 3 Poles Open Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 4 Poles Open Catalog Number Price U.S. $ 5 Poles Open Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Sizes 00 6
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 2250 1/3 1 2 3 A201KAB_ A201K0B_ A201K1B_ A201K2B_ A201K3B_ A201K4B_ A201K5B_ A201K6B_ A201K7B_ A201K8B_ A201K9B_ A201KAC_ A201K0C_ A201K1C_ A201K2C_ A201K3C_ A201K4C_ A201K5C_ A201K6C_ A201K7C_ A201K8C_ A201K9C_Z1 A201KAD_ A201K0D_ A201K1D_ A201K2D_ A201K3D_ A201K4D_ A201KAE_ A201K0E_ A201K1E_ A201K2E_ A201K3E_ A201K4E_
Sizes 7 9
Sizes 7 9 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V. Supplied without terminal lugs.
Table 33-210. Rear Connected Contactors Selection

120 Volt Rectied Coil/Open Only Size 7 8 9 Catalog Number A201K7CJZ1Z4 A201K8CJZ1Z4 A201K9CJZ1Z4 Price U.S.
Table 33-211. Coils for Sizes 00 6

Coil Volts and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 200 208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Code Sufx A B W X E
Table 33-212. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9

Coil Volts and Hz 110 120/50 or 60 220 240/50 or 60 440 480/50 or 60 600/60 Code Sufx J K U E
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Modication Kits, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 33-168 Factory Modications. . . . . Page 33-166 Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 33-165 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-152 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-151
Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing Class A211 Reversing Contactors Horizontally Mounted Class A251 Reversing Contactors Vertically Mounted
Table 33-213. Reversing Contactors Selection
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 1-Phase 3-Phase 240V 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 800 115V 230V 208V Horizontal Design Catalog 480V 600V Number 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 1600 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 A211K0C_ A211K1C_ A211K2C_ A211K3C_ A211K4C_ A211K5C_ A211K6C_ Price U.S. $ Vertical Design Catalog Number Price U.S. $
33
Sizes 0 6
0 1 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 2250 1 2 3 2 3 7-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 A251K0C_ A251K1C_ A251K2C_ A251K3C_ A251K4C_ A251K5C_ A251K6C_ A251K7C_ A251K8C_ A251K9C_
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Selection Reversing, Sizes 00 9

Order by Catalog Number from Table 33-213, plus Sufx for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Sizes 7 9
Sizes 7 9 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.

Coil Volts and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 200 208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Code Sufx A B W X E

Coil Volts and Hz 110 120/50 or 60 220 240/50 or 60 440 480/50 or 60 600/60 Code Sufx J K U E
Modication Kits, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory Modications. . . . . . . . . . . Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Pages 33-166 33-168 Page 33-166 Page 33-165 Pages 33-162 33-165 Page 33-153 1CD1
33-152

March 2009
Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-216. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
33
NEMA No. Fig. Mounting Size of Screws Poles No. Size 00, 0, 1 2 4 5 2 3, 4 5 6 7 8 9 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3 A A A A A A B C D D D 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. 1/4 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in.
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A 3.31 (84.1) 4.19 (106.4) 3.31 (84.1) 5.06 (128.5) 4.63 (117.6) 7.25 (184.2) B 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 6.63 (168.4) 6.63 (168.4) C 4.61 (117.1) 4.61 (117.1) 4.94 (125.5) 4.94 (125.5) 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) D 3.95 (100.3) 3.95 (100.3) 3.95 (100.3) 3.95 (100.3) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) E 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) F 1.66 (42.2) 2.09 (53.1) 1.66 (42.2) 2.53 (64.3) 2.31 (58.7) 3.63 (92.2) G .23 (5.8) .23 (5.8) .23 (5.8) .23 (5.8) .38 (9.7) .38 (9.7) .59 (15.0) .59 (15.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) H 2.22 (56.4) 2.22 (56.4)
Weight, Lbs. (kg)
2.6 (1.2) 3.2 (1.5) 3.3 (1.5) 4.5 (2.0) 9.3 (4.2) 13.0 (5.9) 25.0 (11.4) 42.0 (19.1)
7.22 (183.4) 12.00 (304.8) 7.22 (183.4) 13.50 (342.9)
7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4) 9.50 (251.3) 11.00 (279.4)
3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 18.63 (473.2) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 19.25 (489.0) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 29.75 (755.7) 12.94 (328.7) 8.00 (203.2) 30.75 (781.1)
.75 (19.1) 215.0 (97.6) .75 (19.1) 265.0 (120.3)
14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 315.0 (143.0)
.22 (5.6) Dia. Hole A F .12 (3) C
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7) 2 Mounting Slots
D D B C E 2 E G .20 (5.1) 4 Mounting Slots .38 (9.7) Dia. Open End Mounting Slot (2 Places) Figure B Size 5 E 2 E A
Figure A Sizes 00 4 A201 Contactors
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7) 2 Mounting Slots
A E
H G
.12 (3.0) D B B E 2 E A Figure C Size 6 H 4 Holes for .38 (9.7) Dia. Mounting Hardware Figure D Sizes 7 9
Figure 33-58. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-153
Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-217. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
NEMA No. Size of Poles Fig. Mounting Screws No. Size 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. 1/4 in. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) B 4.45 (113.0) 9.61 (244.1) 4.45 (113.0) 9.61 (244.1) C 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.38 (136.7) D 3.95 (100.3) 9.08 (230.6) 3.95 (100.3) 9.08 (230.6) E 5.31 (134.9) 2.16 (54.9) 5.31 (134.9) 2.16 (54.9) 7.00 (177.8) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) F 3.56 (90.4) .75 (19.1) 3.56 (90.4) .75 (19.1) 4.88 (124.0) .94 (23.9) G .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .44 (11.2) .44 (11.2) H 4.52 (114.8) 4.52 (114.8) 7.78 (197.6) 1.38 (35.1) 1.38 (35.1) 1.38 (35.1) 1.38 (35.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) 7.8 (3.5) 8.9 (4.0) 9.1 (4.1) 10.0 (4.5) 24.0 (10.9) 25.0 (11.4) 55.0 (25.0) 55.0 (26.0) 90.0 (40.9) 90.0 (40.9) 450.0 (204.3) 550.0 (249.7) 650.0 (295.1) Weight, Lbs. (kg)
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 H. A 3 x 3 V. B 2 3, 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 x 3 H. A 3 x 3 V. B 3 x 3 H. A 3 x 3 V. B 3 x 3 H. C 3 x 3 V. D 3 x 3 H. C 3 x 3 V. D 3 x 3 V. E 3 x 3 V. E 3 x 3 V. E
33
9.75 (247.7) 6.88 (174.8) 4.63 (117.6) 16.56 (420.6)
7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4) 7.25 (184.2) 15.69 (398.5) 7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4) 7.75 (196.9) 18.00 (457.8) 8.75 (222.3) 11.00 (279.4) 8.75 (222.3) 28.00 (711.2)
3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 12.00 (304.8) 3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 30.00 (762.0) 3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 13.50 (342.9) 3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 41.50 (1054.1) 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 38.63 (981.2) 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 39.25 (997.0)
10.00 (254.0) .59 (15.0) 10.00 (254.0) .59 (15.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0)
11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8)
1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 62.75 (1593.9) 12.94 (328.7) 33.00 (838.2) 30.75 (781.1)
14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4)
G A F G C D D B B
E 2 E
.20 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots
F A Figure C Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal
E 2 E H
Figure A Sizes 00 4 Horizontal
A E
H G
H E 2 E .20 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes F Figure B Sizes 00 4 Vertical A H
D D B C
D B .53 (13.5) Dia. 3 Holes B
Figure D Sizes 5, 6 Vertical
Figure E Sizes 7 9 Vertical
Figure 33-59. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
CA08102001E
33-154

March 2009
Starters Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Starters Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description Sizes 00 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description Sizes 5 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features and Benets . . . . . Instructional Leaets . . . . . . Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes 00 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Reversing, Sizes 00 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Shipping Weights . . . . . . . Starters Two-Speed. . . . . . . Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory Modications . . . . . . . Accessories and Field Modication Kits . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-154 33-154 33-154 33-155 33-155
Type B Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only

Supplied as standard on Class A200 and A900 starters (two-speed). The bimetallic overload relay offers ambient compensation and trip-to-test feature (relay contact status check) as standard. In addition, an isolated normallyopen contact is available in kit form for customer mounting. Type B overload relays are manual reset only.
33
Type A Overload Relay, Manual or Automatic Reset

This is an optional overload relay, offering the capability of eld conversion to automatic reset. It is available as an ambient compensated or noncompensated type.
33-156
33-157 33-159 33-158 33-162 33-166 33-166 33-169
Size 5 Starter
Non-reversing Starters
Non-reversing starters are supplied as open devices. All starters are supplied with a normally-open holding circuit interlock. Class A200 starters are available as UL listed or recognized components, as well as with CSA certication.

NEMA Sizes 5 9; Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp
Non-reversing (Class A200), and reversing (Classes A210, A250) full voltage starters are used for acrossthe-line starting of squirrel cage induction motors. They are used with motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and above 100 hp at 460 through 600V. Sizes 5 and 6 Cutler-Hammer starters use Class A201 contactors as described on Page 33-149. In addition to standard motor starters, special application devices are available: Sizes 5 and 6 starters with integrally rectied AC to DC coils for applications where low voltage problems are prevalent are available. Class A200 starters are UL listed and recognized and also carry CSA certication. Front Removable Parts All operating parts can be removed quickly and easily from the front. Straight-through wiring and conveniently located connection points for external wires and cables minimize installation time. Type B Block Type Thermal Overload Relay Dependable overload protection is assured by these snap-action, manual reset relays. Automatic reset Type A relays are available as an option.
Reversing Starters
For reversing applications (Class A210), a starter and a contactor electrically and mechanically interlocked are supplied on a common baseplate. Reversing starters are used to start, stop and reverse AC squirrel cage motors and for primary control of reversing wound-rotor motors. For plugging or inching, when operations exceed ve times per minute, decreased horsepower ratings in accordance with NEMA Standard ICS 2-321 are recommended.
Size 1 Starter
Two-Speed Starters, A900s

For across-the-line starting of twospeed constant hp, constant torque and variable torque squirrel cage motors, two-speed starters (Class A900) are available. These Cutler-Hammer starters consist of two starters, one for each motor speed, mechanically and electrically interlocked and wired for manual speed selection by means of pushbuttons. Auxiliary relays may be added to provide automatic acceleration or deceleration. Starters for two-speed, two independent winding motors consist of two-, three- or four-pole starters electrically and mechanically interlocked. Starters for two-speed, single reconnectable winding motors consist of one threepole and one ve-pole starter mechanically and electrically interlocked.

Application
Magnetic starters are used for fullvoltage, across-the-line starting and stopping of squirrel cage motors. They can be operated locally or remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.
NEMA Sizes 00 4; Three-Phase, 1-1/2 100 hp

These Cutler-Hammer Starters from Eatons electrical business use Class A201 contactors as described on Page 33-148. Contactor features are enhanced through the ability to provide positive motor protection in the form of several types of overload relays. See Pages 33-174 33-182.
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 33-165 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-155
Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Types of Starters

Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6 Nonreversing starters contain an AC magnetically-operated Size 5 or Size 6 line contactor and block Type B threepole overload relay, along with three current transformers. A control relay whose contacts handle the coil current of the starter is provided with Size 6 starters. Class A200, Sizes 7, 8 and 9 Nonreversing starters contain a DC operated line contactor, DC power supply, block Type B three-pole overload relay with three current transformers and a control relay. Class A960/A970/A980 Multi-Speed Starters: Refer to Page 33-158.
Features and Benets

Sizes 00 4
16958 16956 16959 16957 Sizes 00 1, 3-Pole Motor Controller Sizes 00 1, 2-Pole, SinglePhase Motor Controller Size 2, 3-Pole Motor Controller Size 2, 2-Pole, Single-Phase Motor Controller
Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front, Out-Front Terminals for ease in installation. Unique Accessory Mounting Cavities reduce panel space requirements. Snap-in Accessories for application exibility. Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking capability increases application exibility. Ambient Compensated Overload Relays available as standard, offering superior motor protection in variable motor/controller environments. Isolated Normally Open Relay Contact available in kit mounting form on Type B Overload Relay.
33
15465C Sizes 3 and 4J Motor Controller 17000C Size 4, Model K Motor Controller 17054C Size 5 Motor Controller 17055C Size 6 Motor Controller
Sizes 5 9
Rectied AC/DC Coils available to reduce premature drop-out or kiss problems due to inherent low voltage conditions. Clapper Design armature assembly pivots on needle bearings resulting in quick, smooth opening and closing of the magnet. Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring assures quick, positive drop-out time. Front Removable Parts all current carrying parts front removable for easy inspection and maintenance.
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 33-165 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-156

March 2009

Table 33-218. Non-reversing Starters Selection 2 Poles
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 1-Phase 115V 230V 10 3-Phase 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 25 480V 2 5 10 25 600V 2 5 10 Open Catalog Number Price U.S $
33
Sizes 00 2
00 0 1 1-1/2 2 9 18 27 36 45 1/3 1 2 3 7-12 A200MABR A200M0BR A200M1BR A200MDBR A200M2BR
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D. Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.
Table 33-219. Non-reversing Starters Selection 3 Poles

Size 3 Starter
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 1-Phase 3-Phase 230V 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 800 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 1600 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 115V Open Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes 00 9

Order by Catalog Number from Table 33-218 or Table 33-219, plus Sufx for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Sizes 00 6
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 2250 1/3 1 2 7-12 A200MAC_ A200M0C_ A200M1C_ A200M2C_ A200M3C_ A200M4C_ A200M5C_ A200M6C_ A200M7C_ A200M8C_ A200M9C_
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables, Pages 33-181 33-182, as required per starter.
Sizes 7 9
7 8 9
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D. Sizes 7 9 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.

Coil Volts and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 200 208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Code Sufx AC B W X E

Coil Volts and Hz 110 120/50 or 60 220 240/50 or 60 440 480/50 or 60 600/60 Code Sufx J W X E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 33-165 Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-181 33-182 Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165 Factory Modications . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-166 Modication Kits, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 33-168 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-159 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-157

Table 33-222. Reversing Starters Selection
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 1-Phase 3-Phase 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 800 115V 230V 208V Horizontal Design Catalog 480V 600V Number 2 5 10 25 50 2 5 10 25 50 A210MAC_ A210M0C_ A210M1C_ A210M2C_ A210M3C_ A210M4C_ A210M5C_ A210M6C_ Price U.S $ Vertical Design Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Sizes 00 6
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 2250 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 A250MAC_ A250M0C_ A250M1C_ A250M2C_ A250M3C_ A250M4C_ A250M5C_ A250M6C_ A250M7C_ A250M8C_ A250M9C_
33
100 100 200 200 400 400 600 600 900 900 1600
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter
Sizes 7 9
Product Selection Reversing, Sizes 00 9

Order by Catalog Number from Table 33-222, plus Sufx for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D. Sizes 7 9 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.

Coil Volts and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 200 208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Code Sufx AC B W X E

Coil Volts and Hz 110 120/50 or 60 220 240/50 or 60 440 480/50 or 60 600/60 Code Sufx J W X E
Heaters
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Factory Modications . . . . Modication Kits, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Pages 33-162 33-165 Pages 33-181 33-182 Page 33-165 Page 33-166 Pages 33-166 33-168 Page 33-160 1CD1
33-158

March 2009
Starters Two-Speed
Product Selection
For Separate Two-Winding Motors Heaters
33
Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from table, Pages 33-181 33-182, as required per starter. Table 33-225. Three-Phase, Non-reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters Heater Selection
NEMA Amps Constant Horsepower 208V 240V Constant or Variable Torque 240V 480V 600V 3 Poles Open Catalog Number A960M0C_ A960M2C_ A960M3C_ A960M4C_ A960M5C_ A960M6C_ Price U.S. $ 480V 600V 208V

Coil Volts and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 200 208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Coil Sufx AC B W X E
Sizes 0 6
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 3 20 40 75 150 300 7-1/2 A960M1C_
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D.
For Single-Winding Motors

Table 33-226. Product Selection Sizes 0 6
NEMA Amps 208V 240V 480V 600V 3 Poles Open Catalog Number Price U.S. $

Coil Volts and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 200 208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Coil Sufx AC B W X E
Constant Horsepower
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 A970M0C_ A970M1C_ A970M2C_ A970M3C_ A970M4C_ A970M5C_ A970M6C_ A980M0C_ A980M1C_ A980M2C_ A980M3C_ A980M4C_ A980M5C_ A980M6C_
Constant or Variable Torque
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D.
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 33-165 Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-181 33-182 Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165 Factory Modications. . . . . Page 33-166 Modication Kits, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 33-168 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-161 Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-159
Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Table 33-229. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA Size No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3 3 3 Refer to factory. Fig. Mounting Screws No. A A A B C 3 3 3 4 4 Size #10 #10 1/4 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. Dimensions in Inches (mm) A 3.31 (84.1) 3.31 (84.1) 4.63 (117.6) 7.59 (192.8) 9.25 (235.0) 37.88 (962.2) 37.88 (962.2) B 6.42 (163.1) 7.17 (182.1) 9.94 (252.5) 16.22 (412.0) 23.50 (596.9) 21.50 (546.1) 21.50 (546.1) C 4.61 (117.1) 4.94 (125.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.75 (196.9) 9.50 (241.3) 11.75 (298.5) 11.75 (298.5) D 6.00 (152.4) 6.75 (171.5) 9.25 (235.0) 11.00 (279.4) 11.00 (279.4) E 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 2.88 (73.2) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) F 1.66 (42.2) 1.66 (42.2) .94 (23.9) 3.81 (96.8) 4.81 (122.2) G .23 (5.8) .23 (5.8) .38 (9.7) 2.69 (68.3) 2.75 (69.9) H 2.42 (61.5) 3.06 (77.7) J .39 (9.9) .41 (10.4) .55 (14.0) .33 (8.4) K .59 (15.0) .77 (19.6) .80 (20.3) .33 (8.4) 6.50 (165.1) L 4.48 (113.8) 4.53 (115.1) 6.36 (161.5) 7.00 (177.8) 8.44 (214.4) M .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) 35.0 (15.9) 43.0 (19.5) 115.0 (52.2) 29.0 (13.2) 55.0 (25.0) Weight, Lbs. (kg)
33
00, 0, 1 2 3, 4 5 6 7 8 9
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7) (2 Mtg. Slots)
B K G F E 2 J E Figure A, Sizes 00 4 M Reset Travel L
Term. Lug Supplied When Ordered
M L C
E 2 E A
F H
Reset Rod C Cont'r Mtg. L Holes J K C of Cont'r L
Figure B, Size 5
E .38 (9.7) Wide 4 Mtg. Slots E 2 H G Reset Rod
D B
M C
F L A Figure C, Size 6
Figure 33-60. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
CA08102001E
33-160

March 2009
Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-230. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA Size Number of Poles Fig. Mounting Screws No. 00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Vert. 2 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Vert. 3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Vert. 5 6 7 8 9 Refer to factory. 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Horiz. A B A B A B 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 Size #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. Dimensions in Inches (mm) A 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) B 6.50 (165.1) 11.63 (295.4) 7.25 (184.2) 12.38 (314.5) 10.13 (257.3) 19.81 (503.2) 25.50 (647.7) 25.50 (647.7) C 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.38 (136.7) 7.25 (184.2) 7.25 (184.2) 8.75 (222.3) 10.50 (266.7) D 6.00 (152.4) 11.13 (282.7) 6.75 (171.5) 11.88 (301.8) 9.25 (235.0) 18.94 (481.1) E 5.69 (144.5) 1.88 (47.8) 5.69 (144.5) 1.88 (47.8) 8.00 (203.2) 2.88 (73.2) F 3.56 (90.4) 1.66 (42.2) 3.56 (90.4) 1.66 (42.2) 4.88 (124.0) 2.94 (74.7) G .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) J 2.3 (58.4) .39 (9.9) 2.31 (58.7) .39 (9.9) K .59 (15.0) .59 (15.0) .77 (19.6) .77 (19.6) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) L 4.92 (125.0) 4.92 (125.0) 4.97 (126.2) 4.97 (126.2) 6.86 (174.2) 6.86 (174.2) M N 9.0 (4.0) 9.8 (4.4) 10.8 (4.9) 12.2 (5.5) 26.0 (11.8) 28.0 (12.7) 73.0 (33.1) 127.0 (57.7) Weight, Lbs. (kg)
33
.27 (6.9) .27 4.52 (6.9) (114.8) .27 (6.9) .27 4.52 (6.9) (114.8) .27 (6.9) .27 7.91 (6.9) (200.9)
9.75 (247.7) 1/4 in. 4.63 (117.6) 3/8 in. 35.25 (895.4) 3/8 in. 35.25 (895.4)
.44 3.11 (11.2) (79.0) .44 .55 (11.2) (14.0)
A A F G N C G F
B D .28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes
K .28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes J E M Reset Travel K L J E Figure A Sizes 00 4 Horizontal Figure B Sizes 00 4 Vertical Reset Travel M L
Figure 33-61. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-161
Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-231. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
NEMA Number Size of Poles Fig. Mounting Screws No. Size 3 3 3 3 3 3 #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 9.25 (235.0) 9.25 (235.0) E 5.69 (144.5) 6.53 (165.9) 5.69 (144.5) 6.56 (166.6) 8.00 (203.2) 9.31 (236.5) F 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) G .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .44 (11.2) .44 (11.2) J 2.30 (58.4) 2.30 (58.4) 2.69 (68.3) 2.69 (68.3) 3.11 (79.0) 3.11 (79.0) K .33 (8.4) .48 (12.2) .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) L 4.92 (125.0) 4.92 (125.0) 4.97 (126.2) 4.97 (126.2) 6.86 (174.2) 6.86 (174.2) M .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) .27 (6.9) N P R 10.0 (4.5) 11.0 (5.0) 11.0 (5.0) 13.0 (5.9) Weight, Lbs. (kg)
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. A 5 x 3 Horiz. B 2 3 x 3 Horiz. A 5 x 3 Horiz. B 3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. A 5 x 3 Horiz. B 5 6 Refer to factory.
7.13 6.50 5.05 (181.1) (165.1) (128.3) 8.00 6.50 5.05 (203.2) (165.1) (128.3) 7.13 7.25 5.38 (181.1) (184.2) (136.7) 8.88 7.25 5.38 (225.6) (184.2) (136.7) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 7.25 (184.2) 7.25 (184.2)
3.81 2.91 (96.8) (73.9) 4.66 2.91 (118.4) (73.9) 3.81 2.91 (96.8) (73.9) 4.66 2.84 (118.4) (72.1)
33
9.75 (247.7) 1/4 in. 12.38 (314.5)
5.13 4.00 28.0 (12.7) (130.3) (101.6) 6.44 4.00 33.5 (15.2) (163.6) (101.6)
A F
N J R E .2 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots
Reset Travel L
Figure A, Sizes 00 4 G
J E
.2 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots Figure B, Size 2
Reset Travel L
Note: 3-Pole x 3-Pole Devices Are for Wye-Wye Two-Winding Motors Only
Figure 33-62. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
CA08102001E
33-162

March 2009
Electrical Characteristics
Table 33-232. Electrical Characteristics Sizes 00 4
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 600V Size 2 600V Size 3 600V Size 4 600V Max. Voltage Rating Ampere Rating (Open) (Enclosed) Maximum Horsepower At: 200V/60 Hz 230V/60 Hz 380V/50 Hz 460V 575V/ 60 Hz Single-Phase, 2-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-Phase, 3-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V Single-Phase, 2-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-Phase, 3-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V
Table 33-233. Electrical Characteristics Sizes 5 9

Size 5 600V Size 6 600V Size 7 600V Size 8 600V Size 9 600V
33
Max. Voltage Rating Ampere Rating (Open) (Enclosed) Maximum Horsepower At: 200V/60 Hz 230V/ 60 Hz 380V/50 Hz 460V 575V/ 60 Hz Single-Phase, 2-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-Phase, 3-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V Single-Phase, 2-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-Phase, 3-Pole 120V 240V 480V 600V
600V
600V
10A 9A
20A 18A
30A 27A
50A 45A
100A 90A
150A 135A
300A 270A
600A 540A
900A 810A
1350A 1215A
2500A 2250A
Squirrel Cage Motor
Squirrel Cage Motor
1-1/2 hp 1-1/2 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp
3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp
7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp
10 hp 15 hp 25 hp 25 hp
25 hp 30 hp 50 hp 50 hp
40 hp 50 hp 75 hp 100 hp
75 hp 100 hp 150 hp 200 hp
150 hp 200 hp 300 hp 400 hp
300 hp 600 hp
450 hp 900 hp
800 hp 1600 hp
Resistive Heating kW
Resistive Heating kW
3 kW 6 kW 12 kW 15 kW
5 kW 10 kW 20 kW 25 kW
10 kW 20 kW 40 kW 50 kW
15 kW 30 kW 60 kW 75 kW
30 kW 60 kW 120 kW 150 kW
60 kW 120 kW 240 kW 300 kW
90 kW 180 kW 360 kW 450 kW
5 kW 10 kW 20 kW 25 kW
8.5 kW 17 kW 34 kW 43 kW
17 kW 34 kW 68 kW 86 kW
26 kW 68 kW 105 kW 130 kW
52 kW 105 kW 210 kW 260 kW
105 kW 210 kW 415 kW 515 kW
155 kW 315 kW 625 kW 775 kW
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase

12 kVAR 27 kVAR 40 kVAR 25 kVAR 53 kVAR 80 kVAR 31 kVAR 67 kVAR 100 kVAR
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase

80 kVAR 160 kVAR 240 kVAR 360 kVAR 665 kVAR 160 kVAR 320 kVAR 480 kVAR 720 kVAR 1325 kVAR 200 kVAR 400 kVAR 600 kVAR 900 kVAR 1670 kVAR
Transformer Switching kVA
Transformer Switching kVA
.6 kVA 1.2 kVA 2.4 kVA 3 kVA
1.2 kVA 2.4 kVA 4.9 kVA 6.2 kVA
2.1 kVA 4.1 kVA 6.8 kVA 4.1 kVA 8.1 kVA 14 kVA 8.3 kVA 16 kVA 27 kVA 10 kVA 20 kVA 34 kVA
14 kVA 27 kVA 54 kVA 68 kVA
112 kVA 225 kVA 450 kVA 562 kVA
1.8 kVA 3.6 kVA 2.1 kVA 4.3 kVA 4.2 kVA 8.5 kVA 5.2 kVA 11 kVA
6.3 kVA 7.2 kVA 14 kVA 18 kVA
122 kVA 140 kVA 280 kVA 351 kVA
182 kVA 210 kVA 420 kVA 526 kVA
337 kVA 342 kVA 783 kVA 975 kVA
Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating. These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating. For ratings refer to factory. These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-163
DC Power Pole Ratings

The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. Table 33-234. DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
Contactor Size DC Contact Amp Rating 2 Poles in Series 120V 0 1 2 3 4 20 45 75 90 Non-inductive load. 240V 10 30 40 70
33
380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings

Table 33-235. 380V, 50 Hz Starters Maximum Horsepower Ratings
NEMA Size Maximum Horsepower 00 1-1/2 0 5 1 10 2 25 3 50 4 75 5 150 6 300 7 450 8 700
Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00 9

The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. Table 33-236. Operating Coil Characteristics
Sizes 00, 0, 1 AC Coil Burden (Open VA) (Closed VA) (Closed Watts) Pick-Up Volts Drop-Out Volts Pick-Up Time Hz Drop-Out Time Hz DC Coil Burden (Open VA) (Closed VA) (Closed Watts) Pick-Up Volts Drop-Out Volts Pick-Up Time Hz Drop-Out Time Hz 160 VA 25 VA 7.8 W 85% 40 60% 1 1-1/2 3/4 1 17 VA 17 VA 18 W 80% 5 10% Size 2 160 VA 25 VA 7.8 W 85% 40 60% 1-1/2 2 3/4 1 17 VA 17 VA 18 W 80% 5 10% 25 75 mS 16 25 mS Size 3 625 VA 50 VA 18 W 85% 40 60% 2 2-1/2 3/4 1 35 VA 35 VA 35 W 80% 5 10% 25 75 mS 16 25 mS Size 4 700 VA 64 VA 21 W 85% 40 60% 1 1-1/2 3/4 1 35 VA 35 VA 35 W 80% 5 10% 25 75 mS 16 25 mS Size 5 1700 VA 180 VA 32 W 78% 65 to 75% 1.5 .75 600 VA 22 VA 20 W 64% 18% 2.7 Hz 9.3 Hz Size 6 2900 VA 220 VA 42 W 70% 60 to 70% 4.0 .75 2120 VA 21 VA 20 W 73% 13% 3 Hz 17.5 Hz Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
400 VA 400 VA 400 W 45% 65% 30% 45% 21 41 Hz 7 12 Hz
400 VA 400 VA 400 W 45% 65% 30% 45% 17 29 Hz 7 12 Hz
2100 VA 350 VA 350 W 50% 65% 40% 50% 16 18 18 20 Hz
AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J. DC Operated only. Percent of rated coil voltage. At 60 Hz base. To contact touch. Lower gure when coil is cold. Higher gure when coil is hot. Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.
CA08102001E
33-164

March 2009
Mechanical Characteristics
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110
Direct-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 80% of their rated voltage. Alternating-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 85% of their rated voltage.
33
Table 33-237. Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 00 9

Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Panel Area Square Inches Weight Pounds Cable Connection Maximum Cable Size/Phase Copper (AWG/MCM) Auxiliary Electrical Circuits Available Latched Version Available Mechanical Interlock Combinations Available Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 5 6 7, 8 9 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
6.45 (163.8) 3.31 (84.1) 4.61 (117.1) 21.35 3.5 Lbs. 6 AWG
7.16 (181.9) 3.31 (84.1) 4.96 (126) 23.7 3.5 Lbs. 3 AWG
9.93 (252.2) 4.62 (117.3) 6.75 (171.5) 46.0 11.5 Lbs. 1/0
9.93 (252.2) 4.62 (117.3) 6.75 (171.5) 46.0 11.5 Lbs. 4/0
12.00 (304.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.75 (196.9) 84.0 25 Lbs. Front 1-500 MCM
13.50 (342.9) 7.00 (177.8) 8.75 (222.3) 94.5 42 Lbs. Front 2-500 MCM
18.62 (472.9) 23.50 (596.9) 11.00 (279.4) 437.5 215 Lbs. Front/Rear 3-500 MCM
19.25 (489) 23.50 (596.9) 11.00 (279.4) 452.4 265 Lbs. Front/Rear 4-500 MCM
25.00 (635) 32.00 (812.8) 13.00 (330.2) 800 315 Lbs. Front/Rear 8-500 MCM
8 Yes
6 Yes
6 Yes
6 Yes
4 Yes
4 Yes
3 No
3 No
4 No
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vertical
Vertical Vertical Vertical
Vertical Vertical Vertical
Vertical Vertical
For Sizes 5 9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5 9, refer to factory.
Table 33-238. Data from Tables 430 147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load , Three-Phase AC
hp Single-Phase AC 115V 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 4.4 5.8 7.2 9.8 13.8 16 20 24 34 56 80 100 230V 2.2 2.9 3.6 4.9 6.9 8 10 12 17 28 40 50 Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes 200V 2.5 3.7 4.8 6.9 7.8 11.0 17.5 25.3 32.2 48.3 62.1 78.2 230V 2.2 3.2 4.2 6.0 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 42 54 68 460V 1.1 1.6 2.1 3.0 3.4 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 575V .9 1.3 1.7 2.4 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 DC 120V 3.1 4.1 5.4 7.6 9.5 13.2 17 25 40 58 76 240V 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.8 4.7 6.6 8.5 12.2 20 29 38 55 72 89 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 hp Single-Phase AC 115V 230V Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes 200V 92 120 150 177 221 285 359 414 552 230V 80 104 130 154 192 248 312 360 480 460V 40 52 65 77 96 124 156 180 240 302 361 414 477 515 590 575V 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 144 192 242 289 336 382 412 472 DC 120V 240V 106 140 173 206 255 341 425 506 675
These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-165
Combination Ratings
Table 33-239. Combination Ratings Sizes 00 2
Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Max. Rating SCPD 60A 60A 60A 60A 30A 50A Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A HMCP + Current Limiter 150,000A Short-Circuit Withstand Capability Current Voltage 5,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V
Table 33-240. Combination Ratings Sizes 3 and 4

Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Max. Rating SCPD 60A 60A 60A 60A 100A 150A Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A HMCP + Current Limiter 50,000A Short-Circuit Withstand Capability Current Voltage 5,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V
Sizes 00, 0, 1
Class H Fuse Class J Fuse Class R Fuse Class T Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal/Mag. Type CB
Size 3
Class H Fuse Class J Fuse Class R Fuse Class T Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal/Mag. Type CB
33
Magnetic Only Type CB + CL Thermal/Mag. Type CLB
30A 50A
100A 150A
Size 2
Class H Fuse Class J Fuse Class R Fuse Class T Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal/Mag. Type CB 100A 100A 100A 100A 50A 90A Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A HMCP + Current Limiter 150,000A 5,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V
Size 4
Class H Fuse Class J Fuse Class R Fuse Class T Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal/Mag. Type CB 400A 400A 400A 400A 150A 250A Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A HMCP + Current Limiter 200,000A 150,000A 10,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 600V 480V
50A 50A
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip. Circuit Breaker. Inverse Time Circuit Breaker. Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment. Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.
Magnetic Only Type CB + CL Thermal/Mag. Type CB + CL Thermal/Mag. Type CLB
150A 250A 250A
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip. Circuit Breaker. Inverse Time Circuit Breaker. Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment. Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment. Inverse Time Current Limiting Breaker.
Coil Sufx
Table 33-241. Other Available Coil Voltages AC and DC Coils
Coils Catalog Coil Rating Number (Volts/Hertz) Sufx A B C D E G H I J K DC L M 120/60, 110/50 200-208/60 240/60 and 480/60 440/50 600/60 Hz 220/50 380/50 24/60 110-120/50 or 60 Rect. to DC 220-240/50 or 60 Rect. to DC 24V DC 48V DC Catalog Coil Rating Number (Volts/Hertz) Sufx N P R U V W X Y Z S T 110/50 48/60 120/60 and 240/60 440-480/50 or 60 Rect. to DC 110/60 240/60 480/60 415/50 277/60 125V DC 250V DC
AC
Availability may be limited. List Price Addition for DC coils. DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty rated only. A mechanical latch is required. DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil. List Price Addition for dual voltage coils.
33-166

March 2009
Accessories
Factory Modications
Table 33-242. A200 Factory Modications
Modications Description Catalog NEMA Size Number 00 1 2 Sufx Adder U.S. $ 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
33
Control Circuit
1 Extra Auxiliary Contact (1NO-1NC) J1 Non-reversing, Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired 2 Extra Auxiliary Contact Non-reversing, Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired 3 Extra Auxiliary Contact Non-reversing, Unwired 4 Extra Auxiliary Contact Non-reversing, Unwired Wired for Separate Control (NC) Omit Control Wiring (NC) J2
J3 J4 C X D D7 E
Overload Relays (Substitutions)
Ambient Compensated with Auto Reset (NC) Fast Trip Ambient Compensated (Specify Motor FLA) Overload Relay Alarm Contact (NO) per overload
Accessories and Field Modication Kits

Provides two separate electrical contact sets which wire vertically and are color coded; black designates NC and silver designates NO. Please note that the vertical wiring is contrary to the horizontal wiring of the L-56 auxiliary contacts. Designed to t within dimensions of starter; no additional panel space is required. Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts.
Table 33-243. Auxiliary Contact Ratings

Voltage Make Break 720 VA 720 VA 10A 28 VA
NEMA A600
120 600V AC 7200 VA 72 120V AC 60A 28 72V AC 60 VA
NEMA R300
28 300V DC 28 VA
Table 33-244. Auxiliary Contact Types

Contact Type 1NO and 1NC 2NC 2NO 1 Coil Clearing NC and 1NO Max. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number J11 J02 J20 J1C Price U.S. $
Type J Auxiliary Contact
Type J Auxiliary Contact
Capable of being eld mounted in a contactor or starter (Classes A200, A900 Sizes 00 6, V200, V201 vacuum and denite purpose controllers).

March 2009
33-167
Accessories
F-56 Fuse Block

B3NO Bell Alarm Contact

Isolated Normally Open Bell Alarm Contact. Mounts in Type B block-type overload relay. Table 33-249. Bell Alarm Contact
Kit Catalog Number B3NO-2 B3NO-4 For Size 3 and 4. Price U.S. $ Price U.S. $
Facilitates installation of fuses (15A, 600V max.) in control circuits. Utilizes Bussman type KTK fuses, or equivalent. Mounts in same cavity as Type J auxiliary contact. No tools or mounting hardware needed. Fuse not included.
Kit Catalog Number F56 F56-P
33
SS-56 Surge Suppressor
Table 33-246. Fuse Block

Mounting Starter Panel
SS-56 Surge Suppressor
Table 33-250. Control Contact Ratings (B600)

AC Volts Maximum Amperes Make 24 120 121 600 30 3600 VA Break 3.00 360 VA
Designed to be used with magnetic motor controllers through Size 4 in 120V, 60 Hz control circuit applications where electronic equipment is used. Steady State Coil Volts: 120, 60 Hz, RMS Peak Input Volts: 169.6, 60 Hz, Max. Amplitude Max. Ambient Temperature: 65C Nominal Limiting Volts: 270 Peak Nominal Rate of Volt Rise: .5 per mS
Kit Catalog Number SS-56 Price U.S. $
R-56 Interposing Relay

The R-56AA interposing relay is a low energy solid-state device with a single NO solid-state contact. It can be used as a 120V AC control relay, and will operate on as little as 40V AC input. Is useful in applications requiring long control wiring runs where excessive voltage drop would prevent the contactor or relay from energizing. Will operate a Size 4 contactor from 10,000 feet using 18 AWG wire. Table 33-247. Interposing Relay
Type Mounting Starter or Panel Kit Catalog Number R56-AA Price U.S. $
Continuous Current Rating: 5A
Overload Relay Reset Extension
Table 33-245. Surge Suppressor

Type Mounting Starter
Used to adjust overload reset rod depth of Class A200 Model J starters and current design overload relays to same dimensions as obsolete B200 starters and overloads identied by sufx B, i.e., BA13B. When replacing obsolete B200 device with Class A200 starter and Type B overload, order Style 6710C11H03. No charge. When replacing obsolete B200 device with Class A200 starter and Type A overload, order Style 1490C15H10. No charge.
Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil. Mounting bracket required order separately. Mounting Bracket 177C043G04. Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Power Pole Kit Mechanical Interlock
Prevents closing of one member of a reversing or multi-speed contactor until the opposite member is completely open.
Lever type mechanism assures positive action. Can be factory assembled or eld mounted on A200 and A900 starters and contactors.
Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to Size 00 1 A201 Class contactors. Factory installed or eld mountable in load side auxiliary cavities. 600V AC. Continuous current rating of 18A for Size 0, 27A for Size 1.
Table 33-248. Mechanical Interlock

Contactor Arrangement (Number of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical) 3 x 3 Horizontal 4 x 4 Horizontal 5 x 3 Horizontal All Pole Combination, Vertical 3 x 3 Horizontal Reversing 3 x 3 Vertical Reversing 5 x 3 Horizontal 4 x 4 Horizontal All Pole Combination Horizontal All Pole Combination Vertical Continuous Size 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 2 2 2 2 3, 4 3, 4 Interlock Catalog Number M-33-1B M-33-1B M-33-1B M-34-1A M-33-2B M-34-2A M-35-2A M-36-2A M-33-3B M-34-3 Price U.S. $
Table 33-251. Power Pole Kit

Continuous Current Rating Kit Size Kit Catalog Number PN0-0 PN0-1 PNC-0 PNC-1 Price U.S. $
Normally Open
18 27 0 1 0 1
Normally Closed
18 27
Do not use with DC operated contactors.
33-168

March 2009
Accessories
Replacement Auxiliary Contacts

Table 33-252. Replacement Auxiliary Contacts
Contactor Size Contact Arrangement Aux. Elect. Contact Catalog Number J11 J20 J02 Style Number 9084A17G01 9084A17G02 9084A17G03 578D461G01 578D461G03 843D943G04 843D943G05 843D943G06 Price U.S. $
Mechanical Interlocks
Table 33-255. Mechanical Interlocks
Contactor Sizes Style Numbers Horizontal 3, 4 and 5 5 and 5 5 and 6 6 and 6 6 and 7, 8 7, 8 and 7, 8 7, 8 and 9 9 and 9 2050A11G75 2050A11G25 2050A11G27 2050A11G26 No (Rear Conn.) No (Rear Conn.) No (Rear Conn.) Vertical 2050A11G65 2050A11G15 2050A11G17 2050A11G16 2050A11G55 567D624G01 9944D56G06 9944D56G01 Price U.S. $
33
5, 6 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO 1NC 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC 7, 8 9
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits

All starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1NC contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when required. Table 33-253. Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
Contactor Size 5, 6 Contact Arrangement 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO 1NO Style Number 3463D94G18 3463D94G04 3463D94G19 818D498G06 818D498G04 Price U.S. $
Overload Protection
Overload Protection Size 5 Starters
Type B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a protective case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard ratio is 300:5.
Overload Protection Size 6 Starters

Overload protection assembly consists of three current transformers, Type B three-pole block overload relay and an optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard. If automatic reset is required, the Type A, three-pole block, ambient compensated relay is available upon request.
7, 8
Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.
DC Coil Conversion Kits

Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from AC to DC control including the DC coil with built-in diode, rectier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware. Table 33-254. DC Coil Conversion Kits
Size 5 Voltage 110-120 220-240 440-480 110-120 220-240 440-480 Kit Style Number 7864A28G01 7864A28G02 7864A28G03 7864A29G01 7864A29G02 7864A29G03 Price U.S. $
Overload Relay Kits

Each kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio) and one Type B, three-pole block overload relay, ambient compensated with manual reset. Table 33-256. Overload Relay Kits
Kit Size 5 6 Kit Part Number 2057A34G01 6379D80G10 Price U.S. $
Table 33-257. Replacement Terminal Lugs

Contactor Size Cable Size Terminals Qty. in Kit 6 6 12 12 Qty. Reqd. per Pole 2 2 4 4 Kit Style Number Price U.S. $
5 6 7 8
1-500 MCM 2-500 MCM 4-500 MCM 4-500 MCM
2119A76G01 7858A96G01 7858A96G02 7858A96G03
All mounting hardware is included in kit.

March 2009
33-169
Renewal Parts When Ordering Specify

Use this renewal parts data to identify device by style number, catalog number and/or description. Select style number of replacement part from the following pages. For clarication of ordering procedure, pricing and discounts, contact the Customer Support Center.
General Information
This renewal parts data will provide the proper identication of standard parts which may be required for maintenance of Eatons Cutler-Hammer components. It is the intent of this catalog section to make it possible to quickly select the parts needed. An investment in renewal parts and regular maintenance program will protect against downtime and ensure a proper duty cycle for your equipment.
To maintain maximum operating efciency and dependability of your equipment, only genuine CutlerHammer replacement parts should be used. This section identies the replacements parts which are available. Order by style number.
33
JF Autostarters
Table 33-258. JF Autostarter Kits
Frame Size Start Contacts Required 23 4 5 5L 5M 5MM 1 1 1 Style Number 38A7018G12 550D409G18 3354D90G08 Price U.S. $ Run Contacts Required 1 1 1 Style Number 38A7018G13 550D409G19 3354D90G09 Price U.S. $ Grid Stack Kit Required 1 1 2 Style Number 3354D90G10 3354D90G10 3354D90G10 Price U.S. $
Note: Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs.
Table 33-259. Solenoid Assembly with Coil (All Sizes)

Volt 115 230 460 575 Hz 60 60 60 60 Style Number 5264C05H01 5264C05H02 5264C05H03 5264C05H04 Price U.S. $
When replacing solenoid assembly series 416C160 use adapter plate style 9917D02H01 1 required. These styles replace coil style 296B892G__. When ordering new style as replacement, customer must order adapter plate 9917D02H01, Quantity 1 required.
33-170

March 2009
Renewal Parts
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201

Table 33-260. AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits
Part Poles Size 00 Style Number 373B331G17 373B331G18 373B331G18 373B331G19 6714C74G01 6714C74G04 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Price U.S. $ Size 0 Style Number 373B331G02 373B331G04 373B331G04 373B331G05 6714C74G02 6714C74G05 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Price U.S. $ Size 1 Style Number 373B331G07 373B331G09 373B331G09 373B331G10 6714C74G03 6714C74G06 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Price U.S. $ Size 2 Style Number 373B331G11 373B331G12 373B331G13 6714C74G07 6714C74G08 672B788G32 672B788G34 672B788G33 672B788G35 1250C33G09 1250C33G05 503C796G01 371B870G03 Price U.S. $
33
Contact Kit
Arc Box Cross Bar Upper Base (for single rated coils only) Lower Base KO Spring (Pk of 10) Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3)
2 3 4 5 2, 3, 4 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 All All
Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable. Mounting hardware included. Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12. 2-, 3-pole. 4-, 5-pole.
Table 33-261. AC Coils

Voltage Hz Size 00, 0, 1 2-, 3-, 4-Pole Style Number 505C806G01 505C806G02 505C806G05 505C806G07 505C806G12 505C806G13 505C806G16 505C806G18 505C806G03 505C806G10 5-Pole Style Number 505C808G01 505C808G02 505C808G05 505C808G07 505C808G12 505C808G13 N/A 505C808G16 505C808G03 505C808G10 Size 2 2-, 3-Pole Style Number 505C806G01 505C806G02 505C806G05 505C806G07 505C806G12 505C806G13 505C806G16 505C806G18 505C806G03 505C806G10 4-, 5-Pole Style Number 505C818G01 505C818G02 505C818G05 505C818G07 505C818G12 505C818G13 505C818G15 505C818G16 505C818G03 505C818G10
Price U.S. $
Price U.S. $
Price U.S. $
Price U.S. $
120/110 208 600/550 380 240/220 480/440 24 277 240/480 120/240
60/50 60 60/50 50 60/50 60/50 60 60 60/60 60/60
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
Table 33-262. DC Coil

Voltage Size 0, 1 1, 2, 3, 4 Pole Style Number 12 24 48 125 250 125/250 1268C86G07 1268C86G04 1268C86G05 1268C86G02 1268C86G01 1268C86G03 Size 2 1, 2, 3 Pole Price U.S. $
Accessories for Size 5 9 AC Contactors

Note: A rectier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All necessary parts are included in the kit.
Table 33-263. AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits

Voltage 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC Size 5 Style Number 7864A28G01 7864A28G02 7864A28G03 Price U.S. $ Size 6 Style Number 7864A29G01 7864A29G02 7864A29G03 Price U.S. $
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
Table 33-264. Replacement Coils for Above

Voltage 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC Size 5 Style Number 7856A15G05 7856A15G10 7856A15G15 Price U.S. $ Size 6 Style Number 7856A16G05 7856A16G10 7856A16G15 Price U.S. $

March 2009
33-171
Renewal Parts
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)

Table 33-265. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7 9 AC and All DC Units
Type L63 L63 L64 L64 L64 Circuits NO NC NO-NC 2NO 2NC Application Size 7 8 Size 7 8 Size 9 Size 9 Size 9 Style Number 578D461G01 578D461G03 843D943G04 843D943G05 843D943G06 Price U.S. $
33

Table 33-266. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks
Catalog Style Number Number (Obsolete) (Obsolete) (L-56) (L-56D) (L-56E) (L-56B) (L-56H) (L-56J) (L-56A) (L-56B) (L-56F) (L-56G) (L-56C) (L-56M) (L-56P) (L-56R) (L-56S) Circuits Catalog Style Number Number Current Current J11 J20 J11 J20 J20 J1C N/A N/A N/A J1C J02 N/A J11 J02 J11 9084A17G01 9084A17G02 9084A17G01 9084A17G02 9084A17G02 9084A17G04 N/A N/A N/A 9084A17G04 9084A17G03 N/A 9084A17G01 9084A17G03 9084A17G01 Price U.S. $
(2609D01G01) 1NO & 1NC 2NO (2609D01G02) 1NO & 1NC (2609D01G03) 2NO 2NO (2609D01G04) (2609D01G05) (2609D01G06) 1NO & 1NC DB (2609D01G07) N/A (2609D01G08) N/A (2609D01G09) N/A (2609D01G10) 1NO & 1NC DB (2609D01G11) 2NC (2609D01G12) N/A (2609D01G17) 1NO & 1NC 2NC (2609D01G18) 1NO & 1NC (2609D01G19)
Model J K, Sizes 3 and 4

Table 33-267. Model J K Series 3, 4 Kits
Part Poles Size 3 Model J Style Number Contact Kit 2 3 4 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 All All 626B187G12 626B187G13 Price U.S. $ Size 4 Model J Style Number 626B187G16 626B187G17 Price U.S. $ Size 4 Model K Style Number 5250C81G16 5250C81G17 5250C81G18 5250C81G19 6714C74G11 6714C74G12 672B788G40 672B788G52 1250C33G10 672B788G50 372B357G18 Price U.S. $
Arc Box Cross Bar Upper Base Lower Base KO Spring (Pk of 10) Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3)
6714C74G09 6714C74G10 672B788G36 672B788G38 672B788G37 672B788G39 1250C33G03 1250C33G06 503C796G02 372B357G12
6714C74G11 6714C74G12 672B788G36 672B788G38 672B788G37 672B788G39 1250C33G03 1250C33G06 503C796G02 372B357G18
Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as model J. All other parts are unavailable. For 200 Amp A202 Magnetically Latched Lighting Contactors order 3-pole contact kit style 672B788G07. Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G12. Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13. Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G16. Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.
33-172

March 2009
Renewal Parts
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)

Accessories for Model J K, Series 3, 4
Table 33-268. DC Coils
33
Voltage
Model J Size 3, 4 2-, 3-Pole Style Number Price U.S. $
24 48 125 250 125/250
1255C68G04 1255C68G05 1255C68G01 1255C68G02 1255C68G03
Use only on units originally supplied with DC coil. Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.

Voltage Hz Model J Size 3, 4 2-, 3-Pole Style Number 120/110 208 600/550 380 240/220 480/440 24 277 240/480 120/244 60/50 60 60/50 50 60/50 60/50 60 60 60/60 60/60 505C633G01 505C633G02 505C633G05 505C633G07 505C633G12 505C633G13 505C633G34 505C633G14 505C633G03 505C633G10 Price U.S. $ 4-, 5-Pole Style Number 505C635G01 505C635G02 505C635G05 505C635G07 505C635G12 505C635G13 N/A N/A 505C635G03 505C635G10 Price U.S. $ Model K Size 4 2-, 3-Pole Style Number 5250C79G01 5250C79G02 5250C79G05 5250C79G07 5250C79G12 5250C79G13 5250C79G34 5250C79G14 5250C79G03 5250C79G10 Price U.S. $ 4-, 5-Pole Style Number 5250C80G01 5250C80G02 5250C80G05 5250C80G07 5250C80G12 5250C80G13 N/A N/A 5250C80G03 5250C80G10 Price U.S. $
Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.
A201 Contactors Size 5 9

Table 33-270. GCA 530/630 GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits
Part Size 5 Style Number Contact Kit (1 per pole) Arc Box Magnet Assy. Mag. Spg. Kit Acr Cup Kit Load Conn. Kit Line Conn. Kit K.O. Spring 6 C.T. 300/5 C.T. 400/5 C.T. 600/5 C.T. 800/5 Phase Barrier Cross Bar Shunt 477B477G05 2050A15G45 2050A15G46 2050A15G47 2050A15G48 2050A15G49 2050A15G50 2050A15G51 655C285H03 655C285H04 N/A N/A N/A 2050A15G12 N/A Price U.S. $ Size 6 Style Number 2066A10G11 2066A10G45 2050A15G46 2050A15G47 N/A 2066A10G49 2066A10G50 2066A10G46 N/A N/A 2066A10G18 2066A10G19 N/A 2066A10G15 2066A10G48 Price U.S. $ Size 7 Style Number 461A757G17 831D580G01 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 640C441G01 N/A 650C129G01 Price U.S. $ Size 8 Style Number 646C829G05 831D580G01 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 640C441G01 N/A 646C831G02 Price U.S. $ Size 9 Style Number 5264C42G01 5264C42G02 9917D69G02 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5264C35G03 N/A 5264C39G02 Price U.S. $
Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same. Use 477B477G06 for Silver Tungsten applications. C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 CT assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum. Set of 3. R.C. F.C. Set of 4.

March 2009
33-173
Renewal Parts Accessories for A201 Contactors Size 5 9

Table 33-271. Coils
Voltage Hz Size 5 Style Number Price U.S. $ Size 6 Style Number 2050A12G05 2050A12G06 2050A12G07 2050A12G08 2050A12G09 2050A12G10 2050A12G12 2050A12G14 2050A12G15 2050A12G16 2050A12G17 2050A12G18 2050A12G19 2050A12G20 2050A12G21 2050A12G22 2050A12G25 2050A12G27 Required Price U.S. $ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Price U.S. $
Sizes 5 and 6
110/120 110/120 200/208 220/240 200/208 220/240 277/303 380/415 440/480 440/480 550/600 550/600 380/415 120/240 24 DC 48 DC 125 DC 250 DC Line Voltage 60 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 60 2050A14G05 2050A14G06 2050A14G07 2050A14G08 2050A14G09 2050A14G10 2050A14G12 2050A14G14 2050A14G15 2050A14G16 2050A14G17 2050A14G18 2050A14G19 2050A14G20 2050A14G21 2050A14G22 2050A14G25 2050A14G27
33
Size 7, 8 Style Number
Sizes 7 and 8
125V DC 230V DC 250V DC 110/120V AC 220/240V AC 380V AC 440/480V AC 550/575V AC Line Voltage 438C805G04 438C805G02 438C805G03 438C805G12 438C805G11 438C805G15 438C805G10 438C805G13 Size 9 Style Number Price U.S. $
Size 9
110V DC 5264C34G01 Rectier 125V 2018A40G01 (1 required). Rectier 250V 2018A40G02 (1 required). Rectier 600V 2018A40G03 (1 required). These coils require an external rectier. If the rectier needs replacement, order by the appropriate style number. Contains coil and resistor.
33-174

March 2009
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Product Family Overview
Contents
Description Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Product Family Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Design Features . . . . . . . . . Instruction Leaets . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . Page
33
Fast trip relays can be identied by the green reset rods. They are available for panel or starter mounting. The threepole fast trip design is composed of three single-pole relays on a common baseplate, with a common reset bar. The bimetal element is actuated by precisely calibrated heater elements which are connected directly in the circuit to be protected. Thermal actuation of this device opens the contacts in the coil circuit of a contactor or relay which results in the disconnection of power to the overloaded circuit. Interchangeable thermal heater elements for single-pole standard trip and block type overload relays are available to cover motor full load currents from .29 to 133A in approximately 10% steps (see Heater Application Table). Fast trip overload relays do not have interchangeable heater elements but are available in a series of ratings to cover motor full load currents from 1.6 to 150A in approximately 50% steps.
Positive Contact Break

A follow-through contact, provided on the stationary terminal of the snap action control switch, provides reliable electrical continuity during toggling, thus eliminating false trip sometimes prevalent with thermally operated switches. This contact also allows contact wipe for further reliability.
33-174 33-174 33-174 33-175 33-177 33-179 33-181
Ambient Compensation
Motor overload protection can be provided with the same trip characteristics in ambient temperature from -40 to 77C (-40 to 167F). A compensating bimetal maintains a constant travel to trip distance independent of ambient conditions. The compensating feature is fully automatic and no adjustments are required over wide uctuations in ambient temperatures. Compensated relays are identied by black reset rods on the Type A and light gray reset rods on the Type B, while non-compensated relays use red reset rods. AA three-pole units have gray reset rods. AA one-pole units have black reset rods.
Design Features
Manual or Automatic Reset
The Type B is furnished with a manual reset. The Type A is normally furnished set for manual reset operation and may be quickly adjusted for automatic reset when required. Automatic reset should not be used with 2-wire control or where automatic restarting would endanger either personnel or equipment.
Control Contact
Single-pole and block type relays are supplied as standard with a SPST NC control contact. A SPDT NO-NC with common is available as a factory modication on the Type A. An isolated NO contact can be supplied on the Type B as either a factory modication or as a eld kit.
Type A Overload Relay 3-Pole Panel Mount

Type B and Type A, Class 20 CutlerHammer Thermal Overload Relays from Eatons electrical business will protect the motor against abnormal overload conditions. Bimetallic actuated, they are available as either ambient compensated or non-compensated in either single-pole or block type threepole design. The Type B use one pole of the three-pole block for single-phase. Single-pole relays are also available as Fast Trip Class 10 ambient compensated type, which provides approximately 125% motor protection with a tripping time of less than 10 seconds, at 600% of heater current rating.
Instruction Leaets
14885B Fast Trip A Sizes 0 4, 3-Pole OL Relay 14567E Type A Sizes 1 2, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A 14568 Type A Sizes 1 2, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J 14570D Type A Sizes 3 4, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J 14569C Type A Sizes 3 4, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A 17093A Type B OLR for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 Contactors 16955A Type B Sizes 1 2, 1-Pole OL Relay 16954A Type B Sizes 1 2, 3-Pole OL Relay 15392B Type B Sizes 3 4, 3-Pole OL Relay 13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0 4, 1-Pole OL Relay
Trip Indication
An immediate visible indication of trip is provided on the overload relay. When an overload occurs, which causes the relay to operate, a trip indicator projects out and thus shows positive visual indication of trip. The Type B has a mechanical trip bar to manually check the NC contact operation on the overload relay.
Adjustable Trip
On the Type A, the trip rating of a specic heater element can be adjusted over a range of approximately 85% to 115% of its respective rating to permit the desired close protection. This is accomplished by turning the adjusting knob on the relay to the respective stop position.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-175
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
Ambient Compensation
The Type B ambient compensated design is supplied as standard on all A200 starters. This design uses a second compensating bimetal responsive to ambient air temperature in the surrounding enclosure. This feature reduces nuisance tripping in applications using compact control panels and motor control centers where internal temperature rise is signicant compared to motor ambient temperature. The compensating characteristic is maintained in ambient temperatures from 40 to 77C.

UL508 CSA ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222

33
Technical Data
Table 33-272. Control Contact Ratings NEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact Rating
AC Volts 24 120 120 600 Make 30A 3600 VA Break 3A 360 VA
Accessories
Table 33-273. Alarm Contact Kit Selection
Type B Overload Relay Panel Mounting
Type B Overload Relay Size 1, 2 3, 4 Catalog Number B3NO-2 B3NO-4 Price U.S. $
The Type B overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either single-phase or 3-phase applications.
Alarm contact available as factory modication of eld mountable. For factory modication, add sufx B.
Product Selection
Heaters
Features

Ambient compensation standard Alarm contact eld mountable Class 20 600V design Inverse time delay trip Test trip device for weld check Hi-visibility up-front trip indication Trip-free reset mechanism
Relays
Table 33-274. Product Selection Thermal Type B Overload Relay Selection
Motor Full Load Amps Panel Mounted Catalog Numbers Starter Mounted Catalog Numbers Replacement for Type B Overload Relays Ambient Comp. BA11A BA21A Noncomp. BN11A BN21A Price Replacement for Type U.S. $ A Overload Relays in Manual Reset Mode (3-Pole Only) Ambient Comp. Noncomp.
Operation
The Type B overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger. As the bimetals are heated by motor current ow, a deection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current ow, the deection becomes great enough to open the snap-action output contact.
Ambient Comp.
Non comp. BN11JP BN21JP
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)

.25 26.2 26.3 45 19 90 19 135 BA11JP BA21JP
Use 3-Pole Design, Wire 3 Poles in Series
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)

.25 26.2 26.3 45 19 90 19 135 BA13JP BA23JP BA33P BA43P BN13JP BN23JP BN33P BN43P BA13A BA23A BA33A BA43A BN13A BN23A BN33A BN43A BA13J BA23J BA33A BA43A BN13J BN23J BN33A BN43A
Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor. For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead of BN13A.
33-176

March 2009
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B
Dimensions
Table 33-275. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions
33
Relay Size 3 4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A 3.13 (79.5) 3.38 (85.9) B 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) C .44 (11.2) .31 (7.9) D .31 (7.9) .19 (4.8)
.2 (5.1) Dia. 6 Mtg. Slots .17 (4.3) C
.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots 2.22 (56.4) .25 (6.4)
2.81 3.14 .8 (20.3) (71.4) (79.8)
3.38 3.88 (85.9) (98.6)
D 1.98 (50.3) .94 (23.9) 1.34 (34) .53 (13.5) .47 (11.9)
1.38 (35.1) 1.75 (44.5) .47 (11.9)
.41 (10.4)
4 (101.6) 2.22 (56.4) B
5.28 (134.1)
3.31 (84.1) Sizes 1 and 2 3-Pole, Panel Mounted
4.44 (112.8) Sizes 3 and 4 3-Pole, Panel Mounted
Figure 33-63. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-177
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset
Operation
The Type A overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger. As the bimetals are heated by motor current ow, a deection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current ow, the deection becomes great enough to open the snap-action output contact.

UL508 CSA ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222

33
Technical Data
Table 33-276. Control Contact Ratings
AC Volts Normally Closed Make Break Normally Open Make Break .5A 60 VA
Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings

24 120 20A 2A .5A 120 600 2400 VA 240 VA 600 VA
One-Pole Control Contact Ratings
Automatic Reset
Type A Overload Relay 1-Pole Panel Mounting
24 120 30A 3A 10A 1A 120 600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA
The Type A overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either single- or 3-phase applications.
The Type A overload relay can be supplied as an option on all A200 starters to provide automatic reset operation. The overload relay is always shipped in the non-automatic mode. To set up auto operation, reposition the reset rod by loosening and re-tightening a hold-down clamp at the base of overload relay.
Product Selection
Heaters
Features

Field selectable manual/auto reset Alarm contract factory available Class 20 600V design Inverse time delay trip Adjustable trip rating 15% Color coded reset rod: Compensated (Gray) Non-compensated (Red)
Relays
Table 33-277. Product Selection Thermal Type A Overload Relay Selection
Motor Full Load Amps Panel Mounted Ambient Comp. Catalog Number Non-comp. Catalog Number AN11P AN21P AN31P AN41P AN13P AN23P AN33P AN43P Starter Replacement Ambient Comp. Catalog Number AA11A AA21A AA31A AA41A AA13A AA23A AA33A AA43A Non-comp. Catalog Number AN11A AN21A AN31A AN41A AN13A AN23A AN33A AN43A Price U.S. $
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)

.25 26.2 26.3 45 19 90 19 135 .25 26.2 26.3 45 19 90 19 135 AA11P AA21P AA31P AA41P AA13P AA23P AA33P AA43P
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
Note: For Alarm Contact (Form C), add Sufx B. Available only as factory modication on Type A relay.
3-Pole Type B Overload Relay is a suitable alternative to a 3-Pole Type A Overload Relay in Manual Reset Mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, etc. (See Page 33-175.)
33-178

March 2009
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A
Dimensions
Table 33-278. Type A Single-Pole Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Dim. Relay Size 1 2 3.48 (88.4) .67 (17.0) 3.5 (88.9) 3 4.19 (106.4) .25 (6.4) 3.53 (89.7) 3, 4 4.13 (104.9) 3.38 (85.9) 2.19 (55.6) .28 (7.1) .38 (9.7) .06 (1.5) .27 (6.8) 1.69 (42.9) .88 (22.4) .27 (6.8) .34 (8.6) .69 (17.5) 5.19 (131.8) .59 (15.0) .69 (17.5) 4 4.5 (114.3) .38 (9.7) 3.78 (96.0)
33
C Q P
A B C Dim.
2.72 (69.1) .94 (23.9) 2.75 (69.9) 1, 2
Trip Indicator A B T K Dia. 2 Mtg. Holes Common Terminal No Terminal (When Supplied) NC Terminal S H F E D M L
D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T
3.25 (82.6) 2.63 (66.8) 1.34 (34.0) .25 (6.4) .31 (7.9) .06 (1.5) .22 (5.6) 1.34 (34.0) .66 (16.8) .16 (4.1) .22 (5.6) .06 (1.5) 4.00 (101.6) .47 (11.9) 1.11 (28.2)
Single-Pole (Size 4 Shown)
Figure 33-64. Type A Single-Pole Approximate Dimensions
Table 33-279. Type A Three-Pole Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Dim. Relay Size 1 2 2.44 (62.0) 3.17 (80.5) .33 (8.4) 3 3.13 (79.5) 4.06 (103.1) .44 (11.2) 3, 4 2.22 (56.4) .25 (6.4) 3.38 (85.9) 3.88 (98.6) .47 (11.9) .28 (7.1) .47 (11.9) 5.28 (134.1) 4.44 (112.8) 2.77 (70.4) 1.75 (44.5) 1.34 (34.0) 1.03 (26.2) 4 3.38 (85.9) 4.38 (111.3) .31 (7.9)
D C
A B C
2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5) .36 (9.1) 1, 2
G F
Dim. D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
R N Q P J Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots
1.66 (42.2) .17 (4.3) 2.81 (71.4) 3.08 (78.2) .47 (11.9) .20 (5.1) .28 (7.1) 4.00 (101.6) 3.31 (84.1) 1.80 (45.7) 1.89 (48.0) 1.00 (25.4)
M Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)
Figure 33-65. Type A Three-Pole Approximate Dimensions
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-179
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 Application Description

The Type FT overload relay is designed to protect special purpose motors having restricted thermal and locked rotor capabilities. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 10 operation in single- or three-phase applications.
Operation
The Type FT overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated directly from line current, thus separate calibrating heater elements are not utilized. The overload relay may be wired directly in the motor circuit, or through-current transformers on applications larger than 150A. As the bimetals are heated by motor current ow, a deection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current ow, the deection becomes great enough to open the snap action output contact.
Features

Class 10 600V design Inverse time delay trip Color coded reset rod green Alarm contact factory available Field selectable manual/auto reset Adjustable trip rating 20% Ambient compensation included
33
Technical Data
Table 33-281. Control Contact Ratings
AC Volts Normally Closed Make Break Normally Open Make Break
24 120 30A 3A 10A 1A 120 600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA
Product Selection
Table 33-280. Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)
Motor Full Load Amperes Panel Mounted Single-Pole Catalog Number .76 1.1 1.1 1.6 1.6 2.4 2.4 3.6 3.6 5.4 5.4 8.0 8.0 12 12 18 16 24 22 32 24 36 36 54 22 32 32 48 48 72 72 110 100 150 FT11P-1.1 FT11P-1.6 FT11P-2.4 FT11P-3.6 FT11P-5.4 FT11P-8.0 FT11P-12 FT11P-18 FT11P-32 FT21P-36 FT21P-54 FT31P-32 FT31P-48 FT31P-72 FT41P-110 FT41P-150 Price U.S. $ Three-Pole Catalog Number FT13P-1.1 FT13P-1.6 FT13P-2.4 FT13P-3.6 FT13P-5.4 FT13P-8 FT13P-12 FT13P-18 FT13P-24 FT13P-32 FT23P-36 FT23P-54 FT33P-32 FT33P-48 FT33P-72 FT43P-110 FT43P-150 Price U.S. $ Starter Replacement NEMA Size Single-Pole Catalog Number FT11A-1.1 FT11A-1.6 FT11A-2.4 FT11A-3.6 FT11A-5.4 FT11A-8 FT11A-12 FT11A-18 FT11A-32 FT21A-36 FT21A-54 FT31A-32 FT31A-48 FT31A-72 FT41A-110 FT41A-150 Price U.S. $
0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4
Note: Single-Pole (1NO-NC Contact): Add Sufx B. Three-Pole (3NO-NC Contacts): Add Sufx B. Example: FT13PB-12.
33-180

March 2009
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip
Dimensions
Table 33-282. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions
33
Relay Size 3 4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A 4.25 (108.0) 4.50 (114.3) B .53 (13.5) .59 (15.0) C 2.91 (73.9) 3.03 (77.0) D .09 (2.3) .22 (5.6) E .06 (1.5) .19 (4.8)
3.28 (83.3) .17 (4.3) .11 (2.8) 1.64 (41.7) .22 (5.6)
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos. 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos. 2.72 (69.1) .69 (17.5)
.06 (1.5)
3.25 2.81 (82.6) (71.4) 1.3 (33)
.06 (1.5)
.19 (4.8) .5 (12.7) 1 (25.4)
.17 (4.3) 3 Mtg. Holes Three-Pole, Size 1
.63 (16)
.38 (9.7)
.11 (2.8)
3.28 (83.3) 1.64 .22 (41.7) (5.6)
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos. 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos. 3.48 (88.4)
.06 (1.5)
3.61 (91.7) 3.25 (82.6) 2.81 (71.4) 1.3 (33)
.69 (17.5)
.06 (1.5)
.06 .19 (4.8) (1.5)
.5 (12.7) 1 (25.4)
.17 (4.3) 3 Mtg. Holes Three-Pole, Size 2
3.28 (83.3)
.16 (4.1)
4.41 (112) 2.2 (55.9) .48 (12.2)
5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos. 5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos. A 3.31 (84.1)
1.42 (36.1) .06 (1.5)
.06 (1.5)
3.88 (98.6) 3.38 (85.9) 1.75 .69 (44.5) (17.5) .88 (22.4) 1.75 (44.5)
2.81 (71.4) C
B .74 (18.8)
.25 (6.4)
.28 (7.1) 3 Mtg. Holes Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4
.28 (7.1)
Figure 33-66. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)


March 2009
33-181
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection
Heater Selection
General Information on Heater Coil Selection
For maximum motor protection and compliance with Article 430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils from the tables in this section on the basis of motor nameplate full load current. When the full load current is unknown, selection may be made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on Pages 33-241 and 33-242. Caution The average ratings could be high or low for a specic motor and therefore selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.
Heater coils are rated to protect 40C rise motors, and open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of 1.15 where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient temperature. For other conditions: 1. For 50C, 55C, 75C rise motors and enclosed motors having a service factor of 1.0, select one size smaller coil. 2. Ambient temperature of controller lower than motor by 26C (47F), use one size smaller coil. 3. Ambient temperature of controller higher than motor by 26C (47F), use one size larger coil. Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately 1.25 times the minimum current rating listed in the tables.
33
Table 33-283. Heater Selection Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 3 and 4
Size Starter Ambient Compensated Enclosed Starters All Applications Full Load Current of Motor Amps 12.8 14.1 14.2 15.5 15.6 17.1 17.2 18.9 19.0 20.8 20.9 22.9 23.0 25.2 25.3 27.8 27.9 30.6 30.7 33.5 33.6 37.5 37.6 41.5 41.6 56.3 46.4 50 51 55 56 61 62 66 67 73 74 78 79 84 85 92 93 101 102 110 111 122 123 129 130 133 11.9 13.0 13.1 14.3 14.4 15.9 16.0 17.4 17.5 19.1 19.2 21.1 21.2 23.2 23.3 25.6 25.7 28.1 28.2 30.8 30.9 34.5 34.6 38.2 38.3 42.6 42.7 46 47 51 52 56 57 61 62 67 68 72 73 77 78 84 85 91 92 99 100 110 111 122 123 128 129 133 Noncompensating Enclosed Starters Heater (One Heater per Catalog Number)
Table 33-284. Heater Selection Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 5 and 6
Compensated Overload Relay Open Starter Enclosed Starter Heater (One Heater per Catalog Number) Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Catalog Number FH68 FH69 FH70 FH71 FH72 FH73 FH74 FH75 FH76 FH77 FH78 FH79 FH80 FH81 FH82 FH83 FH84 FH85 FH86 FH87 FH88 FH89 FH90 FH91 FH92 FH93 FH94
Price U.S. $
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers)

118 129 130 141 142 155 156 170 171 187 188 205 206 224 225 244 245 263 264 292 293 300 236 259 260 283 284 310 311 340 341 374 375 411 412 448 449 489 490 527 528 585 586 600 118 129 130 141 142 155 156 170 171 187 188 205 206 224 225 244 245 263 264 292 236 259 260 283 284 310 311 340 341 374 375 411 412 448 449 489 490 527 528 540 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34
For Size 4 Starters
For Size 3 Starters
Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers)
Note: Size 7 and Larger Advise Full Load Current.
33-182

March 2009
Relays Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection

Table 33-285. Heater Selection Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2
Size Starter Non-compensated Open Starters and Ambient Comp. Open and Enclosed Starters Block Type Overload Using 3 Heaters Single-Pole Type Overload Heater (One Heater per Catalog Number) Catalog Number Price U.S. $ Non-compensating Enclosed Starters Block Type Overload Using 3 Heaters Single-Pole Type Overload Heater
33
Catalog Number
Price U.S. $
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps) .25 .27 .28 .31 .32 .34 .35 .38 .39 .42 .43 .46 .47 .50 .51 .55 .56 .62 .63 .68 .69 .75 .76 .83 .84 .91 .92 1.00 1.01 1.11 1.12 1.22 1.23 1.34 1.35 1.47 1.48 1.62 1.63 1.78 For Size 0 Starters 1.79 1.95 1.96 2.15 2.16 2.35 2.36 2.58 2.59 2.83 2.84 3.11 3.12 3.42 3.43 3.73 3.74 4.07 4.08 4.39 4.40 4.87 4.88 5.3 5.4 5.9 6.0 6.4 6.5 7.1 7.2 .78 7.9 8.5 8.6 9.4 9.5 10.3 10.4 11.3 11.4 12.4 12.5 13.5 13.6 14.9 15.0 16.3 16.4 18.0 18.1 19.8 19.9 21.7 21.8 23.9 24.0 26.2 26.3 28.7 28.8 31.4 31.5 34.5 34.6 37.9 38.0 41.5 41.6 45.0 .29 .31 .32 .35 .36 .39 .40 .43 .44 .48 .49 .53 .54 .58 .59 .64 .65 .71 .72 .79 .80 .87 .88 .96 .97 1.06 1.07 1.16 1.17 1.28 1.29 1.41 1.42 1.55 1.56 1.71 1.72 1.87 1.88 2.06 2.07 2.26 2.27 2.48 2.49 2.72 2.73 2.99 3.00 3.28 3.29 3.60 3.61 3.95 3.96 4.31 4.32 4.71 4.72 5.14 5.15 5.6 5.7 6.2 6.3 6.8 6.9 7.5 7.6 8.2 8.3 9.0 9.1 9.9 10.0 10.8 10.9 11.9 12.0 13.1 13.2 14.3 14.4 15.7 15.8 17.2 17.3 18.9 19.0 20.8 20.9 22.9 23.0 25.2 25.3 27.6 27.7 30.3 30.4 33.3 33.4 36.4 36.5 39.9 40.0 43.9 FH03 FH04 FH05 FH06 FH07 FH08 FH09 FH10 FH11 FH12 FH13 FH14 FH15 FH16 FH17 FH18 FH19 FH20 FH21 FH22 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34 FH35 FH36 FH37 FH38 FH39 FH40 FH41 FH42 FH43 FH44 FH45 FH46 FH47 FH48 FH49 FH50 FH51 FH52 FH53 FH54 FH55 FH56 FH57 .24 .25 .26 .28 .29 .31 .32 .35 .36 .39 .40 .43 .44 .47 .48 .51 .52 .57 .58 .63 .64 .70 .71 .77 .78 85 .86 .93 .94 1.03 1.04 1.13 1.14 1.25 1.26 1.37 1.38 1.51 1.52 1.65 1.66 1.81 1.82 1.99 2.00 2.19 2.20 2.39 2.40 2.63 2.64 2.89 2.90 3.17 3.18 3.47 3.48 3.79 3.80 4.11 4.12 4.55 4.56 5.0 5.1 5.5 5.6 5.9 6.0 6.6 6.7 7.2 7.3 7.9 8.0 8.7 8.8 9.5 9.6 10.5 10.6 11.5 11.6 12.6 12.7 13.8 13.9 15.1 15.2 16.7 16.8 18.3 18.4 20.2 20.3 22.2 22.3 24.3 24.4 26.6 26.7 29.1 29.2 32.0 32.1 35.2 35.3 38.5 38.6 42.3 .28 .30 .31 .34 .35 .37 .38 .42 .43 .47 .48 .52 .53 .56 .57 .63 .64 .70 .71 .77 .78 .85 .86 .94 .95 1.03 1.04 1.13 1.14 1.25 1.26 1.38 1.39 1.52 1.53 1.67 1.68 1.83 1.84 2.01 2.02 2.21 2.22 2.43 2.44 2.66 2.67 2.92 2.93 3.21 3.22 3.53 3.54 3.87 3.88 4.22 4.23 4.61 4.62 4.9 5.0 5.5 5.6 6.0 6.1 6.6 6.7 7.3 7.4 8.0 8.1 8.7 8.8 9.7 9.8 10.5 10.6 11.7 11.8 12.7 12.8 14.0 14.1 15.3 15.4 16.6 16.7 18.3 18.4 20.0 20.1 21.9 22.0 23.9 24.0 26.2 26.3 28.8 28.9 31.4 31.5 34.5 34.6 37.9 3.80 41.9 42.0 45.0 FH03 FH04 FH05 FH06 FH07 FH08 FH09 FH10 FH11 FH12 FH13 FH14 FH15 FH16 FH17 FH18 FH19 FH20 FH21 FH22 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34 FH35 FH36 FH37 FH38 FH39 FH40 FH41 FH42 FH43 FH44 FH45 FH46 FH47 FH48 FH49 FH50 FH51 FH52 FH53 FH54 FH55 FH56 FH57
For Size 2 Starters
For Size 1 Starters

March 2009
33-183
Relays Current Sensing Protective
Contents
Description Current Sensing Protective Relay Product Description . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Benets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page
33-183 33-183 33-183 33-183 33-184 33-184
status, setpoint values and cause of trip can be displayed remotely. The IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of industrial applications such as mining, timber, material handling, air conditioning compressors, wastewater treatment plants and petrochemical industries.
Benets
No external current transformers are required since they are internal to the IQ500. DIP switches used to select functions and settings on base relay are clearly marked and covered with screw-on plastic covers. On the automatic reset, the reset times can be selected for long (90 second) or short (10 second) delay. Device can be set for different motor full load currents without additional parts or modules.
33
Features
Catalog Number IQ502A
Product Description
The IQ500 is a heaterless, currentsensing, solid-state motor protective relay with optional communications capabilities. Several functions are incorporated into the base relay (IQ502/IQ504) as standard: Overload (overcurrent) protection Phase unbalance and phase loss protection Ground current protection (Class II)

The base relay can serve as the initial building block for a motor protection system by adding the IQ500M Special Function Module. The module can address application related motor load functions with the additional features: Underload protection Long acceleration Jam protection Load control
The IQ500 can provide a cost-effective alternative to conventional protective relays such as current relays, ground fault relays and phase loss or phase unbalance relays. Used with the PowerNet system, a low-cost, local area communication network, information such as current values,
Overload class is adjustable using DIP switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30 seconds, maximum trip times at six times rated current Designed for 1000V and less distribution systems Form C (NO/NC) contact on output relay Isolated alarm relay output contact Communications capability using IMPACC network Manual or automatic reset (either a true manual or remote electrical reset) selectable Overload, Class II ground current, phase unbalance and single-phase protection are standard LED indication (bi-colored red/ green) for device status, including overload, phase unbalance or ground current trip Special Function Module adds protection for underload and jam conditions, also provides for long acceleration Optional load control feature available with special function module Feed-through current transformer windows for contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 4 (for Size 5 and larger, external current transformers can be used) Fits mounting footprint of Eatons Cutler-Hammer MORA relay Panel or starter mountable Cause of trip is held in memory through a power loss Bell alarm contact available for remote status indication DIP switch provided for setting operating frequency 50 or 60 Hz Plug-in terminal block for control power, trip relay and bell alarm relay connections Operating temperature: -20 to 60C (-4 to 140F)
Optional Benets
With the addition of the IQ500M Special Function Module, the enhanced protection includes jam (overtorque) and underload and provides long acceleration time (high inertia load). The underload and jam protection functions each have independent Form C output relays as part of the module. In addition, the underload and jam functions each have their own LEDs for status indication. The underload and jam functions also have separate selectable trip levels and adjustable trip-delay and start-delay settings. The IQ500M can be used as a load control module that allows shedding and restoring a particular load that contributes to the load being monitored. The PONI (Product Operated Network Interface) card attaches directly to the base relay or special function module for interfacing with the Eatons Cutler-Hammer PowerNet communications system. Localized display can be achieved with the Central Monitoring Unit.
UL File No. E19223
CA08102001E
33-184

March 2009
Relays Current Sensing Protective
Product Selection
Table 33-286. Current Sensing Protective Relay
Maximum Horsepower Ampere Rating Catalog Number Control Voltage 110/120V 50/60 Hz 3.4 to 66A 10.8 to 207A .32 to 5.4A IQ502A IQ504A IQ500LA 220/240V 50/60 Hz IQ502B IQ504B IQ500LB IQ500M Price U.S. $
33
200V 20 60
230V 25 75
460 475V 50 150
Special Function Module Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.
Dimensions
4.88 (124)
2.5 3 (63.5) (76.2)
3.25 (82.6)
2.88 (73.2) 3.59 (91.2) 4.5 (114.3) IQ504
.81 (20.6) Dia. 5.47 (138.9)
.19 (4.8) Dia. .164-32 Tap 2 Holes .44 (11.2) Dia.
.5 (12.7)
4.88 (124)
1.19 .78 (30.2) (19.8)
4.13 (104.9) 2.75 (69.9)
4.13 (104.9)
.53 (13.5) 1.88 (47.8) 3.59 (91.2) IQ500L and IQ502
.5 (12.7) Dia. 5.47 (138.9)

NEMA Contactors & Starters A200 Enclosed Control

March 2009
33-185
Product Selection
Table 33-287. Class EC216 Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 30A EC216A1AAB EC216A1EAB EC216A1BAB EC216A1CAC EC216A1DAC EC21601AAB EC21601EAB EC21601BAB EC21601CAC EC21601DAC EC21611AAB EC21611EAB EC21611BAB EC21611CAC EC21611DAC EC21621AAD EC21621EAD EC21621BAD EC21621CAE EC21621DAE EC21631AAF EC21631EAF EC21631BAF EC21631CAG EC21631DAG EC21641AAH EC21641EAH EC21641BAH EC21641CAJ EC21641DAJ Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number EC216A2AAB EC216A2EAB EC216A2BAB EC216A2CAC EC216A2DAC EC21602AAB EC21602EAB EC21602BAB EC21602CAC EC21602DAC EC21612AAB EC21612EAB EC21612BAB EC21612CAC EC21612DAC EC21622AAD EC21622EAD EC21622BAD EC21622CAE EC21622DAE EC21632AAF EC21632EAF EC21632BAF EC21632CAG EC21632DAG EC21642AAH EC21642EAH EC21642BAH EC21642CAJ EC21642DAJ Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number EC216A4AAB EC216A4EAB EC216A4BAB EC216A4CAC EC216A4DAC EC21604AAB EC21604EAB EC21604BAB EC21604CAC EC21604DAC EC21614AAB EC21614EAB EC21614BAB EC21614CAC EC21614DAC EC21624AAD EC21624EAD EC21624BAD EC21624CAE EC21624DAE EC21634AAF EC21634EAF EC21634BAF EC21634CAG EC21634DAG EC21644AAH EC21644EAH EC21644BAH EC21644CAJ EC21644DAJ Catalog Number EC216A8AAB EC216A8EAB EC216A8BAB EC216A8CAC EC216A8DAC EC21608AAB EC21608EAB EC21608BAB EC21608CAC EC21608DAC EC21618AAB EC21618EAB EC21618BAB EC21618CAC EC21618DAC EC21628AAD EC21628EAD EC21628BAD EC21628CAE EC21628DAE EC21638AAF EC21638EAF EC21638BAF EC21638CAG EC21638DAG EC21648AAH EC21648EAH EC21648BAH EC21648CAJ EC21648DAJ Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200MACAC A200MACB A200MACW A200MACX A200MACE A200M0CAC A200M0CB A200M0CW A200M0CX A200M0CE A200M1CAC A200M1CB A200M1CW A200M1CX A200M1CE A200M2CAC A200M2CB A200M2CW A200M2CX A200M2CE A200M3CAC A200M3CB A200M3CW A200M3CX A200M3CE A200M4CAC A200M4CB A200M4CW A200M4CX A200M4CE
33
00
30A
30A
60A
100A
200A
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC21604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-119 PG03300001E PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E CA08102001E
33-186

March 2009

Table 33-287. Class EC216 Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1000 1000 Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 400A EC21651AAK EC21651EAK EC21651BAK EC21651CAL EC21651DAL EC21661AAM EC21661EAM EC21661BAM EC21661CAN EC21661DAN EC21671AAU EC21671BAU EC21671CAU EC21671DAU EC21681AAU EC21681BAU EC21681CAU EC21681DAU EC21691AAU EC21691BAU EC21691CAU EC21691DAU Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number EC21652AAK EC21652EAK EC21652BAK EC21652CAL EC21652DAL EC21662AAM EC21662EAM EC21662BAM EC21662CAN EC21662DAN EC21672AAU EC21672BAU EC21672CAU EC21672DAU EC21682AAU EC21682BAU EC21682CAU EC21682DAU EC21692AAU EC21692BAU EC21692CAU EC21692DAU Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number EC21654AAK EC21654EAK EC21654BAK EC21654CAL EC21654DAL EC21663AAM EC21663EAM EC21663BAM EC21663CAN EC21663DAN EC21673AAU EC21673BAU EC21673CAU EC21673DAU EC21683AAU EC21683BAU EC21683CAU EC21683DAU EC21693AAU EC21693BAU EC21693CAU EC21693DAU Catalog Number EC21658AAK EC21658EAK EC21658BAK EC21658CAL EC21658DAL EC21668AAM EC21668EAM EC21668BAM EC21668CAN EC21668DAN EC21678AAU EC21678BAU EC21678CAU EC21678DAU EC21688AAU EC21688BAU EC21688CAU EC21688DAU EC21698AAU EC21698BAU EC21698CAU EC21698DAU Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200M5CAC A200M5CB A200M5CW A200M5CX A200M5CE A200M6CAC A200M6CB A200M6CW A200M6CX A200M6CE A200M7CJ A200M7CW A200M7CX A200M7CE A200M8CJ A200M8CW A200M8CX A200M8CE A200M9CJ A200M9CW A200M9CX A200M9CE
33
5
600A
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC21604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. Contact Eaton. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-119 PG03300001E PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E CA08102001E CA08102001E

March 2009
33-187

Table 33-288. Class EC218 Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect with CPT
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 30A EC218A1AAB EC218A1EAB EC218A1BAB EC218A1CAC EC218A1DAC EC21801AAB EC21801EAB EC21801BAB EC21801CAC EC21801DAC EC21811AAB EC21811EAB EC21811BAB EC21811CAC EC21811DAC EC21821AAD EC21821EAD EC21821BAD EC21821CAE EC21821DAE EC21831AAF EC21831EAF EC21831BAF EC21831CAG EC21831DAG EC21841AAH EC21841EAH EC21841BAH EC21841CAJ EC21841DAJ Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number EC218A2AAB EC218A2EAB EC218A2BAB EC218A2CAC EC218A2DAC EC21802AAB EC21802EAB EC21802BAB EC21802CAC EC21802DAC EC21812AAB EC21812EAB EC21812BAB EC21812CAC EC21812DAC EC21822AAD EC21822EAD EC21822BAD EC21822CAE EC21822DAE EC21832AAF EC21832EAF EC21832BAF EC21832CAG EC21832DAG EC21842AAH EC21842EAH EC21842BAH EC21842CAJ EC21842DAJ Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number EC218A4AAB EC218A4EAB EC218A4BAB EC218A4CAC EC218A4DAC EC21804AAB EC21804EAB EC21804BAB EC21804CAC EC21804DAC EC21814AAB EC21814EAB EC21814BAB EC21814CAC EC21814DAC EC21824AAD EC21824EAD EC21824BAD EC21824CAE EC21824DAE EC21834AAF EC21834EAF EC21834BAF EC21834CAG EC21834DAG EC21844AAH EC21844EAH EC21844BAH EC21844CAJ EC21844DAJ Catalog Number EC218A8AAB EC218A8EAB EC218A8BAB EC218A8CAC EC218A8DAC EC21808AAB EC21808EAB EC21808BAB EC21808CAC EC21808DAC EC21818AAB EC21818EAB EC21818BAB EC21818CAC EC21818DAC EC21828AAD EC21828EAD EC21828BAD EC21828CAE EC21828DAE EC21838AAF EC21838EAF EC21838BAF EC21838CAG EC21838DAG EC21848AAH EC21848EAH EC21848BAH EC21848CAJ EC21848DAJ Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200MACAC A200MACB A200MACW A200MACX A200MACE A200M0CAC A200M0CB A200M0CW A200M0CX A200M0CE A200M1CAC A200M1CB A200M1CW A200M1CX A200M1CE A200M2CAC A200M2CB A200M2CW A200M2CX A200M2CE A200M3CAC A200M3CB A200M3CW A200M3CX A200M3CE A200M4CAC A200M4CB A200M4CW A200M4CX A200M4CE
33
00
30A
30A
60A
100A
200A
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC21804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.
33-188

March 2009

Table 33-288. Class EC218 Combination Reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect with CPT (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 300 600 600 450 900 900 800 1000 1000 Magnet Coil Voltage 1 Fuse Clip Amps Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 400A EC21851AAK EC21851EAK EC21851BAK EC21851CAL EC21851DAL EC21861AAM EC21861EAM EC21861BAM EC21861CAN EC21861DAN EC21871AAU EC21871BAU EC21871CAU EC21871DAU EC21881AAU EC21881BAU EC21881CAU EC21881DAU EC21891AAU EC21891BAU EC21891CAU EC21891DAU Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number EC21852AAK EC21852EAK EC21852BAK EC21852CAL EC21852DAL EC21862AAM EC21862EAM EC21862BAM EC21862CAN EC21862DAN EC21872AAU EC21872BAU EC21872CAU EC21872DAU EC21882AAU EC21882BAU EC21882CAU EC21882DAU EC21892AAU EC21892BAU EC21892CAU EC21892DAU Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial Stainless Steel External Reset Catalog Number EC21854AAK EC21854EAK EC21854BAK EC21854CAL EC21854DAL EC21863AAM EC21863EAM EC21863BAM EC21863CAN EC21863DAN EC21873AAU EC21873BAU EC21873CAU EC21873DAU EC21883AAU EC21883BAU EC21883CAU EC21883DAU EC21893AAU EC21893BAU EC21893CAU EC21893DAU Catalog Number EC21858AAK EC21858EAK EC21858BAK EC21858CAL EC21858DAL EC21868AAM EC21868EAM EC21868BAM EC21868CAN EC21868DAN EC21878AAU EC21878BAU EC21878CAU EC21878DAU EC21888AAU EC21888BAU EC21888CAU EC21888DAU EC21898AAU EC21898BAU EC21898CAU EC21898DAU Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200M5CAC A200M5CB A200M5CW A200M5CX A200M5CE A200M6CAC A200M6CB A200M6CW A200M6CX A200M6CE A200M7CJ A200M7CW A200M7CX A200M7CE A200M8CJ A200M8CW A200M8CX A200M8CE A200M9CJ A200M9CW A200M9CX A200M9CE
33
5
120 208 240 480 600 120 208 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600
600A
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC21804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. Contact Eaton. Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-189

Table 33-289. Class EC222 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number EC222A4AAC EC222A4AAD EC222A4AAC EC222A4AAD EC222A4AAB EC222A4AAC EC222A4AAB EC222A4AAC EC22204AAC EC22204AAD EC22204AAC EC22204AAD EC22204AAB EC22204AAC EC22204AAD EC22204AAB EC22204AAD EC22204AAC EC22214AAC EC22214AAD EC22214AAE EC22214AAF EC22214AAC EC22214AAD EC22214AAE EC22214AAF EC22214AAB EC22214AAC EC22214AAD EC22214AAE EC22214AAB EC22214AAC EC22214AAD EC22214AAE Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number EC222A8AAC EC222A8AAD EC222A8AAC EC222A8AAD EC222A8AAB EC222A8AAC EC222A8AAB EC222A8AAC EC22208AAC EC22208AAD EC22208AAC EC22208AAD EC22208AAB EC22208AAC EC22208AAD EC22208AAB EC22208AAD EC22208AAC EC22218AAC EC22218AAD EC22218AAE EC22218AAF EC22218AAC EC22218AAD EC22218AAE EC22218AAF EC22218AAB EC22218AAC EC22218AAD EC22218AAE EC22218AAB EC22218AAC EC22218AAD EC22218AAE A200M1CAC A200M0CAC Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200MACAC
Catalog Number 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A EC222A1AAC EC222A1AAD EC222A1AAC EC222A1AAD EC222A1AAB EC222A1AAC EC222A1AAB EC222A1AAC EC22201AAC EC22201AAD EC22201AAC EC22201AAD EC22201AAB EC22201AAC EC22201AAD EC22201AAB EC22201AAD EC22201AAC EC22211AAC EC22211AAD EC22211AAE EC22211AAF EC22211AAC EC22211AAD EC22211AAE EC22211AAF EC22211AAB EC22211AAC EC22211AAD EC22211AAE EC22211AAB EC22211AAC EC22211AAD EC22211AAE
Catalog Number EC222A2AAC EC222A2AAD EC222A2AAC EC222A2AAD EC222A2AAB EC222A2AAC EC222A2AAB EC222A2AAC EC22202AAC EC22202AAD EC22202AAC EC22202AAD EC22202AAB EC22202AAC EC22202AAD EC22202AAB EC22202AAD EC22202AAC EC22212AAC EC22212AAD EC22212AAE EC22212AAF EC22212AAC EC22212AAD EC22212AAE EC22212AAF EC22212AAB EC22212AAC EC22212AAD EC22212AAE EC22212AAB EC22212AAC EC22212AAD EC22212AAE
33
00
200 230 460 575
1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10
200 230 460
575
200
230
460
575
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC22204AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42 Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-190

March 2009

Table 33-289. Class EC222 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number EC22224AAF EC22224AAF EC22224AAW EC22224AAF EC22224AAE EC22224AAF EC22234AAG EC22234AAX EC22234AAG EC22234AAX EC22234AAG EC22234AAF EC22234AAG EC22244AAH EC22244AAH EC22244AAH EC22244AAH EC22254AAJ EC22254AAK EC22254AAJ EC22254AAK EC22254AAJ EC22254AAK EC22254AAJ EC22254AAK EC22263AAL EC22263AAL EC22263AAL EC22263AAP EC22263AAL Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number EC22228AAF EC22228AAF EC22228AAW EC22228AAF EC22228AAE EC22228AAF EC22238AAG EC22238AAX EC22238AAG EC22238AAX EC22238AAG EC22238AAF EC22238AAG EC22248AAH EC22248AAH EC22248AAH EC22248AAH EC22258AAJ EC22258AAK EC22258AAJ EC22258AAK EC22258AAJ EC22258AAK EC22258AAJ EC22258AAK EC22268AAL EC22268AAL EC22268AAL EC22268AAP EC22268AAL A200M6CAC A200M4CAC A200M3CAC Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200M2CAC
33
2
Catalog Number 120 HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCP 30A HMCP 50A 120 HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCP 50A HMCP 100A 120 HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A 120 HMCP 600A HMCP 600A HMCP 600A HMCP 1200A HMCP 600A EC22221AAF EC22221AAF EC22221AAW EC22221AAF EC22221AAE EC22221AAF EC22231AAG EC22231AAX EC22231AAG EC22231AAX EC22231AAG EC22231AAF EC22231AAG EC22241AAH EC22241AAH EC22241AAH EC22241AAH EC22251AAJ EC22251AAK EC22251AAJ EC22251AAK EC22251AAJ EC22251AAK EC22251AAJ EC22251AAK EC22261AAL EC22261AAL EC22261AAL EC22261AAP EC22261AAL
Catalog Number EC22222AAF EC22222AAF EC22222AAW EC22222AAF EC22222AAE EC22222AAF EC22232AAG EC22232AAX EC22232AAG EC22232AAX EC22232AAG EC22232AAF EC22232AAG EC22242AAH EC22242AAH EC22242AAH EC22242AAH EC22252AAJ EC22252AAK EC22252AAJ EC22252AAK EC22252AAJ EC22252AAK EC22252AAJ EC22252AAK EC22262AAL EC22262AAL EC22262AAL EC22262AAP EC22262AAL
200 230 460 575
10 10 15 25 15 25 20 25 25 30 50 30 50 40 50 100 100 50 75 60 100 125 200 150 200 150 200 350 400 400
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
120
A200M5CAC
200 230 460 575
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC22204AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. Type 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.

March 2009
33-191

Table 33-290. Class EC224 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker with CPT
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number EC224A4EAC EC224A4EAD EC224A4BAC EC224A4BAD EC224A4CAB EC224A4CAC EC224A4DAB EC224A4DAC EC22404EAC EC22404EAD EC22404BAC EC22404BAD EC22404CAB EC22404CAC EC22404CAD EC22404DAB EC22404DAD EC22404DAC EC22414EAC EC22414EAD EC22414EAE EC22414EAF EC22414BAC EC22414BAD EC22414BAE EC22414BAF EC22414CAB EC22414CAC EC22414CAD EC22414CAE EC22414DAB EC22414DAC EC22414DAD EC22414DAE Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number EC224A8EAC EC224A8EAD EC224A8BAC EC224A8BAD EC224A8CAB EC224A8CAC EC224A8DAB EC224A8DAC EC22408EAC EC22408EAD EC22408BAC EC22408BAD EC22408CAB EC22408CAC EC22408CAD EC22408DAB EC22408DAD EC22408DAC EC22418EAC EC22418EAD EC22418EAE EC22418EAF EC22418BAC EC22418BAD EC22418BAE EC22418BAF EC22418CAB EC22418CAC EC22418CAD EC22418CAE EC22418DAB EC22418DAC EC22418DAD EC22418DAE A200M1CAC A200M0CAC Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200MACAC
Catalog Number 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCP 3A HMCP 15A HMCP 7A 120 HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCP 15A HMCP 30A EC224A1EAC EC224A1EAD EC224A1BAC EC224A1BAD EC224A1CAB EC224A1CAC EC224A1DAB EC224A1DAC EC22401EAC EC22401EAD EC22401BAC EC22401BAD EC22401CAB EC22401CAC EC22401CAD EC22401DAB EC22401DAD EC22401DAC EC22411EAC EC22411EAD EC22411EAE EC22411EAF EC22411BAC EC22411BAD EC22411BAE EC22411BAF EC22411CAB EC22411CAC EC22411CAD EC22411CAE EC22411DAB EC22411DAC EC22411DAD EC22411DAE
Catalog Number EC224A2EAC EC224A2EAD EC224A2BAC EC224A2BAD EC224A2CAB EC224A2CAC EC224A2DAB EC224A2DAC EC22402EAC EC22402EAD EC22402BAC EC22402BAD EC22402CAB EC22402CAC EC22402CAD EC22402DAB EC22402DAD EC22402DAC EC22412EAC EC22412EAD EC22412EAE EC22412EAF EC22412BAC EC22412BAD EC22412BAE EC22412BAF EC22412CAB EC22412CAC EC22412CAD EC22412CAE EC22412DAB EC22412DAC EC22412DAD EC22412DAE
33
00
200 230 460 575
1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10
200 230 460
575
200
230
460
575
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC22404EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11.
33-192

March 2009

Table 33-290. Class EC224 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker with CPT (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Max. hp Voltage Rating Dual Element Fuses Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number EC22424EAF EC22424BAF EC22424BAW EC22424CAF EC22424CAE EC22424DAF EC22434EAG EC22434EAX EC22434BAG EC22434BAX EC22434CAG EC22434DAF EC22434DAG EC22444EAH EC22444BAH EC22444CAH EC22444DAH EC22454EAJ EC22454EAK EC22454BAJ EC22454BAK EC22454CAJ EC22454CAK EC22454DAJ EC22454DAK EC22463EAL EC22463BAL EC22463CAL EC22463CAP EC22463DAL Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset Catalog Number EC22428EAF EC22428BAF EC22428BAW EC22428CAF EC22428CAE EC22428DAF EC22438EAG EC22438EAX EC22438BAG EC22438BAX EC22438CAG EC22438DAF EC22438DAG EC22448EAH EC22448BAH EC22448CAH EC22448DAH EC22458EAJ EC22458EAK EC22458BAJ EC22458BAK EC22458CAJ EC22458CAK EC22458DAJ EC22458DAK EC22468EAL EC22468BAL EC22468CAL EC22468CAP EC22468DAL A200M6CAC A200M4CAC A200M3CAC Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number A200M2CAC
33
2
Catalog Number 120 HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A 120 HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCP 50A HMCP 100A 120 HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A 120 HMCP 600A HMCP 600A HMCP 600A HMCP 1200A HMCP 600A EC22421EAF EC22421BAF EC22421BAW EC22421CAF EC22421CAE EC22421DAF EC22431EAG EC22431EAX EC22431BAG EC22431BAX EC22431CAG EC22431DAF EC22431DAG EC22441EAH EC22441BAH EC22441CAH EC22441DAH EC22451EAJ EC22451EAK EC22451BAJ EC22451BAK EC22451CAJ EC22451CAK EC22451DAJ EC22451DAK EC22461EAL EC22461BAL EC22461CAL EC22461CAP EC22461DAL
Catalog Number EC22422EAF EC22422BAF EC22422BAW EC22422CAF EC22422CAE EC22422DAF EC22432EAG EC22432EAX EC22432BAG EC22432BAX EC22432CAG EC22432DAF EC22432DAG EC22442EAH EC22442BAH EC22442CAH EC22442DAH EC22452EAJ EC22452EAK EC22452BAJ EC22452BAK EC22452CAJ EC22452CAK EC22452DAJ EC22452DAK EC22462EAL EC22462BAL EC22462CAL EC22462CAP EC22462DAL
200 230 460 575
10 10 15 25 15 25 20 25 25 30 50 30 50 40 50 100 100 50 75 60 100 125 200 150 200 150 200 350 400 400
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
120
A200M5CAC
200 230 460 575
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E. For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add sufx D. For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: EC22404EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modication E11. Type 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
NEMA Contactors & Starters Advantage

March 2009
33-193

sensing monitoring, an energybalanced contact closure system that increased life by decreasing electrical and mechanical wear and an intelligent coil controller optimizing the contact closing process based on varying control circuit conditions. Coordinating these breakthroughs to provide enhanced motor control performance is concentrated in the SURE chip. Advantage uses the right combination of brains and brawn in effecting a motor start. The power circuit of the contactor employs heavy-duty silver alloy contacts scientically designed for long life. The addition of a uniquely developed application-specic microprocessor chip regulates power supplied to the operating coil. The regulated closing prole is tailored to existing control circuit conditions. This results in an energy balanced system which reduces armature/magnet crash and contact bounce, extending mechanical and electrical life. that of the motor heating damage boundary expressed in terms of current and time. Accurate to 2% of full scale, Advantage allows full utilization of motor capability without motor damage or nuisance tripping.
33
No Heaters, Small Size

Advantage starters eliminate the need for costly heater elements and their associated installation expense. Standard overload protection functions include phase loss and unbalance protection, selectable trip class, automatic/manual reset and ground current protection.
Size 1 and 2 Starter
Product Description
Setting the Standard in Motor Control
Cutler-Hammer Advantage motor starters from Eatons electrical business have extended operating life in a physical space requirement one half the size of conventional motor starters.
Offering motor overcurrent protection accurate to 2% at maximum FLC, Advantage also maintains constant coil power regardless of varying control circuit conditions, eliminating coil burnout, contact chatter and welding due to low voltage of uttering control signals. Advantage is designed with a full complement of features that make it the most versatile motor starter in the industry. Multifunction overload protection options provide application exibility while reducing inventory. Communication capability extends benets, allowing Advantage to be interactively linked to higher order control systems for monitoring, troubleshooting and control. Technological advances incorporated in the Advantage design, such as prestart diagnostics, increased accuracy and the ability to communicate with other systems, are benets not realized in traditional motor starters.
Built-In Communications Capabilities Provide Two-Way Control

Advantage also offers low cost communication capability. ON/OFF commands, status and motor data can be linked to automated control systems without the addition of costly sensors, I/O modules and transducers, in a language compatible with many computer-based software systems in use today. Protected by 22 patents and proven in many years of operating experience in harsh industrial applications, Advantage motor starters and contactors offer the user unprecedented value at a price competitive with traditional devices.
Improved Protection and Motor Utilization

The motor circuit monitoring and overload protection functions of Advantage starters are provided by three current sensors closely monitored by the microprocessor. This sensor/ microprocessor combination yields a protection scheme closely paralleling
17401 17403 17405 17482 17484B 17486 17456 17457 17604 17595 17596 17597 17598 17599 17600 17601 17602 17603 Sizes 1, 2 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters Sizes 3, 4 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters Sizes 5, 6 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters Sizes 1, 2 Contactor Overload Combo Sizes 3, 4 Contactor Overload Combo Sizes 5, 6 Contactor Overload Combo Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Benets
Advantage Breakthroughs
To achieve the level of benets envisioned for Advantage controls at a competitive price, it was discovered early in the development process that simply improving existing design concepts would fall short of the mark. A new approach involving a higher level of technology was required. The result was the incorporation of three technical breakthroughs new current
CA08102001E
33-194

March 2009
Contents
Description Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . . Benets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors Non-reversing and Reversing Product Description . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories and Field Modication Kits . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-193 33-193
Product Description
Catalog Number W201 Nonreversing Contactors Catalog Number W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactors (shown above) long axis horizontal Catalog Number W251 Vertical Reversing Contactors (not illustrated) long axis vertical
33
33-194 33-194 33-194 33-199 33-204 33-206 33-207 33-209 33-215

Features
Small physical size Brownout protection Communications capability Long electrical life Higher contact force

Product Selection
Non-reversing Catalog Number as specied in table below.
Reversing Catalog Number as specied in table below.
Table 33-291. Advantage Contactors 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing NEMA Sizes 1 6
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Continuous Amperes (Enclosed) 27 Coil Voltage/Hz Non-reversing Catalog Number W201K1CF W201K1CN Price U.S. $ Reversing (Horizontal) Catalog Number W211K1CF W211K1CN Price U.S. $ Reversing (Vertical) Catalog Number W251K1CF W251K1CN Price U.S. $
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400
120/60 110/50
45
120/60 110/50
W201K2CF W201K2CN
W211K2CF W211K2CN
W251K2CF W251K2CN
90
120/60 110/50
W201K3CF W201K3CN
W211K3CF W211K3CN
W251K3CF W251K3CN
135
120/60 110/50
W201K4CF W201K4CN
W211K4CF W211K4CN
W251K4CF W251K4CN
270
120/60 110/50
W201K5CF W201K5CN
W211K5CF W211K5CN
W251K5CF W251K5CN
540
120/60 110/50
W201K6CF W201K6CN
W211K6CF W211K6CN
W251K6CF W251K6CN

March 2009
33-195
Contents
Description Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . Benets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Product Description . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories and Field Modication Kits . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-193 33-193
Features
Starter

Technical Data
Table 33-292. Motor FLA Ranges
NEMA 1.15 to 1.25 Size Service Factor 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 .47 3.81 3.15 27.0 3.15 45.0 9.90 90.0 9.90 135 38.3 270 38.3 540 1.0 Service Factor .51 4.14 3.43 27.0 3.43 45.0 10.8 90.0 10.8 135 41.7 270 41.7 540
33-195 33-195 33-195 33-195 33-196 33-199 33-204 33-206 33-207 33-209 33-215
Small physical size Brownout protection Communications capability Minimized bounce times Higher contact force Common auxiliary contacts
33
Motor Protection
Heaters not required selectable settings Overload protection accuracy 2% Phase loss and phase unbalance protection Ground current protection
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Options
Table 33-293. Optional Features
Description Catalog Number Sufx
OL Protection Settings
Selectable automatic/manual reset Selectable trip class 10, 20, 30 or no protection (disables overload) Selectable trip current

Omit Class II Ground-Current Y7 Protection Omit Phase-Loss Protection Y4 Omit both Class II Ground-Current Y4Y7 Protection and Phase-Loss Protection
Product Description
Catalog Number W200 Nonreversing Starters (shown above) Catalog Number W210 Horizontal Reversing Starters long axis horizontal. Catalog Number W250 Vertical Reversing Starters (not illustrated) long axis vertical.
CA08102001E
33-196

March 2009
Product Selection
33
Non-reversing Catalog Number as specied in table below.
Reversing Catalog Number as specied in table below.
Table 33-294. Advantage Starters 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing Wired for Separate Control Heaters Not Required NEMA Sizes 1 6
NEMA Size 1 Motor Voltage 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 Max. hp 1 1 2 2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 Continuous Amperes (Enclosed) 27 Coil Voltage/Hz 120/60 110/50 Non-reversing Catalog Number W200MLCFC W200MLCNC Price U.S. $ Reversing (Horizontal) Catalog Price Number U.S. $ W210MLCFC W210MLCNC Reversing (Vertical) Catalog Price Number U.S. $ W250MLCFC W250MLCNC
27
120/60 110/50
W200M1CFC W200M1CNC
W210M1CFC W210M1CNC
W250M1CFC W250M1CNC
45
120/60 110/50
W200M2CFC W200M2CNC
W210M2CFC W210M2CNC
W250M2CFC W250M2CNC
90
120/60 110/50
W200M3CFC W200M3CNC
W210M3CFC W210M3CNC
W250M3CFC W250M3CNC
135
120/60 110/50
W200M4CFC W200M4CNC
W210M4CFC W210M4CNC
W250M4CFC W250M4CNC
270
120/60 110/50
W200M5CFC W200M5CNC
W210M5CFC W210M5CNC
W250M5CFC W250M5CNC
540
120/60 110/50
W200M6CFC W200M6CNC
W210M6CFC W210M6CNC
W250M6CFC W250M6CNC

March 2009
33-197
Starters Non-reversing, Two-Speed
Contents
Description Product Family Overview Product Description . . . . . . Benets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters Non-reversing Two-Speed Product Selection . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories and Field Modication Kits . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-193 33-193
Product Selection
Catalog Number as shown in table below.
Table 33-295. Two-Speed Advantage Starters Wired for Separate Control Heaters Not Required NEMA Sizes 1 6
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. Horsepower Constant Constant or Variable hp Torque 1 1 2 2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 1 1 2 2 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 20 20 20 25 40 40 30 40 75 75 60 75 150 150 100 150 300 300 Continuous Amperes (Enclosed) Coil Open Type (Horizontal) Voltage/ Catalog Price Hz Number U.S. $
33
33-197 33-199 33-204 33-206 33-207 33-209 33-215
For Separate (2) Winding Type Motors Wye Wye

1 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 27 120/60 110/50 W960MLCFCM3 W960MLCNCM3
27
120/60 110/50
W960M1CFCM3 W960M1CNCM3
45
120/60 110/50
90
120/60 110/50
135
120/60 110/50
270
120/60 110/50
540
120/60 110/50
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1 CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-198

March 2009
Starters Non-reversing, Two-Speed

Table 33-295. Two-Speed Advantage Starters Wired for Separate Control Heaters Not Required NEMA Sizes 1 6 (Continued)
NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. Horsepower Constant Constant or Variable hp Torque 1 1 2 2 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 20 20 20 25 40 40 30 40 75 75 60 75 150 150 100 150 300 300 1 1 2 2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 150 400 400 Continuous Coil Open Type (Horizontal) Amperes Voltage/ Catalog Price (Enclosed) Hz Number U.S. $
33
For Single Winding Type Motors Constant Horsepower

1 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 27 120/60 110/50 W970MLCFCM3 W970MLCNCM3
27
120/60 110/50
45
120/60 110/50
90
120/60 110/50
135
120/60 110/50
270
120/60 110/50
540
120/60 110/50
For Single Winding Type Motors (Constant or Variable Torque)

1 27 120/60 110/50 W980MLCFCM3 W980MLCNCM3
27
120/60 110/50
45
120/60 110/50
90
120/60 110/50
135
120/60 110/50
270
120/60 110/50
540
120/60 110/50

March 2009
33-199

Table 33-296. Electrical Characteristics, Sizes 1 6
Description Maximum Voltage Rating Ampere Rating Open Enclosed Size 1 600V 30A 27A 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 5 kW 10 kW 20 kW 25 kW 3.6 kVA 4.3 kVA 8.5 kVA 11 kVA Size 2 600V 50A 45A 10 hp 15 hp 25 hp 25 hp 8.5 kW 17 kW 34 kW 43 kW 12 kVAR 25 kVAR 32 kVAR 6.3 kVA 7.2 kVA 14 kVA 18 kVA Size 3 600V 100A 90A 25 hp 30 hp 50 hp 50 hp 17 kW 34 kW 68 kW 86 kW 27 kVAR 53 kVAR 67 kVAR 12 kVA 14 kVA 28 kVA 35 kVA Size 4 600V 150A 135A 40 hp 50 hp 75 hp 100 hp 26 kW 68 kW 105 kW 130 kW 40 kVAR 80 kVAR 100 kVAR 20 kVA 23 kVA 47 kVA 59 kVA Size 5 600V 300A 270A 75 hp 100 hp 150 hp 200 hp 52 kW 105 kW 210 kW 260 kW 80 kVAR 160 kVAR 200 kVAR 41 kVA 47 kVA 94 kVA 117 kVA Size 6 600V 600A 540A 150 hp 200 hp 300 hp 400 hp 105 kW 210 kW 415 kW 515 kW 160 kVAR 320 kVAR 400 kVAR 81 kVA 94 kVA 188 kVA 234 kVA
Maximum Horsepower Squirrel Cage Motor 200V, 60 Hz 230V, 60 Hz 380V, 50 Hz 460 575V, 60 Hz Resistive Heating, kW 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-Phase, 3-Pole
33
Capacitor Switching kVAR Three-Phase 240V 480V 600V Transformer Switching, kVA 208V 240V 480V 600V Three-Phase, 3-Pole
Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating. Transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings.
Table 33-297. 380V, 50 Hz Starters Maximum Horsepower Ratings

NEMA Size Maximum hp 1 10 2 25 3 50 4 75 5 150 6 300
Ground Current Sensing Protection

Eatons Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters with ground current sensing protection feature provide equipment protection against ground currents between a factory-set low level and a lockout current. It is designed to open the circuit when it senses the low-level and arcing ground currents often occurring in motor branch circuits. This feature is standard with Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters. The ground current sensing protection feature can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the eld by modifying the device with an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Note: These devices are NOT Ground Fault Interrupters (GFIs) designed to protect people. Additionally, branch circuit short-circuit protective devices are to be used to clear faults that exceed the interrupting rating of the starter.
Phase Unbalance
If the unbalance of any two phases is greater than 30% of the DIP switch selected trip rating of the starter, a phase unbalance is declared and a trip occurs. No time delay is required for reset. This feature is standard in the Cutler-Hammer Advantage starter. To customize your protection, phase unbalance can be omitted by disabling the protection using an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Phase Loss
The Advantage starter will trip on phase loss, after two seconds, if the current in any one phase is lower than the currents listed in the table below. No time delay is required for reset. Phase loss protection is standard on the CutlerHammer Advantage starter. The phase loss protection feature can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the eld by modifying the device with an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM). Table 33-299. Phase Trip Time
Size 1 Phase Unbalance Level Phase Unbalance Trip Delay Phase Loss Trip after 2 sec. if Phase Current is below: Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 30% Unbalance 6 sec. .15A 1.15A 1.15A 9 sec. 2.5A 2.5A 12 sec. 11A 11A
Table 33-298. Ground Current Sensing

Size IL 1 2 3 4 5 6 Trip Current 10 10 20 40 60 240 240 Lockout Current 24 48 86 171 256 1045 1045 Trip Time .4 sec. .4 sec. .4 sec. .4 sec. .4 sec. .4 sec. .4 sec.
The table above gives trip amperes and lockout amperes for each size of the starter. Lockout current is the sum of the phase current and ground current.
Size 1 Lower Current Range for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
CA08102001E
33-200

March 2009

Table 33-300. Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 1 6
Description AC Coil Burden Inrush VA Closed VA Closed Watts Pick-Up Volts Drop-Out Volts Recommended VA rating for machine tool control power transformers Size 1 250 VA 25 VA 5W 78V 60V 100 VA Size 2 250 VA 25 VA 5W 78V 60V 100 VA Size 3 500 VA 50 VA 10W 78V 60V 150 VA Size 4 500 VA 50 VA 10W 78V 60V 150 VA Size 5 2600 VA 50 VA 10W 78V 60V 300 VA Size 6 2600 VA 50 VA 10W 78V 60V 300 VA
33
Note: The above represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
Values may vary based upon control power transformer capacities.
Advantage contactors will withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and will close successfully at 65% of their rated voltage. Table 33-301. Mechanical Characteristics Sizes 1 6
Description Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Panel area, square inches Shipping weight, lbs. Maximum cable size/phase copper AWG/MCM Auxiliary Electrical Circuits Available Maximum wire size for auxiliary electrical circuit AWG Maximum wire size for control circuit AWG Mechanical interlock combinations available Also referenced as kcmil (1990 NEC). Size 1 6.50 (165.1) 2.50 (63.5) 4.96 (126.0) 16.25 2.00 8 AWG 8 12 (2) 14 Vert. Horiz. Size 2 6.50 (165.1) 2.50 (63.5) 4.96 (126.0) 16.25 2.00 4 AWG 8 12 (2) 14 Vert. Horiz. Size 3 8.00 (203.2) 3.68 (93.5) 6.54 (166.1) 29.44 6.00 250 MCM 8 12 (2) 14 Vert. Horiz. Size 4 8.00 (203.2) 3.68 (93.5) 6.54 (166.1) 29.44 6.00 250 MCM 8 12 (2) 14 Vert. Horiz. Size 5 10.08 (256.0) 7.07 (179.6) 7.64 (194.1) 71.27 30.00 (1) 500 MCM 8 12 (2) 14 Vert. Horiz. Size 6 10.08 (256.0) 7.07 (179.6) 7.64 (194.1) 71.27 30.00 (2) 500 MCM 8 12 (2) 14 Vert. Horiz.
Motor FLA, Three-Phase AC

Table 33-302. Data from Table 430-150 of 1990 NEC
Horsepower Squirrel Cage AC 200V 1/4 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 1.15 2.3 3.2 4.1 6.0 7.8 11.0 17.5 25.3 32.2 48.3 62.1 78.2 92 120 150 177 221 286 359 414 552 230V 1 2.0 2.8 3.6 5.2 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 192 248 312 360 480 460V .6 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 40 52 65 77 96 124 156 180 240 575V .5 .8 1.1 1.4 2.1 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 144 192
Table 33-303. Temperature Specications, Sizes 1 6

Ambient Temperature Storage Operating External (NEMA Enclosed) -40 to 100C (-40 to 212F) -40 to 40C (-40 to 104F) -40 to 40C (-40 to 104F)
Table 33-304. DIP Switch Overload Protection Settings

Reset Method MANUAL (Non-automatic wait 5 minutes) AUTOMATIC (Reset time is based on protection Class) Overload Class 10 20 30 None Position 7 0 0 1 1 Position 6 0 1 0 1 Position 8 0 1
Note: These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, OL trip current setting should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-201
Overload Trip Current Settings

Full Voltage Starters
To select the overload current trip setting, nd the starter size table. Locate the full load current from motor nameplate in column A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 1 to correspond to the table. Table 33-307. Size 1 Upper Current Range
Column A Service Factor 1.15 to 1.25 Min. 3.15 3.47 3.82 4.20 4.62 5.2 5.6 6.1 6.7 7.4 8.2 9.0 9.9 10.9 12.0 13.2 14.5 15.9 17.5 19.3 Max. 3.46 3.81 4.19 4.61 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.3 8.1 8.9 9.8 0.8 11.9 13.1 14.4 15.8 17.4 19.2 21.1 Column B Service Factor 1.0 Min. 3.43 3.76 4.14 4.56 5.00 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.3 8.1 8.9 9.7 10.7 11.8 13.0 14.3 15.8 17.3 19.0 21.0 Max. 3.75 4.13 4.55 4.99 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.2 8.0 8.8 9.6 10.6 11.7 12.9 14.2 15.7 17.2 18.9 20.9 22.9 3.93 4.33 4.77 5.25 5.77 6.35 6.9 7.7 8.5 9.3 10.2 11.2 12.4 13.6 15.0 16.5 18.1 19.9 21.9 24.1 26.5 29.1 32.1 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 10110 Trip Rating Amperes DIP Switch Setting (Positions) (54321)
33
Reduced Voltage Starters

Multiply the full load current from motor nameplate by factor below for your type of reduced voltage starter. Find this adjusted full load current in starter Size table in Column A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 1 to correspond to the table. Table 33-305. Factor
Catalog Number W600 Autotransformer W700 Part Winding W800, W890 Wye-Delta Multiplier Factor 1.0 .5 .575
Table 33-306. Size 1 Lower Current Range

Column A Service Factor 1.15 to 1.25 Min. .47 .52 .57 .62 .69 .76 .83 .91 1.01 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.47 1.62 1.78 1.96 2.15 2.37 2.61 2.86 Max. .51 .56 .61 .68 .75 .82 .90 1.00 1.09 1.21 1.33 1.46 1.61 1.77 1.95 2.14 2.36 2.60 2.85 3.14 Column B Service Factor 1.0 Min. .51 .57 .62 .68 .75 .83 .90 .99 1.10 1.20 1.32 1.45 1.60 1.76 1.94 2.13 2.34 2.57 2.83 3.11 Max. .56 .61 .67 .74 .82 .89 .98 1.09 1.19 1.31 1.44 1.59 1.75 1.93 2.12 2.33 2.56 2.82 3.10 3.42 .59 .65 .71 .78 .86 .95 1.04 1.14 1.26 1.38 1.52 1.67 1.84 2.02 2.23 2.45 2.69 2.96 3.26 3.58 3.94 4.34 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 Trip Rating Amperes DIP Switch Setting (Positions) (54321)
21.2 23.3 23.4 25.6 25.7 27.0
23.0 25.2 25.3 27.0
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-308. Size 2 Current Range

Column A Service Factor 1.15 to 1.25 Min. 3.15 3.47 3.82 4.20 4.62 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.7 7.4 8.2 9.0 9.9 10.9 12.0 13.2 14.5 15.9 17.5 19.3 Max. 3.46 3.81 4.19 4.61 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.3 8.1 Column B Service Factor 1.0 Min. 3.43 3.76 4.14 4.56 5.00 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.3 8.1 8.9 9.7 10.7 11.8 13.0 14.3 15.8 17.3 19.0 21.0 23.0 25.3 27.9 30.6 33.8 Max. 3.75 4.13 4.55 4.99 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.2 8.0 8.8 9.6 10.6 11.7 12.9 14.2 15.7 17.2 18.9 20.9 22.9 25.2 27.8 30.5 33.7 37.0 3.93 4.33 4.77 5.25 5.77 6.35 6.9 7.7 8.5 9.3 10.2 11.2 12.4 13.6 15.0 16.5 18.1 19.9 21.9 24.1 26.5 29.1 32.1 35.3 38.9 42.8 47.0 51.6 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 10110 10111 11000 11001 11010 11011 Trip Rating Amperes DIP Switch Setting (Positions) (54321)
3.15 3.46 3.47 3.81
3.43 3.76 3.77 4.14
8.9 9.8 10.8 11.9 13.1 14.4 15.8 17.4 19.2 21.1 23.2 25.6 28.1 31.0 34.1
8 7 6 1 0
Auto/Man Class 5 4 3 2 1 OL Set 3
Control Voltage P E C Reset
21.2 23.3 25.7 28.2 31.1
Figure 33-68. DIP Switch, Terminals and Reset
34.2 37.5 37.6 41.2 41.3 45.0
37.1 40.7 40.8 44.8 44.9 45.0
CA08102001E
33-202

March 2009
Overload Trip Current Settings (Continued)

Column A Service Factor 1.15 to 1.25 Min. 9.9 10.9 12.0 13.2 14.5 15.9 17.5 19.3 21.2 23.3 25.7 28.2 31.0 34.2 37.6 41.4 45.5 50.1 55.0 60.6 66.6 73.3 80.8 88.8 Max. 10.8 11.9 13.1 14.4 15.8 17.3 19.2 21.1 23.2 25.6 28.1 30.9 34.1 37.5 41.3 45.4 50.0 54.9 60.5 66.5 73.2 80.7 88.7 90.0 Column B Service Factor 1.0 Min. 10.8 11.8 13.0 14.3 15.7 17.3 19.0 21.0 23.0 25.3 27.9 30.7 33.7 37.1 40.9 45.0 49.5 54.4 59.8 65.8 Max. 11.7 12.9 14.2 15.6 17.2 18.9 20.9 22.9 25.2 27.8 30.6 33.6 37.0 40.8 44.9 49.4 54.3 59.7 65.7 72.3 12.4 13.6 15.0 16.5 18.1 19.9 21.9 24.1 26.5 29.1 32.1 35.3 38.8 42.7 47.0 51.7 56.9 62.6 68.8 75.7 83.3 91.6 101.0 111.0 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 10110 10111 Trip Rating Amperes DIP Switch Setting (Positions) (54321)

Column A Service Factor 1.15 to 1.25 Min. 38.3 42.0 46.2 51.1 56.0 61.8 67.6 75.0 82.4 90.4 100 110 121 133 146 160 176 194 214 234 258 Max. 41.9 46.1 51.0 55.9 61.7 67.5 74.9 82.3 90.3 99.9 109 120 132 145 159 175 193 213 233 257 Column B Service Factor 1.0 Min. 41.7 45.7 50.2 55.6 60.9 67.2 73.5 81.5 89.6 98.3 109 119 131 144 158 174 191 210 232 255 Max. 45.6 50.1 55.5 60.8 67.1 73.4 81.4 89.5 98.2 108 118 130 143 157 173 190 209 231 254 270 47.9 52.5 57.7 63.9 70.0 77.3 84.5 93.7 103 113 125 137 151 166 182 200 220 242 267 293 322 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 Trip Rating Amperes DIP Switch Setting (Positions) (54321)
33
270
72.4 79.6 79.7 87.7 87.8 90.0

Column A Service Factor 1.15 to 1.25 Min. Max. 41.9 46.1 51.0 55.9 61.7 67.5 74.9 82.3 90.3 99.9 109 120 132 145 159 175 193 213 233 257 282 311 342 376 414 Column B Service Factor 1.0 Min. 41.7 45.7 50.2 55.6 60.9 67.2 73.5 81.5 89.6 98.3 109 119 131 144 158 174 191 210 232 255 280 308 339 373 410 451 497 Max. 45.6 50.1 55.5 60.8 67.1 73.4 81.4 89.5 98.2 108 118 130 143 157 173 190 209 231 254 279 307 338 372 409 450 47.9 52.5 57.7 63.9 70.0 77.3 84.5 93.7 103 113 125 137 151 166 182 200 220 242 267 293 322 354 390 429 471 519 571 628 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 10110 10111 11000 11001 11010 11011 Trip Rating Amperes DIP Switch Setting (Positions) (54321)

Column A Service Factor 1.15 to 1.25 Min. 9.9 10.9 12.0 13.2 14.5 15.9 17.5 19.3 21.2 23.3 25.7 28.2 31.0 34.2 37.6 41.4 45.5 50.1 55.0 60.6 66.6 73.3 80.8 88.8 97.6 107 118 130 Max. 10.8 11.9 13.1 14.4 15.8 17.4 19.2 21.1 23.2 25.6 28.1 30.9 34.1 37.5 41.3 45.4 50.0 54.9 60.5 66.5 73.2 80.7 88.7 97.5 106 Column B Service Factor 1.0 Min. 10.8 11.8 13.0 14.3 15.7 17.3 19.0 21.0 23.0 25.3 27.9 30.7 33.7 37.1 40.9 45.0 49.5 54.4 59.8 65.8 72.4 79.7 87.8 96.5 106 117 128 Max. 11.7 12.9 14.2 15.6 17.2 18.9 20.9 22.9 25.2 27.8 30.6 33.6 37.0 40.8 44.9 49.4 54.3 59.7 65.7 72.3 79.6 87.7 96.4 105 116 12.4 13.6 15.0 16.5 18.1 19.9 21.9 24.1 26.5 29.1 32.1 35.3 38.8 42.7 47.0 51.7 56.9 62.6 68.8 75.7 83.3 91.6 101 111 122 134 147 162 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 10110 10111 11000 11001 11010 11011 Trip Rating Amperes DIP Switch Setting (Positions) (54321)
38.3 42.0 46.2 51.1 56.0 61.8 67.6 75.0 82.4 90.4 100 110 121 133 146 160 176 194 214 234 258 283 312 343 377 415 457 502
456 501 540
496 540
117 129 133
127 133
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-203
Short Circuit Ratings

Table 33-313. Short-Circuit Ratings
Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Short-Circuit Typical Circuit Max. Withstand Rating Disconnect Rating Breaker (SCPD) Interrupting Current Voltage Device Rating 60A 60A 5,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A Magnetic Only Type CB 3A 7A 15A 30A Thermal Magnetic Type CB Magnetic Only Type CB plus CL Thermal/Mag. Type CB plus CL 50A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 30A 100,000A 25,000A 100,000A 25,000A 100,000A 25,000A 100,000A 25,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 30A DS Sw. 30A DS Sw. 100A FD-K Molded Case Sw. HMCP HMCPS HMCPS HMCP HMCP HFD FDC HMCP plus CL Magnetic Only 150A Type CB plus CL Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Max. Circuit Short-Circuit Typical Rating Breaker Withstand Rating Disconnect (SCPD) Interrupting Current Voltage Device Rating 500A 400A 400A 150A 10,000A 100,000A 65,000A 100,000A 65,000A 100,000A 50,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 200A DS Sw. 250A JD-K Molded Case Sw. 250A JD-K Molded Case Sw. HMCP
33
Size 1
Class H Fuse Class J, R or T Fuse
Size 4
Class H Fuse Class J Fuse Class R or Class T Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal Magnetic Type CB
250A
100,000A 35,000A 65,000A 25,000A
JDC HJD HMCP plus CL
Size 5
Class H Fuse Class J, R or T Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal Magnetic Type CB 600A 600A 250A 400A 400A 65,000A 50,000A 35,000A 65,000A 25,000A 50,000A 25,000A 200,000A 10,000A 100,000A 100,000A 25,000A 100,000A 25,000A 65,000A 100,000A 25,000A 100,000A 65,000A 100,000A 65,000A 100,000A 25,000A 65,000A 25,000A 65,000A 35,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V HFD KDC HKD 600A LD-K Molded Case Sw. 600A LD-K Molded Case Sw. HMCP Magnetic Only HMCP HLD Thermal Magnetic HMC NB Tri-Pac 400A KD-K Molded Case Sw. HMCP
50A
150,000A
100,000A
600V
HFD plus CL
Size 2
Class H Fuse Class J, R or T Fuse 100A 100A 5,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal Magnetic Type CB Magnetic Only Type CB plus CL Thermal/Mag. Type CB plus CL 50A 100,000A 25,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 60A DS Sw. 60A DS Sw. 100A FD-K Molded Case Sw. HMCP
Size 6
Class J, R or T Fuse Class L Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal Magnetic Type CB 600A 800A 600A 800A 600A 800A
90A
65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A
HFD FDC HMCP plus CL
50A
90A
150,000A
100,000A
600V
HFD plus CL Thermal/Mag. with CL 800A
Size 3
Class H Fuse Class R Fuse Class J or T Fuse Magnetic Only Type CB Thermal Magnetic 350A 200A 200A 200A 5,000A 100,000A 65,000A 100,000A 65,000A 100,000A 25,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 100A DS Sw. 100A FD-K Molded Case Sw. 100A FD-K Molded Case Sw. HMCP
Instantaneous adjustable trip. Circuit breaker. Inverse time circuit breaker. Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment. Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.
150A
65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A
HFD FDC HMCP plus CL
Magnetic Only 100A Type CB plus CL Thermal/Mag. Type CB plus CL 150A
150,000A
100,000A
600V
HFD plus CL
CA08102001E
33-204

March 2009
Accessories
DeviceNet Communications Module
Type W Auxiliary Contact Modules

Provides four separate contact sets which wire vertically and are color coded; black designates NC and silver designated NO. Up to two auxiliary contact modules can be mounted for a total of up to eight contact sets. Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts. Common design ts all Sizes 1 6.
Bell Alarm Module
33
DeviceNet Module
Table 33-315. Ratings

Voltage NEMA A600 120 600V AC NEMA Q300 125 300V DC Make 7200 VA 69 VA Break 720 VA 69 VA
Bell Alarm Module
The DeviceNet Communications module (Catalog Number WPONIDNA) is designed to plug into the Advantage with the attached cable and plug. The module can be snapped onto the top or bottom of the Advantage unit. It can also be mounted separately using the mounting plate assembly (Catalog Number WPONIBASE). The module provides DeviceNet users with the ability to control and monitor the functions of the Advantage system at 125, 250 or 500 kbaud. A connector is provided so that a HAND/OFF/AUTO hard contact may be used to selectively enable or disable the output of the control functions from the module without affecting its ability to monitor. A Feedback input is provided so that the state of an auxiliary contact may be read over the DeviceNet network. Three bicolor LEDs indicate: DeviceNet address Network status (including connected, not connected, not powered) Module status (including normal operation, minor fault, needs commissioning)
Table 33-316. Auxiliary Contact Modules

Description 2NO, 2NC 3NO, 1NC 4NO 4NC 1NO, 3NC 1NO, 1NC and 2 Tie Points Catalog Number W22 W31 W40 W04 W13 W11T Price U.S. $
Simple snap-on mounting see mounting examples in Figure 33-69. Isolated NO and NC contacts (1 each) Plugs into Reset port Remote electrical Reset wired to Catalog Number WBELL module Table 33-317. Ratings
Form C Contact Ratings Maximum Amperes 120V AC Make 2880 VA Break 480 VA WBELL Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Continuous Current Rating: 5A
Transformer Pilot Light Kits

Table 33-318. Transformer Pilot Light Kits
Voltage 120 240 480 600 Color Red Red Red Green Legend Plate RUN RUN RUN OFF Catalog Number PLK1R PLK2R PLK4R PLK1G Price U.S. $ Replacement Part 99-3590-1 99-3590-3 99-3590-6 99-3590-8 Price U.S. $
Table 33-314. DeviceNet Interface

Description DeviceNet Interface Module Mounting Plate Assembly Catalog Number WPONIDNA WPONIBASE Price U.S. $
Note: See Page 33-219 for WPONI Network Interface.

March 2009
33-205
Accessories
Control Wire Ring/Spade Terminal Block

Sizes 1 & 2 Top View 1.68 (42.7) Front View 1.61 (40.9) Sizes 3 & 4 Sizes 5 & 6 From C NO/NC Contact Local LED Trip Indication (When Used) (All Sizes) 2.25 (57.2)
33
4.20 (106.7)
.29 (7.4)
1.47 (37.3)
2.14 (54.4)
Note: Plug Orientation (All Sizes) 1.02 (25.9) For Removal of Plug (All Sizes)
For Removal of Bell Alarm Module .55 (14.0) (All Sizes) Optional Mounting Locations Mounting Bell Alarm Modules
.70 (17.8) Distance .70 to Be Added (17.8) to the Width of Contactor
.93 (23.6)
Figure 33-70. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) For use with all Sizes 1 6. Provisions for ring or spade type lugs or stripped conductors. Bottom side pre-wired with color coded conductors. Side mounting on contactor identical to Type W auxiliary contact module mounting or can be mounted on Type W auxiliary contacts. Kit contains fuses for use with all size starters.

Mechanical Interlock Kits
Table 33-320. Control Wire Terminal Block

Description Control Wire Terminal Block Catalog Number WTBF16 Price U.S. $
Installed Mechanical Interlock Kit
Prevents closing of one contactor of a reversing or multispeed controller until the opposite contactor is completely open. Lever type mechanism assures positive action. Electrical interlocking contacts included two NC contacts.
Note: These kits cannot be eld installed on reversing starters.
Table 33-319. Mechanical Interlock Kits

Orientation Horizontal Vertical NEMA Size 16 1, 2 3, 4 5 6 1 or 2 to 3 or 4 3 or 4 to 5 or 6 5, 6 Catalog Number WM16H WM12V WM34V WM55V WM66V WM23VR WM45VR WMBBV Price U.S. $
Vertical
Used to interlock a Size 1 or 2 to a Size 3 or 4 mounts on right only. Used to interlock a Size 3 or 4 to a Size 5 or 6 mounts on right only. Interconnecting bus bars are furnished with the interlock.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-206

March 2009
Accessories
OL Selection DIP Switch Window
Internal Trip Indicator
33
Mount remotely up to 6 ft. away Unit completely assembled including legend plate Available also in reset-only form no trip indication provided

Table 33-325. Remote Pushbuttons

Description Reset with Trip Indication 2 ft. Cable 6 ft. Cable 15 ft. Cable Reset Only 2 ft. Cable 6 ft. Cable 15 ft. Cable Conversion Kit Reset Only to Reset with Trip Indication 6 ft. Cable Only 15 ft. Cable Only LED Replacement Bulb Catalog Number Price U.S. $
DIP Switch Window
Internal Trip Indicator
WRSTL24 WRSTL72 WRSTL180 WRST24 WRST72 WRST180 WRLTT WRC72 WRC180 WRLT
Overload condition indication indicated by blinking light Trip condition indicated by solid light Table 33-323. Trip Indicator
Description Internal Trip Indicator Catalog Number WLED Price U.S. $
Figure 33-71. DIP Switch Window

Competitive Baseplate Kit

Allows for direct retrot of competitive non-reversing starters Eliminates the need for re-drilling and tapping of mounting holes Simple selection of competitive footprints
Renewal Parts
Table 33-326. Replacement Contact Kits
NEMA Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 Number of Poles 3 3 3 3 3 3 Catalog Number WCK13 WCK23 WCK33 WCK43 WCK53 WCK63 Price U.S. $
Simple snap-in installation Allows clear visibility of DIP switches Prevents unwanted tampering of DIP switch settings Once in must be pried out from rear One window supplied with each starter
Catalog Number Price Each U.S. $
Table 33-324. Baseplate Kit

Description Catalog Number WBASE12 WBASE34 Price U.S. $
Table 33-321. DIP Switch Window

Description Sizes 1 and 2 Sizes 3 and 4
Table 33-327. Replacement Coils

Coil Size 1&2 3&4 5&6 Voltage and Hz 110/120V 60 Hz 110/120V 60 Hz 110/120V 60 Hz Catalog Number WCOIL12F WCOIL34F WCOIL56F Price U.S. $
DIP Switch Window, WDIPSW10 (Must order in packages of 10)
Remote Reset and Trip Indicator Pushbutton
DIN Rail Adapter Kit

Provides snap-on mounting on 35 mm DIN rail For use with Sizes 1 and 2 nonreversing contactors and starters
Table 33-322. DIN Rail Adapter Kit

Description DIN Rail Adapter Kit Catalog Number WDIN Price U.S. $
FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO Control
OL condition indication Trip indication OL phase-loss/ unbalance and ground fault OL reset capability 10250T for 30 mm mounting NEMA 4 oiltight rated


March 2009
33-207
Advantage Control Modules

An additional Metering Module replaces conventional ammeters (three-phase), replaces reset mechanisms and displays trip cause and data, control voltage and status. This Metering Module can be used independently or in conjunction with any of the ACMs. An extra plug connection is available on the rear of each ACM to accept the Metering Module input. The ACM family has been designed to save: Panel space (versus conventional pushbuttons, selector switches and indicating lights) Mounting and assembly labor Wiring and installation time
Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Control Modules

Status Only
4 LEDs indicate that the motor is OFF, Running, Tripped or in Alarm mode (motor current is above the trip current setting) Includes RESET button
33
Full Voltage Pushbutton Control Module
START/STOP
Motor START/STOP controlled by START and STOP buttons Includes all features of Status Only module
HOA Selector Switch with START/STOP

In HAND mode, motor will start and stop in response to START/STOP pushbuttons In AUTO mode, motor will run in response to remote signal Includes all features of Status Only module
Metering Module
Cutler-Hammer Advantage Control Modules (ACMs) from Eatons electrical business provide a cost-effective alternative to pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating lights, reset mechanisms, bell alarms and panel meters when used with the Advantage product line. Typical input/output control functions provided by panel mounted devices are conveniently packaged in a series of modules depending on application and complexity. Sixteen styles cover applications ranging from: Full voltage non-reversing Full voltage reversing Full voltage multispeed Reduced voltage DeviceNet compatible

Regardless of the conguration, installation requires mounting only one 2.25 x 3.5 inch module, substantially reducing space requirements. Fitting a standard Greenlee punch and die set, Greenlee #60071, installation is accomplished with only two screws. ACMs provide savings in wiring costs as well. Regardless of the complexity of the application, wiring is reduced to a single plug-in cable, see photo at left. Communication is not restricted by use of the Advantage Control Modules. An extra plug connection is available on the rear of the ACM or Metering Module to allow a WPONIDNA or WPONI Communications module to be plugged in.
ON/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch

Motor will run in ON mode and not in the OFF mode In AUTO mode the motor will run in response to a remote signal Includes all features of Status Only module
Reduced Voltage Control Modules

The four reduced voltage pushbutton control modules provide control using two to four starters and/or contactors. The faceplates are identical to the full voltage modules, and the pushbuttons all perform the same functions. The module is programmed for the type of reduced voltage starter which sets the sequence of contact open and closing.
Modules exist for each application to provide the functions of:
2.25 (57.2) RES RES

Run Off Reset OL Alarm OL Trip Trip Run Off
RES
Reset OL Alarm OL Trip Trip Run Off
RES
Reset OL Alarm OL Trip Trip
Status only Indicating lights Reset
Run Off
Status, START/STOP and RESET Status, HOA and RESET Status, START/STOP/HOA and RESET
3.5 (88.9)
HAND START OFF STOP AUTO STOP START
ON OFF
AUTO
Status Only
START/STOP Control
HAND/OFF/AUTO Control ON/OFF/AUTO Control with START/STOP Pushbutton Control in HAND Mode
Figure 33-72. Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Control Modules
CA08102001E
33-208

March 2009
Advantage Control Modules
Reversing and 2-Speed Pushbutton Modules

Status Only
Metering Module
The Advantage Metering Module monitors status of a motor along with any of the pushbutton modules. It may be plugged into the pushbutton control module, and communicates to the starter through it, or plugged directly into the starter when a pushbutton control module is not used. The four digit display will show the current in each phase, control voltage or cause of trip. The STEP button may be pressed to step through these values, and the ve LEDs will indicate which value is being displayed. It is also equipped with a reset button and Trip Lockout LED.
33
3.5 (88.9)
2.25 (57.2)
RES
Reset
Run Fwd Run Rev Off
OL Alarm OL Trip Trip
Status Only
5 LEDs which indicate that the motor is OFF, running forward (FAST), running reverse (SLOW), tripped or in alarm mode Includes RESET button
FORWARD (FAST)/REVERSE (SLOW)/STOP

RES
Run Fwd Run Rev Off FWD REV Reset OL Alarm OL Trip Trip
START/STOP Control
Pushbuttons control whether motor is running forward (FAST), running reverse (SLOW) or stopped Includes all features of Status Only module
STOP
FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO
RES
Run Fwd Run Rev Off FWD Reset OL Alarm OL Trip Trip
FWD/REV/OFF/ AUTO Control
In AUTO mode, motor is running forward (FAST), running reverse (SLOW) or OFF in response to a remote signal All features of FORWARD/REVERSE/ STOP module
OFF
REV
Note: For 2-speed modules, FAST replaces FWD and SLOW replaces REV.
AUTO
STOP
HAND
Table 33-328. Control Modules/Accessories

Description Catalog Number WPBFV1 WPBFV2 WPBFV3 WPBFV4 WPBFV5 WPBFV7 WPBR1 WPBR2 WPBR3 WPB2S1 WPB2S2 WPB2S3 WPBRV1 WPBRV2 WPBRV3 WPBRV4 WMETER WACM10 WACM6 WACM3 WACM1 Price U.S. $
Figure 33-73. Reversing and 2-Speed Pushbutton Module
ACM Specications
Input supply requirements: 120V AC (supplied by the Advantage motor controller) Max. distance from Advantage motor controller: 6 ft. (1.83m) Operating frequency: 50 or 60 Hz Operating temperature: -20 to 70C Storage temperature: -20 to 85C Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing Remote input wire size: 18 14 AWG Maximum distance between remote pushbuttons and ACM: 200 ft. (60.9m) Cutout dimensions: 2.25 x 3.5 inches (57.2 x 88.9 mm) (see above). The cutout can be made using a Greenlee rectangular punch #600710 Enclosure type: NEMA 1 or 12, when properly installed
Full Voltage Status Only with Reset START/STOP START/STOP/HOA ON/OFF/AUTO LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Lockable ACM LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Network Health Reversing Status Only with Reset FWD/REV/STOP FWD/REV/STOP/HOA 2-Speed Status Only with Reset FAST/SLOW/STOP FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA Reduced Voltage Status Only with Reset START/STOP START/STOP/HOA ON/OFF/AUTO Metering Module 10 ft. Interconnect Cable (3m) 6 ft. Interconnect Cable (1.8m) 3 ft. Interconnect Cable (.9m) 1 ft. Interconnect Jumper (.3m)
The WPBFV5 and WPBFV7 are DeviceNet only. They can only be used when an active network is connected. Harmonic distortion may cause the WMETER to display inaccurate current measurements. This device is not compatible with Advantage Starters on DeviceNet via the WPONIDNA.

March 2009
33-209
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 6

4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) I A G
C L
Communications Connector (When Used) 4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
33
Slots for #10 Mounting Screws (3 Holes) Figure 1 Sizes 1 and 2 Contactor
4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) I
A G
C L
Communications Connector (When Used) 4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) Slots for 1/4-20 Mounting Screws (3 Places) Figure 2 Sizes 3 and 4 Contactor B
D H
E 4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) I
4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used)
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) Communication Connector (When Used)
Slots for 5/16 Mounting Bolts (4 Slots) Figure 3 Sizes 5 and 6 Contactor
Figure 33-74. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Table 33-329. Catalog Number W201 Non-reversing Contactors
NEMA Size Number of Poles Figure Number Mounting Screws Number 3 3 4 Size #10 1/4-20 5/16 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 2.50 (63.5) 3.68 (93.5) 7.07 (179.6) High B 6.50 (165.1) 8.00 (203.2) 10.08 (256.0) Deep C 4.84 (122.9) 6.49 (164.8) 7.64 (194.1) D 5.12 (130.0) 6.45 (163.8) E 1.88 (47.8) 2.80 (71.1) 6.00 (152.4) F 1.25 (31.8) 1.84 (46.7) G .75 (19.1) .93 (23.6) H 6.00 (152.4) 7.50 (190.5) 9.20 (233.7) I .52 (13.2) .52 (13.2) .50 (12.7) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
1, 2 3, 4 5, 6
3 3 3
1 2 3
2 (.9) 6 (2.7) 30 (13.6)
CA08102001E
33-210

March 2009
Dimensions
Horizontal Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 6

A 4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used)
33
I F
I A G 4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used) D DJ K H B J
F G
H B
Matches Bottom Mounting for A210 Size 1 Matches Bottom Mounting for A210 Size 2 E
C 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) Control Wire TB Slots for #10 for Customer Mounting Screws Connection (3 Holes)
E Matches Bottom Mounting for A211 Size 3 and 4 Control Wire TB for Customer Connection
C 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) Slots for 1/4-20 Mounting Screws (3 Places)
Figure 1 Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
A Control Wire TB for Customer Connection E I
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used) D
H B
J K
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
Holes for 5/16 Mounting Bolts (4 Places)
G Figure 3 Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
Figure 33-75. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights

Note: For all Sizes 1 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection.
Table 33-330. Catalog Number W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactors

NEMA Size Number Figure Mounting Screws of Poles Number Number Size 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 1 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 #10 1/4-20 5/16 5/16 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A High B Deep C D E F G H I J K Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
1, 2 3, 4 5 6
7.13 8.05 5.09 7.50 5.69 3.56 (181.1) (204.5) (129.3) (190.5) (144.5) (90.4)
6.00 5.53 .33 (152.4) (140.5) (8.4)
6.75 6.00 (171.5) (152.4)
6 (2.7) 16 (7.3)
9.76 11.37 6.76 10.50 8.00 4.88 8.36 6.45 .45 9.25 (247.9) (288.8) (171.7) (266.7) (203.2) (124.0) (212.3) (163.8) (11.4) (235.0) 22.24 18.24 8.91 14.00 20.00 (564.9) (463.3) (226.3) (355.6) (508.0) 22.24 18.24 8.65 14.00 20.00 (564.9) (463.3) (219.7) (355.6) (508.0)
15.15 10.08 .50 19.95 22.47 80 (36.3) (384.8) (256.0) (12.7) (506.7) (570.7) 16.18 10.08 .50 19.76 22.28 80 (36.3) (411.0) (256.0) (12.7) (501.9) (565.9)
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-211
Dimensions
Vertical Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 6

A G F I A G F 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
33
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used)
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used) H D B 4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used) D
H B
Control Wire TB for Customer Connection
Control Wire TB for Customer Connection
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
Slots for #10 Mounting Screws (3 Holes)
C Control Wire Terminal Blk.
Slots for 1/4-20 Mounting Screws (3 Places)
Figure 1 Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Contactor
Figure 2 Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Contactor A G 4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) D H B
Control Wire TB for Customer Connection Holes for 5/16 Mounting Bolts (4 Places)
Figure 3 Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Contactor

Table 33-331. Catalog Number W251 Vertical Reversing Contactors

NEMA Size Number of Poles Figure Number Mounting Screws Number 3 3 4 4 Size #10 1/4-20 5/16 5/16 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 4.27 (108.5) 5.42 (137.7) 13.24 (336.3) 13.24 (336.3) High B 18.50 (469.9) 25.13 (638.3) 34.94 (887.5) 34.94 (887.5) Deep C 5.09 (129.3) 6.76 (171.7) 8.64 (219.5) 8.64 (219.5) D 18.00 (457.2) 24.25 (616.0) 32.00 (812.8) 32.00 (812.8) E 1.88 (47.8) 2.88 (73.2) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) F 1.80 (45.7) 2.31 (58.7) G 3.73 (94.7) 4.62 (117.3) 12.04 (305.8) 12.04 (305.8) H 12.65 (321.3) 16.94 (430.3) 33.29 (845.6) 33.16 (842.3) I .52 (13.2) .52 (13.2) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
1, 2 3, 4 5 6
3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3
1 2 3 3
7 (3.2) 17 (7.7) 80 (36.3) 80 (36.3)
CA08102001E
33-212

March 2009
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 6

4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) Communications Connector (When Used)
33
A F G I
C L
Push .02 (.5) in to Reset (When Used) Manual Reset (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset Connector (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) B H D
F I
A G
Communications Connector (When Used)
Push .02 (.5) in to Reset (When Used) Manual Reset (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset Connector (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) J Slots for 1/4-20 Mounting Screws (3 Places) Figure 2 Sizes 3 and 4 Starter A
C E OL Selection DIP Switch
OL Selection DIP Switch
E J
Slots for #10 Mounting Screws (4 Holes) Figure 1 Sizes 1 and 2 Starter
I 4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used)
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) Communications Connector Manual Reset (When Used) (When Used) Push .02 (.5) in to Reset B
OL Selection DIP Switch
J E Slots for 5/16 Mounting Bolts (4 Slots) Trip Ind./Reset Connector (When Used) C
Figure 3 Sizes 5 and 6 Starter
Figure 33-77. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Table 33-332. Catalog Number W200 Non-reversing Starters
NEMA Size Number of Poles Figure Number Mounting Screws Number 3 3 4 Size #10 1/4-20 5/16 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 2.50 (63.5) 3.68 (93.5) 7.07 (179.6) High B 6.50 (165.1) 8.00 (203.2) 10.08 (256.0) Deep C 4.96 (126.0) 6.54 (166.1) 7.64 (194.1) D 5.12 (130.0) 6.45 (163.8) E 1.88 (47.8) 2.80 (71.1) 6.00 (152.4) F 1.25 (31.8) 1.84 (46.7) G .75 (19.1) .93 (23.6) H 6.00 (152.4) 7.50 (190.5) 9.20 (233.7) I .52 (13.2) .52 (13.2) .50 (12.7) J .29 (7.4) .32 (8.1) .46 (11.7) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
1, 2 3, 4 5, 6
3 3 3
1 2 3
2 (.9) 6 (2.7) 30 (13.6)
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-213
Dimensions
Horizontal Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 6

4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block A (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) Communication Connector G (When Used)
Manual Reset (When Used) Push .02 (.5) in to Reset (When Used)
A I F G
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
Manual Reset (When Used) Push .02 (.5) in to Reset (When Used)
33
D J H B
H B
DJ
Matches Bottom Mounting for A210 Size 1 Matches Bottom Mounting for A210 Size 2 Control Wire TB for Customer Connection
E OL Selection DIP Switch Slots for #10 Mounting Screws (3 Holes)
C E Matches Bottom Mounting for A210 Trip Ind./Reset OL Selection Size 3 and 4 Connector DIP Switch (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset Control Wire TB Connector Communication for Customer Slots for 1/4-20 (When Used) Connector Connection Mounting Screws (When Used) (3 Places) Figure 2 Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
A I
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. (When Used)
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) D Manual Reset (When Used) Push .02 (.5) in to Reset (When Used) Holes for 5/16 Mounting Bolts (4 Places)
H B
J K
G OL Selection DIP Switch
Trip Ind./Reset Connector (When Used)
Communication Connector (When Used)

Table 33-333. Catalog Number W210 Horizontal Reversing Starters

NEMA Size Number Figure Mounting Screws of Poles Number Number Size 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 1 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 #10 1/4-20 5/16 516 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A High B Deep C D E F G H I J K Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
1, 2 3, 4 5 6
7.13 8.05 5.25 7.50 5.69 3.56 (181.1) (204.5) (133.4) (190.5) (144.5) (90.4)
6.00 7.62 .33 (152.4) (192.5) (8.4)
6.75 6.00 (171.5) (152.4)
7 (3.2) 18 (8.2)
9.76 11.37 6.81 10.50 8.00 4.88 8.47 9.79 .45 9.25 (247.9) (288.8) (173.0) (266.7) (203.2) (124.0) (215.1) (248.7) (11.4) (235.0) 22.24 18.24 8.91 14.00 20.00 (564.9) (463.3) (226.3) (355.6) (508.0) 22.24 18.24 8.65 14.00 20.00 (564.9) (463.3) (219.7) (355.6) (508.0)
15.28 16.82 .50 21.76 22.47 85 (38.6) (388.1) (427.2) (12.7) (552.7) (570.7) 15.28 16.82 .50 21.57 22.28 85 (38.6) (388.1) (427.2) (12.7) (547.9) (565.9)
CA08102001E
33-214

March 2009
Dimensions
Vertical Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 6

A G A G
33
I
C L
F I 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) H B 4 Circuit Aux. Contact Block (When Used) 4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) OL Selection DIP Switch Control Wire TB for Customer Connection Communications Connector (When Used) D Push .02 (.5) in to Reset
Communications Connector (When Used) D Manual Reset (When Used) OL Selection DIP Switch Push .02 (.5) in to Reset (When Used) Slots for #10 Mounting Screws (3 Holes) Control Wire TB for Customer Connection C
H B
Manual Reset (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset Connector (When Used) Slots for 1/4-20 Mounting Screws C (3 Places) Figure 2 Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Starter E A G
Trip Indication/ Reset Connector (When Used)
Figure 1 Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Starter
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block (Max. 2 of #14 per Point) Communications Connector (When Used) H B
OL Selection DIP Switch Control Wire TB for Customer Connection Holes for 5/16 Mounting Bolts (4 Places) E
Manual Reset Push .02 (.5) in to Reset
Trip Ind./ Reset Connector Figure 3 (When Used) Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Starter

Table 33-334. Catalog Number W250 Vertical Reversing Starters

NEMA Size Number of Poles Figure Number Mounting Screws Number 3 3 4 4 Size #10 1/4-20 5/16 516 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A 4.27 (108.5) 5.42 (137.7) 13.24 (336.3) 13.24 (336.3) High B 18.50 (469.9) 25.13 (638.3) 34.94 (887.5) 34.94 (887.5) Deep C 5.25 (133.4) 6.81 (173.0) 8.64 (219.5) 8.64 (219.5) D 18.00 (457.2) 24.25 (616.0) 32.00 (812.8) 32.00 (812.8) E 1.88 (47.8) 2.88 (73.2) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) F 1.80 (45.7) 2.31 (58.7) G 3.73 (94.7) 4.62 (117.3) 12.04 (305.8) 12.04 (305.8) H 14.72 (373.9) 20.28 (515.1) 34.78 (883.4) 34.59 (878.6) I .52 (13.2) .52 (13.2) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
1, 2 3, 4 5 6
3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3
1 2 3 3
7.5 (3.4) 19.0 (8.6) 85.0 (38.6) 85.0 (38.6)
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-215
Wiring Diagrams
Non-reversing and Reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 6

L3 L2 L1 M H1 X1 H2 X2 Optional Stop H1 X1 Start Hand Stop 1 No Connection When Optional Start/Stop Pushbutton Used Start 2 3 Optional Emergency Stop 3 P M E C Off Remote Control Device Automatic Jumper 3 P M E C H2 X2 T3 T2 T1 Motor L3 L2 L1 M T3 T2 T1 Motor
33
Optional Emergency Stop Optional G
Mb Ma
Optional G R
Stopped Running
Mb Ma
Stopped R Running
Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor 3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor 2-Wire Control with Maintained HOA Switch
Figure 33-80. Typical Wiring Diagrams

Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and Forward contactor is on right.
CA08102001E
Conductors External to Baseplate Are Installer Connections
Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts Operated by the Mechanical Interlock Stop Fwd Rev T1 Motor T2 T3
= Accessible Terminals 3 2 4 5
L1 L2 L3 X1 H1
R F R G 3 4 5 2 E C Fm T1 F T2 L3 T3 R
Optional 3 Start P Run Permit /Stop E Power C Common Optional Emergency Stop F 3PEC Fm
Forward Reverse Stopped
Cat. No. W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactor 3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
R R
X2
H2
F Optional Emergency Stop 3 Start P Run Permit /Stop E Power C Common 3PEC Electrical Interlocks Rm 3PEC L1 L2 F Mechanical Interlock R X2 H2 Baseplate with Components as Supplied L1 L2 L3 X1 H1
F R R R G
Mechancial Interlocks
R
Electrical Interlocks
Rm F
L1 L2 L3 R
Optional (Dashed Area)
3PEC
3 4 5 2
R T1 T2 T3
E C
Stopped
Stop Fwd Rev 3 2 4 5
Forward
Reverse
Baseplate with Components as Supplied T1 T2 Motor T3
Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts Operated by the Mechanical Interlock
Cat. No. W251 Vertical Reversing Contactor 3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
33-216

March 2009
Wiring Diagrams
Non-reversing and Reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 6

L3 L2 T3 T2 T1 M H1 X1 H2 X2 Optional Stop H1 X1 Start Trip Ind./Reset (When Used) 3 P M E C Reset Stop Start Stop 2 3 H2 X2 (Current Sensors Are Integral Inside Starter Units) Trip Ind./Reset (When Used) 3 P M E C Reset To Other IMPACC Network Devices (Current Sensors Are Integral Inside Starter Units) Motor L3 L2 L1 M T3 T2 T1 Motor
33
L1
Stop 1 No Connection When Optional Start/Stop Pushbutton Used
Start 2 3 Optional Emergency Stop
Optional Emergency Stop
Mb Ma
Optional G R
Stopped Running
Mb Ma
Optional G R
Stopped Running
PONI I1 Mod. I2 Caution Unplug To IMPACC Plug IMPACC During Network PC Maintenance
Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter 3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter Internal Holding Circuit, 3-Wire with IMPACC
Figure 33-81. Typical Wiring Diagrams

Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and Forward contactor is on right.
Conductors External to Baseplate Are Installer Connections
Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts Operated by the Mechanical Interlock 1 Stop Fwd Rev
Forward Reverse Stopped 98 Tripped
L1 L2 L3 X1 H1 3 Start P Run Permit /Stop E Power C Common

Optional Emergency Stop F
= Accessible Terminals 3 2 4 5
R G A 3 4 98 5 2 E C
R R
F 3PEC
Fm
Electrical Interlocks
X2
H2
Optional
Emergency Stop
L1 L2 L3 F
R Optional (Dashed Area)

3 Start P Run Permit /Stop E Power C Common Baseplate with Components as Supplied 3 4 98 5 2
3PEC
Rm
R R
E C
3PEC
Contacts Reset Shown in Energized OLR State
R
Forward
R
Reverse
G
Stopped
A
Tripped
96 95 98 E C
Electrical Interlocks Rm
Fm
Reset WPONI Mod. (Optional) (Optional) Lighted Also May Also Be Available Added to Forward & Reverse Contactors
98
Reset Contacts Shown in OLR Energized State Reset WPONI Mod. (Optional) (Optional) Lighted Also May Also Be Available Added to Forward & Reverse Contactors
T1 T2 T3
96 95 98 E C
3PEC
Baseplate with Components as Supplied T1 T2 Motor T3
To IMPACC/INCOM Network
X2 H2
L1 L2 L3 X1 H1
Stop Fwd Rev 3 2 4 5
To IMPACC/INCOM Network
L1
F L2 L3
T1
Cat. No. W210 Horizontal Reversing Starter 3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Motor
T1 T2 T3
Cat. No. W250 Vertical Reversing Starter 3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
R
T2 T3
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-217
PowerNet Communication Devices
Contents
Description Central Monitoring Unit . . . . . Product Operated Network Interface (PONI) . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-217 33-219
Parameters Displayed
Technical Data

Central Monitoring Unit
Monitored values: Device description 1A, 1B, 1C currents Control voltage (excluding IQ500) Present time, date Resettable operation count Run time, hours
Central Monitoring Unit
Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer Advantage Central Monitoring Unit from Eatons electrical business is a communications center which transmits to and receives data from up to 99 Advantage starters or contactors or IQ500s equipped with PONI cards. The CMU can be mounted on the door of a motor control center or custom panel using the existing IQ cutout dimensions. The eight-digit alphanumeric display monitors active data, trip data or set points. The group of data being displayed is indicated by one of three LEDs and is selected by the user. The two-digit alphanumeric display indicates the address of the device about which the data is being displayed. This address is also selected by the user. Five LEDs are provided which indicate the present status of the selected starter. Two additional LEDs are also provided at the top of the panel, one which indicates that the CMU is OPERATIONAL, and another which indicates ALARM status. An ACKNOWLEDGE/RESET button permits the user to reset the CMU following a device trip. The CMU can be interfaced into a larger PowerNet network with the addition of a PowerNet PONI Communications Module.
Trip data same as current values with cause of trip Set points: Device size OL trip current setting (FLA setting) OL trip class Ground fault protection ON/OFF Phase loss/unbalance protection ON/OFF Reset mode AUTO/MANUAL Frequency Ground fault trip level (IQ500 only) Ground fault trip delay time (IQ500 only) Phase unbalance % (IQ500 only)
Device power requirement: 10 VA maximum Frequency: 50/60 Hz Line characteristics: 120 or 240V AC +20%, -20% (auto selected) Operating temperature: 0 to 70C (32 to 158F) Storage temperature: -20 to 85C (-4 to 185F) Humidity: 0 to 95%, R.H. noncondensing Alarm contact ratings 240V AC: 10A, resistive 30V DC: 10A, resistive
33
Dimensions
5.38 (136.7)
4.44 (112.8)
.2 (5.1) Dia. (6 Holes)
9.38 (238.3) 4.44 (112.8)
IQ500M Special Functions Module set points if LOAD CONTROL selected: Load shed level Load shed delay time Load resume level Load resume delay time Long acceleration time If UNDERLOAD/JAM selected:

.25 (6.4)
.13 (3.3)
2.56 (65)
5.12 (130)
Figure 33-82. Chassis Cutout Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Jam trip level Jam trip delay time Jam start delay time Underload trip level Underload trip delay time Underload start delay time Long acceleration time Relay control
CA08102001E
33-218

March 2009
Wiring Diagram
6 Advantage CMU J3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 4 To IBM Compatible Personal Computer 5 7 8 3 R E S 2 7 J5 2 Wire Connector (Supplied with CMU) J6 1. For Network Interconnection Use Twisted Pair Conductors. No. 18 AWG Shielded. 1 2. Refer to Starter Wiring Diagrams for Actual Connections. 3. A 150 Ohm (1/2 Watt) Carbon Composition Resistor Unit Must Be Installed on the Most Remote Starter Terminals as Shown. 4. An Eatons Cutler-Hammer CONI (Computer Operated Network Interface) Card Must Be Inserted into the Computer Frame. (See IL 17199) 5. Modular Telephone Connector. Type RJ11 is to Be Supplied by the Customer and Wired per View A Required at Computer. 6. Ground Shielding at Only One Place as Shown. 7. Where Devices Are Daisy Chained, Tie Shielding Together for Continuity. 8. On Last Device in Network, Tie Back Shield and Tape.
33
Alarm
Trip 120 or 240V AC Ground
Communication Module (Optional)
1 (Y) 1 2 3 (BL) 4 View A
OL Relay 0 9 8 O F F PONI Communication Module IQ 500
Contactor 0 0 2
Starter 0 0 1 3-Digit Incom Address Register
Figure 33-83. Typical Wiring Diagram
Product Selection
Table 33-335. Central Monitoring Unit
Description Advantage Central Monitoring Unit Catalog Number WCMU Price U.S. $

March 2009
33-219
Product Operated Network Interface (PONI) Product Description

To use the PowerNet Communications network with Advantage motor control, a PONI is required for each device. The WPONI operates at 9600 baud.
Communications Data

Product Selection
Table 33-336. WPONI Network Interface
Description Advantage WPONI To panel mount a WPONI Catalog Number WPONI WPONIBASE Price U.S. $
ON/OFF reset Status (ON, OFF, TRIPPED, NO RESPONSE) 3-phase unbalance % phase unbalance Control voltage Overload protection settings Cause of trip Trip data
33
Note: See Page 33-204 for WPONIDNA DeviceNet Interface Module.
Mounting Dimensions
Sizes 1 & 2 Sizes 3 & 4 Sizes 5 & 6 IMPACC Connection (2 Wire) (All Sizes)
WPONI
Top View
WPONI
WPONI
Address Switches (All Sizes)
Local LED Trip Indication (When Used) (All Sizes)
1.61 (40.9) 1.68 (42.7)
2.14 (54.4) 1.47 (37.3) For Removal of WPONI (All Sizes) Note: Plug Orientation (All Sizes)
Front View
.29 (7.4)
.55 (14.0) (All Sizes) 1.02 (25.9) For Removal of Plug (All Sizes)
Optional Mounting Locations
Figure 33-84. Mounting Procedures WPONI Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-220
NEMA Contactors & Starters Advantage, Full Voltage Enclosed

March 2009
Product Description
Setting the Standard in Motor Control
Eatons Cutler-Hammer Advantage Motor Starters have extended operating life in a physical space requirement one half the size of conventional motor starters. Offering motor overcurrent protection accurate to 2% at maximum FLC, Advantage also maintains constant coil power regardless of varying control circuit conditions, eliminating coil burnout, contact chatter and welding due to low voltage of uttering control signals. Advantage is designed with a full complement of features that make it the most versatile motor starter in the industry. Multifunction overload protection options provide application exibility while reducing inventory. Communication capability extends benets, allowing Advantage to be interactively linked to higher order control systems for monitoring, troubleshooting and control. Technological advances incorporated in the Advantage design, such as prestart diagnostics, increased accuracy and the ability to communicate with other systems, are benets not realized in traditional motor starters.
Features, Functions, Benets

Advantage Breakthroughs
To achieve the level of benets envisioned for Advantage controls at a competitive price, it was discovered early in the development process that simply improving existing design concepts would fall short of the mark. A new approach involving a higher level of technology was required. The result was the incorporation of three technical breakthroughs new current sensing monitoring, an energy-balanced contact closure system that increased life by decreasing electrical and mechanical wear and an intelligent coil controller optimizing the contact closing process based on varying control circuit conditions. Coordinating these breakthroughs to provide enhanced motor control performance is concentrated in the SURE chip. Advantage uses the right combination of brains and brawn in effecting a motor start. The power circuit of the contactor employs heavy-duty silver alloy contacts scientically designed for long life. The addition of a uniquely developed application-specic microprocessor chip, regulates power supplied to the operating coil. The regulated closing prole is tailored to existing control circuit conditions. This results in an energy balanced system which reduces armature/magnet crash and contact bounce, extending mechanical and electrical life.
33
Catalog Number ECH2211FAD
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-221
Improved Protection and Motor Utilization

The motor circuit monitoring and overload protection functions of Advantage starters are provided by three current sensors closely monitored by the microprocessor. This sensor/ microprocessor combination yields a protection scheme closely paralleling that of the motor heating damage boundary expressed in terms of current and time. Accurate to 2%, Advantage allows full utilization of motor capability without motor damage or nuisance tripping.
Built-In Communications Capabilities Provide Two-Way Control

Advantage also offers low cost communication capability. ON-OFF commands, status and motor data can be linked to automated control systems without the addition of costly sensors, I/O modules and transducers, in a language compatible with many computer-based software systems in use today. Protected by 22 patents and proven in many years of operating experience in harsh industrial applications, Advantage motor starters and contactors offer the user unprecedented value at a price competitive with traditional devices.

33
No Heaters, Small Size

Advantage starters eliminate the need for costly heater elements and their associated installation expense. Standard overload protection functions include phase loss and unbalance protection, selectable trip class, automatic/manual reset and ground current protection.
CA08102001E
33-222

March 2009

Table 33-337. Advantage Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
33
Design
EC A
A = Advantage NEMA
22
F Modification Codes See Page 33-42
Class 01 = 02 = 05 = 06 = 07 = 16 = 17 = 18 = 22 = 23 = 24 = 33 = 34 = 35 = 36 = 37 = 38 = 39 = 40 = 41 = 42 = 43 = 44 = 45 = 46 = 47 = 48 = 49 = 50 = 51 = 52 = 53 = 54 = 55 = 62 = 63 = 64 = 65 = 68 = 69 = 70 = Contactors Reversing Contactors Non-combination Non-reversing Starter Non-combination Reversing Starter Non-combination Non-reversing Starter, with CPT Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect Combination Reversing Starter with Disconnect Switch Combination Reversing Starter Fusible/ Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker Reversing, Combination with HMCP/E Combination with HMCP/E with CPT Multispeed 2S2W Non-combination Multispeed 2S1W CT or VT Non-combination Multispeed 2S1W CH Non-combination Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S2W Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CT or VT Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CH Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S2W Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CT or VT Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CH Autotransformer, Non-combination Autotransformer, with Disconnect Switch Autotransformer, with HMCP/E Part-Winding, Non-combination Part-Winding, with Disconnect Switch Part-Winding, with HMCP/E Y-D, Open Transition, Non-combination Y-D, Open Transition, with Disconnect Switch Y-D, Open Transition, with HMCP/E Y-D, Closed Transition, Non-combination Y-D, Closed Transition, with Disconnect Switch Y-D, Closed Transition, with HMCP/E Std Width Pump Panel, with Disconnect Switch Std Width Pump Panel, with HMCP/E Autotransformer Pump Panel, Disconnect Switch Autotransformer Pump Panel, HMCP/E Part-Winding Pump Panel, Disconnect Part-Winding Pump Panel, Circuit Breaker Duplex, Non-combination Duplex, with Disconnect Switch Duplex, with HMCP/E
Table Cover Control Starters 33-341 10250T and E22 style, see Tables 33-186 33-188 Flange-Mounted ACM, see Table 33-340 Contactors 3 = 3 Poles Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers 33-343 33-344 Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings A= B= C= D= E= F= None 30A/250V R 30A/600V R 60A/250V R 60A/600V R 100A/250V R G= H= J= K= L= M= 100A/600V R 200A/250V R 200A/600V R 400A/250V R 400A/600V R 600A/250V R N= P= Q= R= S= T= 600A/600V R 800A/600V R 1200A/600V R 1600A/600V R 2000A/600V R by Description See Tables 33-338 and 33-339
33-342
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings A= B= C= D= E= F= W= G= None 3A 7A 15A 30A 50A 70A 100A H= J= K= L= M= N= P= Q= 150A 250A 400A 600A 800A 1000A 1200A 2000A R = 3000A T = by Description 5= 3A 7A 6= 7 = 15A 8 = 30A 9 = 50A I = 100A
Enclosure Type 1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= Type 1 General Purpose Type 3R Rainproof Type 4 Watertight (Painted Steel) Type 4X Watertight (304-Grade Stainless Steel) Type 4X Corrosion (Nonmetallic) Type 7/9 Bolted Hazardous Location Type 7/9 Threaded Hazardous Location Type 12 Dust-Tight Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel
NEMA Size L= 1= 2= 3= Lower 1 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 4 = Size 4 5 = Size 5 6 = Size 6
Contact Eaton for more information. Use with Sizes L 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
Table 33-338. Magnet Coil Codes (System Voltage)

Code F N Magnet Coil 120/60 110/50 Code Z Magnet Coil By Description
Table 33-339. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)

Code Primary B C D E 240/480 220/440 Wired for 240V 240/480 220/440 Wired for 480V 600/60 550/50 208/60 Secondary Code Primary 277/60 380/50 415/50 240/480/600 Wired for 480V By Description Secondary 120/60 110/50 110/50 120 120/60 110/50 H L 120/60 110/50 M X 120/60 110/50 Z 120/60
When control power transformer modication codes (C1 C11) are used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18), see Table 33-339 for system voltage code.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-223
Cover Control
Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices NEMA 1, 12 Only
For Factory Installed ange mounted pilot devices using Advantage Control Modules (ACMs), change the 9th character from A to Y and add one of the following (A49 through A62) Mod Code Sufxes to the Catalog Number. In addition, one A63 Mod may be added if desired. Table 33-340. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices
Flange Mounted Pilot Devices Description Factory Installed Mod Code Sufx A49 A50 A51 A52 A53 A54 A55 A56 A57 A58 A59 A60 A61 A62 A63 Field Installation Kits Catalog Number WPBFV1 WPBFV2 WPBFV3 WPBFV4 WPBR1 WPBR2 WPBR3 WPB2S1 WPB2S2 WPB2S3 WPBRV1 WPBRV2 WPBRV3 WPBRV4 WMETER WACM10 WACM6 WACM3 WACM1
33
Full Voltage Status Only with Reset START/STOP START/STOP/HOA ON/OFF/AUTO Reversing Status Only with Reset FWD/REV/STOP FWD/REV/STOP/HOA 2-Speed Status Only with Reset FAST/SLOW/STOP FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA Reduced Voltage Status Only with Reset START/STOP START/STOP/HOA ON/OFF/AUTO Metering Module 10 ft. Interconnect Cable 6 ft. Interconnect Cable 3 ft. Interconnect Cable 1 ft. Interconnect Jumper
This device is not compatible with Advantage Starters on DeviceNet via the WPONIDNA.
2.25 (57.2) RES

Run Off Reset OL Alarm OL Trip Trip Run Off
RES
RES
RES
3.5 (88.9)
HAND START OFF STOP AUTO STOP START
ON OFF
AUTO
Status Only
START/STOP Control
HAND/OFF/AUTO Control ON/OFF/AUTO Control with START/STOP Pushbutton Control in HAND Mode
Figure 33-85. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices
Other Cover Control Devices

See Page 33-119 in NEMA Contactors & Starters, Freedom Line.
CA08102001E
33-224

March 2009
Features and Product Selection

Full Voltage Solid-State Overload Relays 600V Maximum

33
Table 33-341. Class ECA05 Non-combination Non-reversing Starter

NEMA Size Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number 1-L 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 1 1 2 2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 120 ECA05L2FAA Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECA05L4FAA Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Catalog Number ECA05L8FAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number W200MLCFC
120
ECA0512FAA
ECA0514FAA
ECA0518FAA
W200M1CFC
120
ECA0522FAA
ECA0524FAA
ECA0528FAA
W200M2CFC
120
ECA0532FAA
ECA0534FAA
ECA0538FAA
W200M3CFC
120
ECA0542FAA
ECA0544FAA
ECA0548FAA
W200M4CFC
120
ECA0552FAA
ECA0554FAA
ECA0558FAA
W200M5CFC
120
ECA0562EAA ECA0562BAA ECA0562CAA ECA0562DAA
W200M6CFC
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size 1-L 1 2 3 4 5 6 Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300
All starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th character from F to N.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECA05L4FAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. Choose a Type 12 enclosure for Type 1 applications. For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. Size 6 includes control power transformer.
Cover Mounted Control 10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Mounted Control ACM Series . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-119 Page 33-223 PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E CA08102001E

March 2009
33-225

Full Voltage Solid-State Overload Relays 600V Maximum 100,000 AIC Short Circuit 600V Maximum

33
Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Stainless Industrial Steel Catalog Number ECA16L4FAB ECA16L4FAC ECA1614FAB ECA1614FAC ECA1624FAD ECA1624FAE ECA1634FAF ECA1634FAG ECA1644FAH ECA1644FAJ ECA1654FAK ECA1654FAL ECA1663EAM ECA1663BAM ECA1663CAN ECA1663DAN Catalog Number ECA16L8FAB ECA16L8FAC ECA1618FAB ECA1618FAC ECA1628FAD ECA1628FAE ECA1638FAF ECA1638FAG ECA1648FAH ECA1648FAJ ECA1658FAK ECA1658FAL ECA1668EAM ECA1668BAM ECA1668CAN ECA1668DAN Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number W200MLCFC W200MLCFC W200M1CFC W200M1CFC W200M2CFC W200M2CFC W200M3CFC W200M3CFC W200M4CFC W200M4CFC W200M5CFC W200M5CFC W200M6CFC W200M6CFC
Table 33-342. Class ECA16 Combination Non-reversing Starter Fusible Disconnect

NEMA Size Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Dual Element Fuses 1 2 7-1/2 10 10 15 25 25 30 50 40 50 100 75 100 200 150 200 400 Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps. Type 1 Type 3R General Purpose Rainproof Catalog Number 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 30A 30A 30A 30A 60A 60A 100A 100A 200A 200A 400A 400A 600A 600A ECA16L1FAB ECA16L1FAC ECA1611FAB ECA1611FAC ECA1621FAD ECA1621FAE ECA1631FAF ECA1631FAG ECA1641FAH ECA1641FAJ ECA1651FAK ECA1651FAL ECA1661EAM ECA1661BAM ECA1661CAN ECA1661DAN Catalog Number ECA16L2FAB ECA16L2FAC ECA1612FAB ECA1612FAC ECA1622FAD ECA1622FAE ECA1632FAF ECA1632FAG ECA1642FAH ECA1642FAJ ECA1652FAK ECA1652FAL ECA1662EAM ECA1662BAM ECA1662CAN ECA1662DAN
1-L
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
All starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th character from F to N. Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-44. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECA16L4FAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECA1618FAC would become ECA1619FAC. For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. Size 6 includes control power transformer.
ECA1611FAA
Cover Mounted Control 10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Mounted Control ACM Series. . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-119 Page 33-223 PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E
33-226

March 2009
Combination Starters Fusible and Non-fusible Starters Fusible and Non-fusible

Table 33-343. Class ECA18 Combination Reversing Starter Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
NEMA Size Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating Dual Element Fuses Secondary Voltage Magnet Coil Voltage Fuse Clip Amps. Type 1 General Purpose Catalog Number 30A 30A 30A 30A 60A 60A 100A 100A 200A 200A ECA18L1EAB ECA18L1BAB ECA18L1CAC ECA18L1DAC ECA1811EAB ECA1811BAB ECA1811CAC ECA1811DAC ECA1821EAD ECA1821BAD ECA1821CAE ECA1821DAE ECA1831EAF ECA1831BAF ECA1831CAG ECA1831DAG ECA1841EAH ECA1841BAH ECA1841CAJ ECA1841DAJ ECA18L1EAA ECA18L1BAA ECA18L1CAA ECA18L1DAA ECA1811EAA ECA1811BAA ECA1811CAA ECA1811DAA ECA1821EAA ECA1821BAA ECA1821CAA ECA1821DAA ECA1831EAA ECA1831BAA ECA1831CAA ECA1831DAA ECA1841EAA ECA1841BAA ECA1841CAA ECA1841DAA Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECA18L2EAB ECA18L2BAB ECA18L2CAC ECA18L2DAC ECA1812EAB ECA1812BAB ECA1812CAC ECA1812DAC ECA1822EAD ECA1822BAD ECA1822CAE ECA1822DAE ECA1832EAF ECA1832BAF ECA1832CAG ECA1832DAG ECA1842EAH ECA1842BAH ECA1842CAJ ECA1842DAJ ECA18L2EAA ECA18L2BAA ECA18L2CAA ECA18L2DAA ECA1812EAA ECA1812BAA ECA1812CAA ECA1812DAA ECA1822EAA ECA1822BAA ECA1822CAA ECA1822DAA ECA1832EAA ECA1832BAA ECA1832CAA ECA1832DAA ECA1842EAA ECA1842BAA ECA1842CAA ECA1842DAA Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECA18L4EAB ECA18L4BAB ECA18L4CAC ECA18L4DAC ECA1814EAB ECA1814BAB ECA1814CAC ECA1814DAC ECA1824EAD ECA1824BAD ECA1824CAE ECA1824DAE ECA1834EAF ECA1834BAF ECA1834CAG ECA1834DAG ECA1844EAH ECA1844BAH ECA1844CAJ ECA1844DAJ ECA18L4EAA ECA18L4BAA ECA18L4CAA ECA18L4DAA ECA1814EAA ECA1814BAA ECA1814CAA ECA1814DAA ECA1824EAA ECA1824BAA ECA1824CAA ECA1824DAA ECA1834EAA ECA1834BAA ECA1834CAA ECA1834DAA ECA1844EAA ECA1844BAA ECA1844CAA ECA1844DAA Type 12 DustTight Industrial Catalog Number ECA18L8EAB ECA18L8BAB ECA18L8CAC ECA18L8DAC ECA1818EAB ECA1818BAB ECA1818CAC ECA1818DAC ECA1828EAD ECA1828BAD ECA1828CAE ECA1828DAE ECA1838EAF ECA1838BAF ECA1838CAG ECA1838DAG ECA1848EAH ECA1848BAH ECA1848CAJ ECA1848DAJ ECA18L8EAA ECA18L8BAA ECA18L8CAA ECA18L8DAA ECA1818EAA ECA1818BAA ECA1818CAA ECA1818DAA ECA1828EAA ECA1828BAA ECA1828CAA ECA1828DAA ECA1838EAA ECA1838BAA ECA1838CAA ECA1838DAA ECA1848EAA ECA1848BAA ECA1848CAA ECA1848DAA Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number W200MLCFC W200MLCFC W200M1CFC W200M1CFC W200M2CFC W200M2CFC W200M3CFC W200M3CFC W200M4CFC W200M4CFC
33
Fusible
1-L 208 240 480 600 1 208 240 480 600 2 208 240 480 600 3 208 240 480 600 4 208 240 480 600
1 2 7-1/2 10 10 15 25 25 30 50 40 50 100
120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Non-fusible
1-L 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 208 240 480 600 1 1 2 2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 120 30A W200MLCFC
120
30A
W200M1CFC
120
60A
W200M2CFC
120
100A
W200M3CFC
120
200A
W200M4CFC
Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-222. Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J Fuses see mods, Page 33-44. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECA16L4EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. ECA1818EAA would become ECA1819EAA. 100,000 AIC short circuit. For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Cover Mounted Control 10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Mounted Control ACM Series . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For more information visit: www.eaton.com
Page 33-119 Page 33-223 PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E CA08102001E

March 2009
33-227

Full Voltage Solid-State Overload Relays 600V Maximum

Table 33-344. Class ECA22 Combination Non-reversing Starter Circuit Breaker

NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage Circuit Breaker Type 1 Type General Purpose Catalog Number HMCPE 7A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 3A HMCPE 7A HMCPE 15A HMCPE 30A HMCP 3A HMCP 7A HMCP 15A HMCP 30A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 50A HMCPE 70A HMCPE 50A HMCP 30A HMCP 50A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCPE 100A HMCP 50A HMCP 100A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 150A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 250A HMCP 400A HMCP 600A HMCP 600A HMCP 600A HMCP 1200A HMCP 600A ECA22L1FAC ECA22L1FAC ECA22L1FAB ECA22L1FAC ECA22L1FA5 ECA22L1FA6 ECA2211FAC ECA2211FAD ECA2211FAE ECA2211FAF ECA2211FAC ECA2211FAD ECA2211FAE ECA2211FAF ECA2211FAB ECA2211FAC ECA2211FAD ECA2211FAE ECA2211FA5 ECA2211FA6 ECA2211FA7 ECA2211FA8 ECA2221FAF ECA2221FAF ECA2221FAW ECA2221FAF ECA2221FA8 ECA2221FA9 ECA2231FAG ECA2231FAX ECA2231FAG ECA2231FAX ECA2231FAG ECA2231FA9 ECA2231FAI ECA2241FAH Type 3R Rainproof Catalog Number ECA22L2FAC ECA22L2FAC ECA22L2FAB ECA22L2FAC ECA22L2FA5 ECA22L2FA6 ECA2212FAC ECA2212FAD ECA2212FAE ECA2212FAF ECA2212FAC ECA2212FAD ECA2212FAE ECA2212FAF ECA2212FAB ECA2212FAC ECA2212FAD ECA2212FAE ECA2212FA5 ECA2212FA6 ECA2212FA7 ECA2212FA8 ECA2222FAF ECA2222FAF ECA2222FAW ECA2222FAF ECA2222FA8 ECA2222FA9 ECA2232FAG ECA2232FAX ECA2232FAG ECA2232FAX ECA2232FAG ECA2232FA9 ECA2232FAI ECA2242FAH Type 4X Watertight & Dust-Tight Stainless Steel Catalog Number ECA22L4FAC ECA22L4FAC ECA22L4FAB ECA22L4FAC ECA22L4FA5 ECA22L4FA6 ECA2214FAC ECA2214FAD ECA2214FAE ECA2214FAF ECA2214FAC ECA2214FAD ECA2214FAE ECA2214FAF ECA2214FAB ECA2214FAC ECA2214FAD ECA2214FAE ECA2214FA5 ECA2214FA6 ECA2214FA7 ECA2214FA8 ECA2224FAF ECA2224FAF ECA2224FAW ECA2224FAF ECA2224FA8 ECA2224FA9 ECA2234FAG ECA2234FAX ECA2234FAG ECA2234FAX ECA2234FAG ECA2234FA9 ECA2234FAI ECA2244FAH Type 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Catalog Number ECA22L8FAC ECA22L8FAC ECA22L8FAB ECA22L8FAC ECA22L8FA5 ECA22L8FA6 ECA2218FAC ECA2218FAD ECA2218FAE ECA2218FAF ECA2218FAC ECA2218FAD ECA2218FAE ECA2218FAF ECA2218FAB ECA2218FAC ECA2218FAD ECA2218FAE ECA2218FA5 ECA2218FA6 ECA2218FA7 ECA2218FA8 ECA2228FAF ECA2228FAF ECA2228FAW ECA2228FAF ECA2228FA8 ECA2228FA9 ECA2238FAG ECA2238FAX ECA2238FAG ECA2238FAX ECA2238FAG ECA2238FA9 ECA2238FAI ECA2248FAH Component Starter (Open) Catalog Number W200MLCFC
33
1-L
200 230 460 575
200
230
460
575
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575
200 230 460 575
1 1 1 3 1 3 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 7-1/2 1 3 5 10 1 3 5 10 10 10 15 25 15 25 20 25 25 30 50 30 50 40 50 100 100 50 75 60 100 125 200 150 200 150 200 350 400 400
120
120
W200M1CFC
120
W200M1CFC
120
W200M1CFC
120
W200M1CFC
120
W200M2CFC
120
W200M3CFC
120
W200M4CFC
120
120
ECA2251FAJ ECA2251FAK ECA2251FAJ ECA2251FAK ECA2251FAJ ECA2251FAK ECA2251FAJ ECA2251FAK ECA2261EAL ECA2261BAL ECA2261CAL ECA2261FAP ECA2261DAL
W200M5CFC
W200M6CFC
All starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th character from F to N. The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECA22L4FAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E. All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5. For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. Size 6 includes control power transformer.
Cover Mounted Control 10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Mounted Control ACM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-119 Page 33-223 PG03300001E Page 33-42 PG03300001E
CA08102001E
33-228

March 2009
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
Elementary Diagram Figure A Solid-State Overload Relay T1 T2 Motor T3 3-Wire Control Start 3 P Stop X2 Start 3 2 3 M Start P Run Permit Stop Top E Power C Common Run
R
Remote Pilot Devices Figure A 2-Wire Control 3 P 1 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset Overload Relays. Figure C OFF Hand Auto Start 1 A B Position Hand OFF Auto A X B X X X = Closed Contact Contact 3 4 3A B Position Hand OFF Auto A X B X X = Closed 1 A 3A 3
33
M AC Lines L1 L2 L3 120V AC 50/60 Hz 1 Stop
Figure B OFF Hand Auto
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit Interlock
(Optional) Emergency Stop
Optional M M
OFF
G
Figure B
OFF Hand Auto 4 XOO OXX Optional Emergency Stop
X2 Start 3 M Jumper 3A 3 M Start P Run Permit Stop Top E Power C Common X2 3 3 M Start P Run Permit Stop Top E Power C Common
2-Wire Control with HOA Switch and START Button with External Holding Circuit
Remote Control
Control Circuit Transformer (If Used) Figure 1 1 H3 H2 4 Fuse H4 Fuse H1 Fuse X2 XF CPT L2 Primary Connections L1
Figure C
OFF Hand Auto XOO 3A Jumper
2-Wire Control with HOA
OOX Optional Emergency Stop
Remote Control
C X1 X2 1 Secondary Connections Connections for Dual Voltage Rated Transformer See Transformer Nameplate G
260955 D3
Figure 33-86. Advantage Non-reversing Non-combination

Connections for Control Stations Local Control Figure A Figure D START/STOP Pushbuttons 2-Position Selector Switch 2 3 Start (ON) Hand 4 3 3 Connections for Starters Figure 1 Front View Diagram 1 2 2 3
H4 H1 X1 Fuse XF 1 Secondary Connections X2 L1 L2
Figure 2 Fusible Control Transformer

Primary Connections CPT 4 H2 H3 1
Stop (OFF) 2 1 1
Fuse
1 2
3 4
Auto 2(P) 1
L1
L2
L3
Figure B
START/STOP Selector Switch
1 2
3 4
Solid-State OL Protection
Start (ON)
L1
L2 L3 M
Local Control (Flange Mounting If Used) See Figures A to E
Fuse
D.S. or C.B. Disconnecting Means (If Used)
G M X2(C) Connections for Dual Voltage Rated Transformer See Transformer Nameplate
Figure E Pilot Light (Motor RUN) Connect to Terminals 6 and X2 Black/White X1 X2 Black/White
T1 T1
Elementary Diagram Full Voltage Non-reversing Solid-State Overload Protection T1 T2 Motor T3
Figure C 3-Position Selector Switch Hand
3 P E C 2 1 X2 T2 T2 T3 Reset T3 Reset 1 2 3
Circuit 1 Breaker L1 2 or Switch L2 and Fuse L3 3 (If Used)
L1 L2
3 4
3 4
Auto 2(P) 1
120V AC 50/60 Hz
T1
T2
T3 Start 1 1 Stop 2 2A 3 3 M Start P Run Permit Stop Top Reset E Power C Common Run Stopped
Remote Control 2-Wire Control 3-Wire Control Start 3 3 1 2 Not for Use with Auto Stop 1 Reset OL Relays. When More Than One Pushbutton Station Is Used, Omit Connector A and Connect per Sketch at Right. Add Jumper 3 to P Start Stop A Start Stop 3 2 1
Motor For Figures 1 and 2 Combined Remote and Local Remote Local Start (ON) 2 Start 4 3 Stop Omit Connector Stop (OFF) 2 1 1
5 7
M M
6 8
R G
260962 D4
Figure 33-87. Advantage Non-reversing Combination

NEMA Contactors & Starters Citation

March 2009
33-229
Renewal Parts
For Catalog Numbers A10, A11, A13, A30, A31, A40, A41, A50, A51, A70, A71, A80, A81, B10, B11, B50, B51, B52, C10, C30 and C50 Contactors and Starters
Note: For a complete listing of parts refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced on the device nameplate.
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts

Description Size 00 Series A1 Part Number Series B1 Part Number Series C1 Part Number Series D1/C2 Part Number Price U.S. $ Size 0 Part Number Price U.S. $
33
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor or Starter Nameplate 2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-21 6-21-2 6-21-3
6-22 6-22-2 6-22-3 6-22-4
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . 240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208/240V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E T L F G H J A1 B1 T1 W1 9-1945-1 9-1945-2 9-1945-3 9-1945-4 9-1945-5 9-1945-8 9-1945-6 9-1945-16 10-4767 10-5018 9-2650-1 9-2650-2 9-2650-3 9-2650-4 9-2650-5 9-2650-7 9-2650-6 9-2650-13 10-4767 10-5018 9-2823-1 9-2823-2 9-2823-3 9-2823-4 9-2823-5 9-2823-7 9-2421-18 9-2823-12 9-2823-17 10-4767 10-5018 9-1887-1 9-1887-2 9-1887-3 9-1887-4 9-1887-5 9-1887-7 9-1887-8 9-1888-1 9-1888-2 9-1887-16 9-2024-2 9-2024-1 9-2024-4 9-2024-3 10-4767 10-5018
10-4767 10-5018
Replacement Thermal Elements

Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For non-reversing contactors and starters only. For Size 00 reversing, select parts from adjoining size 0 column. Replace complete contactor. Obsolete. Non-encapsulated coil.
33-230

March 2009
Renewal Parts
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)
Description Size 1 Part Number Price U.S. $ Size 2 Series A1 Series B1 Price U.S. $ Part Number Price U.S. $ Part Number Size 3 Series A1 Part Number Price U.S. $ Series B1 Part Number Price U.S. $
33
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor or Starter Nameplate 2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-23 6-23-2 6-23-3 6-23-4
6-24 6-24-2
6-34 6-34-2 6-34-3 6-34-4
6-25 6-25-2
6-35 6-35-2
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E T L F H A1 B1 T1 W1 9-1887-1 9-1887-2 9-1887-3 9-1887-4 9-1887-5 9-1887-7 9-1887-8 9-1887-16 9-2024-2 9-2024-1 9-2024-4 9-2024-3 10-4767 10-5018 Size 4 Part Number Price U.S. $ 9-1889-1 9-1889-2 9-1889-3 9-1889-4 9-1889-13 9-1889-20 9-1889-14 9-1890-1 9-1889-31 9-2025-2 9-2025-1 9-2025-4 9-2025-3 10-4767 10-5018 Size 5 Part Number Price U.S. $ 9-2526-1 9-2526-2 9-2526-3 9-2526-4 9-2526-5 9-2526-6 9-2526-7 9-2526-15 9-2626-2 9-2626-1 9-2626-4 9-2626-3 10-4767 10-5018 Size 6 Series A1 Part Number Price U.S. $ Series B1 Part Number Price U.S. $ Series C1 Part Number Price U.S. $ 9-1891-1 9-1891-2 9-1891-3 9-1891-4 9-1891-13 9-1891-15 9-1891-14 9-1891-26 9-2026-2 9-2026-1 9-2026-4 9-2026-3 10-4767 10-5018 9-1889-1 9-1889-2 9-1889-3 9-1889-4 9-1889-13 9-1889-20 9-1889-14 9-1889-31 9-2025-2 9-2025-1 9-2025-4 9-2025-3 10-4767 10-5018

Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor or Starter Nameplate 2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-36-3 6-36-4
6-27 6-27-2
6-28 6-28-2
6-570
6-601-2 6-601
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . . 240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . . 277V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E T L F G H A1 B1 T1 W1 9-1891-1 9-1891-2 9-1891-3 9-1891-4 9-1891-13 9-1891-15 9-1891-14 9-1891-26 9-2026-2 9-2026-1 9-2026-4 9-2026-3 10-4767 10-5018 9-1891-1 9-1891-2 9-1891-3 9-1891-4 9-1891-13 9-1891-15 9-1891-14 9-1891-26 9-2026-2 9-2026-1 9-2026-4 9-2026-3 10-4767 10-5018 9-1875-1 9-1875-2 9-1875-3 9-1875-4 9-1875-14 10-4767 9-2651 9-2651-2 9-2651-3 9-2651-4 9-2651-6 9-2651-5 10-4767 9-2698 9-2698-2 9-2698-3 9-2698-4 9-2698-5 9-2698-6 10-4767

Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#Series B1. For Series A1, order 6-26 or 6-26-2.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

March 2009
33-231
Renewal Parts
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)
Description Size 7 Series A1 Part Number Price U.S. $ Series B1 Part Number Price U.S. $ Size 8 Part Number Price U.S. $
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor or Starter Nameplate 2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
6-28 6-28-2
6-570
6-571
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . 208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . 240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coil Sufx
A B C D E T L F G H A1 B1 T1 W1 9-1875-1 9-1875-2 9-1875-3 9-1875-4 9-1875-14 10-4767 9-2651 9-2651-2 9-2651-3 9-2651-4 9-2651-6 9-2651-5 10-4767 9-2654 9-2654-2 9-2654-3 9-2654-4 9-2654-6 9-2654-5 10-4767

Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-232
NEMA Contactors & Starters Type N

March 2009
Renewal Parts
For Type N Control

Table 33-346. Contact Kits
Poles NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 Part Number 1605226 1605212 1605202 1625563 1625564 Price U.S. $
33

Voltage Hz 2-, 3-Pole Obsolete Part Number Current Part Number 9969D90G01 9969D90G02 9969D90G03 9969D90G04 9969D90G06 9969D90G07 9969D90G08 9969D90G09 9969D90G15 9969D90G20 9969D90G22 9969D92G01 9969D92G02 9969D92G03 9969D92G04 9969D92G05 9969D92G06 9969D92G07 9969D92G08 9969D92G09 9969D92G10 9969D92G11 N/A N/A 9969D96G04 9969D96G05 9969D96G06 9969D96G08 9969D96G09 9969D96G21 9969D96G23 9969D93G24 9969D96G29 9969D96G10 9969D96G11 9969D96G13 9969D96G14 9969D96G15 9969D96G16 9969D96G17 9969D96G19 9969D96G12 9969D96G20 N/A Price U.S. $ 4-, 5-Pole Obsolete Part Number 1470261 1470262 1470263 N/A N/A 1470268 1470270 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1470221 1470222 N/A 1470224 1470226 1470227 N/A 1470225 N/A N/A N/A L1557647 1470223 1490645 1490646 1490647 1490652 1600770 1490649 1659421 1490653 1490648 1597723 1597724 N/A N/A N/A 1490649 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1597725 Current Part Number 9969D90G16 9969D90G17 9969D90G18 N/A N/A 9969D90G19 9969D90G21 N/A N/A N/A N/A 9969D93G01 9969D93G02 N/A 9969D93G10 9969D93G05 9969D93G06 N/A 9969D93G08 N/A N/A N/A 9969D93G09 9969D93G03 9969D96G04 9969D96G05 9969D96G06 9969D96G08 9969D96G09 9969D96G21 9969D96G23 9969D93G24 9969D96G29 9969D96G01 9969D96G02 N/A N/A N/A 9969D96G21 N/A N/A N/A N/A 9969D96G31 Price U.S. $
Size 0, 1
110 110/208/220 220/380/440 550 220 440 440 120 115/208/230 600 550 60 25/60/60 25/50/60 60 50 50 25 60 60/60/60 60 25 60 25/60/60 25/50/60/60 60 50 50 50 60 25 60/50 50 50 25/60/60 60 25/60/60 25/50/50/60 50 60/50 60/50 60/50/40 50 60 60 25/60/60 50 50 50 60/50 25 60 60 60/50 25/50/50/60 1470241 1470242 1470243 1470244 1470247 1470248 1470250 1605268 1605513 1470245 1470251 1470201 1470202 1470203 1470204 1470206 1470207 1470208 1470205 1470210 1605478 1470209 N/A N/A 1490645 1490646 1490647 1490652 1600770 1490649 1659421 1490653 1490648 1596633 1490658 1596636 1596637 1596639 1596635 1596641 1596634 1490659 1600771 N/A
Size 2
110 110/208/220 220/380/440/480 550 110 220 440 600 440 120/110 550 415 220/380/440
Size 3
110 110/208/220 220/380/400/440 110 120/110 600/500 600/500/400 220 240
Size 4
110 110/208/220 110 220 240 600/500 440 600 440 120/110 220/380/400/440
Minimum order quantity of 3 required.
NEMA Contactors & Starters Solenoids Alternating Current

March 2009
33-233
10370 Series
Contents
Description AC Solenoids Product Description . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-233 33-233 33-233 33-234
Product Description
Cutler-Hammer Solenoids from Eatons electrical business are used for a wide variety of applications where straight line motion is to be obtained automatically or at a remote point.
33
Features

Cat. No. 10370
Plunger and frame are machined to ensure quiet operation Push- and pull-type operation With and without terminal box Plunger provided with connecting pin Size C and D solenoids are provided with special bearing to minimize wear in clevis under severe service
Product Selection
Catalog Number
Table 33-348. AC Solenoids 60 Hz, Continuous Duty

Size Volt. Operating Data Magnetic Force in Lbs. Horizontal Position With Gravity Against Gravity Max. Stroke in Inches (mm) Current Without Conduit Box Wall Mtg. Catalog Number 10370H1 10370H2 10370H3 10370H694 10370H696 10370H697 Price U.S.$ With Conduit Box Mtg. Catalog Number 10370H610 10370H611 10370H612 10370H69 10370H70 10370H71 10370H256 10370H257 10370H258 10370H368 10370H369 10370H370 10370H25 10370H26 10370H27 10370H93 10370H94 10370H95 10370H280 10370H281 10370H282 10370H392 10370H393 10370H394 Price U.S.$ Inrush Sealed Floor Mtg. Catalog Number 1.83 .92 .45 5.4 2.6 1.29 .34 .17 .08 .87 .42 .20 1.07 .52 .26 1.58 .81 .40 .34 .17 .08 .87 .42 .20 1.07 .52 .26 1.58 .81 .40 10370H57 10370H58 10370H59
At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage
60 Hertz Pull Type

A 110 220 440 110 220 440 110 220 440 110 220 440 110 220 440 110 220 440 110 220 440 110 220 440 .72 .72 .72 4.2 4.2 4.2 7 7 7 12.4 12.4 12.4 .72 .72 .72 4.2 4.2 4.2 7 7 7 12.4 12.4 12.4 3 3 3 5.25 5.25 5.25 10 10 10 3 3 3 5.25 5.25 5.25 10 10 10 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .90 .90 .90 4.5 4.5 4.5 8 8 8 13.65 13.65 13.65 .90 .90 .90 4.5 4.5 4.5 8 8 8 13.65 13.65 13.65 .68 .68 .68 3.3 3.3 3.3 6.25 6.25 6.25 11.25 11.25 11.25 .68 .68 .68 3.3 3.3 3.3 6.25 6.25 6.25 11.25 11.25 11.25 .55 .55 .55 3.9 3.9 3.9 6 6 6 11.15 11.15 11.15 .55 .55 .55 3.9 3.9 3.9 6 6 6 11.15 11.15 11.15 .33 .33 .33 2.7 2.7 2.7 4.25 4.25 4.25 8.75 8.75 8.75 .33 .33 .33 2.7 2.7 2.7 4.25 4.25 4.25 8.75 8.75 8.75 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4)
1.25 (31.8) 10.4 1.25 (31.8) 5.2 1.25 (31.8) 2.5 1.25 (31.8) 18 1.25 (31.8) 9.3 1.25 (31.8) 4.4 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1.83 .92 .45 5.4 2.6 1.29
10370H244 10370H245 10370H246 10370H356 10370H814 10370H357 10370H816 10370H358 10370H817 10370H81 10370H82 10370H83 10370H13 10370H14 10370H15 10370H708 10370H710 10370H711
60 Hertz Push Type

A
1.25 (31.8) 10.4 1.25 (31.8) 5.2 1.25 (31.8) 2.5 1.25 (31.8) 18 1.25 (31.8) 9.3 1.25 (31.8) 4.4
10370H268 10370H774 10370H775 10370H380 10370H828 10370H381 10370H830 10370H382 10370H831
Mounting of solenoids with conduit box Size A are for wall mounting Size B, C and D are for oor mounting. Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values. Part numbers are now obsolete.
33-234
NEMA Contactors & Starters Solenoids Alternating Current

March 2009
10370 Series
Dimensions
Table 33-349. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Shipping Weights
Size Push Type Pull Type Deep C Mounting D E Ship. Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wt. Wide High Deep Mounting Lbs. A B C D E (kg) 2.0 (.9) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2) 2.38 (60.5) 2.63 (66.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 3.13 (79.5) 3.50 (88.9) 3.88 (98.6) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 3.88 (98.6) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 2.25 (57.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.38 (60.5) 2.75 (69.9) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1.63 (41.4) 2.13 (54.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.25 (57.2) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg) 2.0 (.9) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2) Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A High B
33
A B C D
Wall Mounted
2.38 (60.5) 2.63 (66.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 3.13 (79.5) 3.50 (88.9) 3.88 (98.6) 3.63 (92.2) 4.88 (124.0) 6.13 (155.7) 6.13 (155.7) 4.88 (124.0) 6.13 (155.7) 6.13 (155.7) 2.25 (57.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.38 (60.5) 2.75 (69.9) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1.63 (41.4) 2.13 (54.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.25 (57.2) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5)
Floor Mounted
B C D
In sealed state.
D A Wall Mounted
D A Floor Mounted
E C
CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters Shoe Brakes AC and DC Magnetic

March 2009
33-235
511 Series
Contents
Description Page AC and DC Magnetic Shoe Brakes Product Description . . . . . 33-235 Application Description . . . 33-235 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235 Brake Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-235 Shipping Weights. . . . . . . . 33-235 Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-236 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-238
Features
The brake wheel is of relatively large size in relation to the torque developed by the brake. This permits use of a larger brake shoe lining and lower shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure, equally distributed over a large lining area, results in even wear of the friction surfaces and even braking torque. The oversize wheel type construction also permits use of a smaller operating solenoid that requires less current for a given torque rating.
DC Brakes
Standard DC brakes are equipped with shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on DC brakes consists of two separate windings and a protective switch.
33
Mounting
Type S brakes are designed and recommended for use and mounting only in the horizontal position. Side or vertical mountings are not recommended because the solenoid loading is altered, resulting in accelerated wear and premature coil failure.
Brake Selection
The method most generally used to determine required braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by the following formula: T = 5252 x hp rpm T = Full load motor torque in lb-ft hp = Motor horsepower rpm = Speed of shaft on which brake wheel is mounted The torque rating of the brake selected should be at least equal to the full load motor torque for the duty considered. Table 33-350. Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) Z 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) W 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) X 1.38 (35.1) 1.63 (41.4) 1.25 (31.8) Y 2.50 (63.5) 3.25 (82.6) 4.00 (101.6) Bore Max. 1.38 (35.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.25 (57.2) Min. .50 (12.7) .75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4)
Z
Size S-7 Brake and Wheel
Product Description
Cutler-Hammer Type S Brakes from Eatons electrical business are electrically released and spring applied providing fail-safe operation. The retarding torque developed is directly proportional to the spring pressure.
Figure 33-89. Standard Brake Wheels Approximate Dimensions

Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
Conveyors Machine tools Printing presses Small cranes Overhead doors Dumb waiters Vacuum molding machines Carnival rides
Shipping Weights
Table 33-351. Approximate Shipping Weights
Brake Size Torque Rating ft-lb Weight in Lbs. (kg) Net Brake with Wheel 15.8 (7.2) 15.8 (7.2) 15.8 (7.2) 33.2 (15.1) 33.2 (15.1) 52.1 (23.7) 52.1 (23.7) 18.0 (8.2) 18.0 (8.2) 18.0 (8.2) 35.0 (15.9) 35.0 (15.9) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5) Net Wheel Only 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) Boxed Brake with Wheel 17.0 (7.7) 17.0 (7.7) 17.0 (7.7) 36.0 (16.3) 36.0 (16.3) 55.0 (25.0) 55.0 (25.0) 20.0 (9.1) 20.0 (9.1) 20.0 (9.1) 38.0 (17.3) 38.0 (17.3) 58.0 (26.3) 58.0 (26.3) 58.0 (26.3) 58.0 (26.3)
Type S AC Shoe Brakes

S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-7 S-7 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 85 110
Type S DC Shoe Brakes
CA08102001E
33-236

March 2009
511 Series
Product Selection
Brake Catalog Number plus Sufx Number for coil Example: 511H1193-41 Wheel Catalog Number plus Sufx Number for bore size Example: 511H1150-3
33
Size S-4 Brake and Wheel
Table 33-352. Type S Brakes Floor Mounting

Torque lb-ft Continuous Intermittent Brake Size AC Base Catalog Number Price U.S. $ For Type S4, S5-1/2, S7, S10 Coil Volts and Hertz 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz 110V 50 Hz 220V 50 Hz 380V 50 Hz 440V 50 Hz 550V 50 Hz Coil Sufx -39 -45 -40 -41 -58 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 DC Base Catalog Number Price U.S. $ Coil Voltage Coil Sufx
3 10 25 50 85
3 10 15 25 35 50 75 85 110
S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-7 S-7
511H1194 511H1193 511H1192 511H992 511H993 511H970 511H971 511H1195 511H1196
511H955 511H956 511H957 511H994 511H995 511H975 511H976 511H1197 511H1198
120V DC 240V DC
-97 -98
Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent to 1/2 time ON and 1/2 time OFF. Add Sufx Number for coil voltage to Base Catalog Number. Does not include Wheel.

March 2009
33-237
511 Series
Table 33-353. Brake Wheels
Wheel Size in Inches Min. Bore in Inches (mm) Max. Bore in Inches (mm) Pilot Bore in Inches (mm) WK2 Straight Bore Base Catalog Number Finished Bore Price U.S. $ .06 .26 .77 511H1150 511H1160 511H1170 Pilot Bore Only Price U.S. $ 511H1151 511H1161 511H1171 Tapered Bore Base Catalog Number Finished Bore Price U.S. $ Pilot Bore Only Price U.S. $
33
4.0 5.5 7.0
.50 (12.7) .75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4)
1.38 (35.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.25 (57.2)
.50 (12.7) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1)
Bore tolerance: +.000 -.001 inches. Taper is at rate of 1.25 inches per foot on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +.000 -.005 inches. Add Sufx Number for bore size to Base Catalog Number.
Table 33-354. Brake Wheel Sufx Numbers

Bore Size Sufx Number Add to Base Catalog Number Bore in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches None 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 5/16 x 5/32 1/8 x 1/16 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 5/16 x 5/32 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 Sufx Number -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -50 -51 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 Bore in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches (mm) 3/38 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/8 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 Sufx Number -9 -10 -11 -12 -63 -13 -18 -14 -58 -59 -60 -61 -62
Standard Bore Sizes No Price Addition

Pilot Bore .625 (15.88) .750 (19.05) .875 (22.23) 1.000 (25.40) 1.125 (28.58) 1.250 (31.75) 1.375 (34.93) .500 (12.70) .750 (19.05) .875 (22.23) 1.000 (25.40) 1.187 (30.15) 1.375 (34.93) 1.437 (36.50) 1.500 (38.10) 1.625 (41.28) 1.875 (47.63) 2.125 (53.98) 2.375 (60.33) 2.500 (63.50) 2.625 (66.68) 2.750 (69.85) 2.875 (73.03) 1.687 (42.85) 1.750 (44.45) 1.937 (49.20) 2.000 (50.80) 2.250 (57.15)
Non-standard Bore Sizes Make Necessary Price Addition
Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table. Price Additions Description 4.0 Inch (101.6 mm) 5.5 Inch (139.7 mm) 7.0 Inch (177.8 mm) Adder U.S. $
33-238

March 2009
511 Series
Dimensions
33
R P K
U E
C A J B O Hub Length
N D S T F D G (2) "H" Dia. Holes for Mounting
Types S4, S5-1/2, and S7 Solenoid Operated
Figure 33-90. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Table 33-355. Approximate Dimensions
Brake Size Torque Dimensions in Inches (mm) Rating A C D B ft-lb 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) E F G H J K L M N O P Q R
Type S AC Shoe Brakes

S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 8.38 (212.9) 8.38 (212.9) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 7.56 (192.0) 7.56 (192.0) 7.56 (192.0) 8.38 (212.9) 8.38 (212.9) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) .38 (9.7) .38 (9.7) .38 (9.7) .44 (11.2) .44 (11.2) .56 (14.2) .56 (14.2) .38 (9.7) .38 (9.7) .38 (9.7) .44 (11.2) .44 (11.2) .56 (14.2) .56 (14.2) .56 (14.2) .56 (14.2) .63 (16.0) .63 (16.0) .63 (16.0) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 4.88 (124.0) 7.88 (200.2) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .38 (9.7) .38 (9.7) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 4.75 (120.7) 4.75 (120.7) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1)
Type S DC Shoe Brakes

S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-7 S-7 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 85 110 .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) .38 (9.7) .38 (9.7)
Open type brake only.
CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters Reference Data

March 2009
33-239
IEC Utilization Categories

(See also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19) A combination of specied requirements relating to the condition in which the switching device or fuse fullls its purpose and selected to represent a characteristic group of real-life applications. The specied requirements may, for example, relate to the values of making and breaking capacity and other characteristic values, data concerning associated circuits and the applicable conditions of use and operational behavior.
Table 33-356. Used in Technical Data & Formulas

Code Descriptions DF In Icm Icn Ics Icu Icw Ie Ik IL In INT IPK Iq Ir Irm Ii Irmf Duty factory Response value of earth-fault release Rated short-circuit making capacity Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Rated short-time withstand current Rated operational current Transformer initial short-circuit AC current Load monitoring response value Rated current Transformer rated current Rated peak withstand current Rated conditional short-circuit current Overcurrent release set value Response value of non-delayed shortcircuit release Response value of non-delayed shortcircuit release Response value of xed, non-delayed short-circuit release Uc Ue tT tg tv Iu SNT tr Isd IT Ig Ith Ithe Code Descriptions Irmv Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release Response value of earth-fault release Response value of earth-fault release Conventional free air thermal current Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices Rated uninterrupted current Transformer rating Time delay of overload release response Time delay of earth-fault release response Time delay of earth-fault release response Time delay of short-circuit release response Rated actuating voltage Rated operational voltage
33
Ui Rated insulation voltage Uimp Rated impulse withstand voltage Uk Us Transformer short-circuit voltage Rated control voltage
Annex A (informative)
Table 33-357. Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
Category AC-1 AC-2 AC-3 AC-4 AC-5a AC-5b AC-6a AC-6b AC-7a AC-7b AC-8a AC-8b AC-12 AC-12 AC-13 AC-14 AC-15 AC-20 AC-21 AC-22 AC-23 Typical Applications Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging , inching Switching of electric discharge lamp controls Switching of incandescent lamps Switching of transformers Switching of capacitor banks Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications Motor-loads for household applications Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation Control of small electromagnetic loads Control of AC electromagnetic loads Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads Relevant IEC Product Standard 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 61095 61095 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-5-1 60947-5-2 60947-5-1 60947-5-1 60947-5-1 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3
Nature of Current AC
60947-1 IEC: 2004. By plugging is understood stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running. By inching (jogging) is understood energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
CA08102001E
33-240

March 2009
Annex A (informative)
Table 33-357. Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
Category Typical Applications Non inductive or slightly inductive loads Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads Electric discharge lamp loads Incandescent lamp loads Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging , inching Switching of electric discharge lamp controls Switching of incandescent lamps Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty Control of squirrel-cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run Control of squirrel-cage motors: intermittent duty Switching of electric discharge lamp controls Switching of incandescent lamps Switching of transformers Switching of capacitor banks Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: intermittent duty Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current 0,2 A, e.g. contactor relays Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of motors Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of motors Switching of incandescent lamps Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation Control of electromagnets Control of electromagnets Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (e.g. shunt motors) Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (e.g. series motors) Resistive loads Motor loads or mixed loads including motors Incandescent lamp loads Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of DC Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of DC Switching of incandescent lamps
(Continued)
Relevant IEC Product Standard 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-4-3 60947-4-2 60947-4-2 60947-4-2 60947-4-2 60947-4-3 60947-4-3 60947-4-3 60947-4-3 60947-4-2 60947-4-2 60947-5-2 60947-2 60947-2 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-5-1 60947-5-2 60947-5-1 60947-5-2 60947-5-1 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2
Nature of Current AC (Continued)
33
AC-31 AC-33 AC-35 AC-36 AC-40 AC-41 AC-42 AC-43 AC-44 AC-45a AC-45b AC-51 AC-52a AC-52b AC-53a AC-53b AC-55a AC-55b AC-56a AC-56b AC-58a AC-58b AC-140 A B DC-1 DC-3 DC-5 DC-6 DC-12 DC-12 DC-13 DC-13 DC-14 DC-20 DC-21 DC-22 DC-23 DC-31 DC-33 DC-36 DC-40 DC-41 DC-43 DC-45 DC-46
Nature of Current AC and DC
Nature of Current DC
60947-1 IEC: 2004. By plugging is understood stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running. By inching (jogging) is understood energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
CA08102001E

March 2009
33-241
Motor Ratings Data

Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors
Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater than the values given below. Table 33-358. Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
hp Syn. Speed RPM 1800 1200 900 1800 1200 900 1800 1200 900 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 Current in Amperes 200V 1.09 1.61 1.84 1.37 1.83 2.07 1.98 2.47 2.74 2.83 3.36 3.75 3.22 4.09 4.32 4.95 5.01 5.59 6.07 6.44 6.44 7.36 7.87 9.09 9.59 10.8 11.7 13.1 15.5 16.6 18.2 18.3 22.4 24.7 25.1 26.5 29.2 30.8 32.2 35.1 41.9 45.1 47.6 51.2 58.0 58.9 60.7 63.1 230V .95 1.40 1.60 1.19 1.59 1.80 1.72 2.15 2.38 2.46 2.92 3.26 2.80 3.56 3.76 4.30 4.36 4.86 5.28 5.60 5.60 6.40 6.84 7.90 8.34 9.40 10.2 11.4 13.5 14.4 15.8 15.9 19.5 21.5 21.8 23.0 25.4 26.8 28.0 30.5 36.4 39.2 41.4 44.5 50.4 51.2 52.8 54.9 380V .55 .81 .93 .69 .92 1.04 .99 1.24 1.38 1.42 1.69 1.88 1.70 2.06 2.28 2.60 2.64 2.94 3.20 3.39 3.39 3.87 4.14 4.77 5.02 5.70 6.20 6.90 8.20 8.74 9.59 9.60 11.8 13.0 13.2 13.9 15.4 16.3 16.9 18.5 22.0 23.7 25.0 26.9 30.5 31.0 31.9 33.2 460V .48 .70 .80 .60 .80 .90 .86 1.08 1.19 1.23 1.46 1.63 1.40 1.78 1.88 2.15 2.18 2.43 2.64 2.80 2.80 3.20 3.42 3.95 4.17 4.70 5.12 5.70 6.76 7.21 7.91 7.92 9.79 10.7 10.9 11.5 12.7 13.4 14.0 15.2 18.2 19.6 20.7 22.2 25.2 25.6 26.4 27.4 575V .38 .56 .64 .48 .64 .72 .69 .86 .95 .98 1.17 1.30 1.12 1.42 1.50 1.72 1.74 1.94 2.11 2.24 2.24 2.56 2.74 3.16 3.34 3.76 4.10 4.55 5.41 5.78 6.32 6.33 7.81 8.55 8.70 9.19 10.1 10.7 11.2 12.2 14.5 15.7 16.5 17.8 20.1 20.5 21.1 21.9 2200V
Caution These average ratings could be high or low for a specic motor and therefore heater coil selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.
33
hp
Syn. Speed RPM 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900 1800 1200 1800 1800
Current in Amperes 200V 69.9 74.5 75.4 77.4 84.8 86.9 90.6 94.1 111 116 117 121 138 143 145 150 164 171 173 177 206 210 212 222 266 271 275 290 230V 60.8 64.8 65.6 67.3 73.7 75.6 78.8 81.8 96.4 101 102 105 120 124 126 130 143 140 150 154 179 183 184 193 231 236 239 252 292 293 298 305 343 348 350 365 452 458 460 482 559 568 573 600 678 684 896 1110 380V 36.8 39.2 39.6 40.7 44.4 45.7 47.6 49.5 58.2 61.0 61.2 63.2 72.9 75.2 76.2 78.5 86.8 90.0 91.0 93.1 108 111 112 117 140 144 145 153 176 177 180 186 208 210 210 211 257 265 266 279 338 343 345 347 392 395 518 642 460V 30.4 32.4 32.8 33.7 36.8 37.8 39.4 40.9 48.2 50.4 50.6 52.2 60.1 62.2 63.0 65.0 71.7 74.5 75.0 77.0 89.6 91.6 92.0 96.5 115 118 120 126 146 147 149 153 171 174 174 183 226 229 230 241 279 284 287 300 339 342 448 555 575V 24.3 25.9 26.2 27.0 29.4 30.2 31.5 32.7 38.5 40.3 40.4 41.7 48.2 49.7 50.4 52.0 57.3 59.4 60.0 61.5 71.7 73.2 73.5 77.5 92.2 94.8 95.6 101 116 117 119 122 137 139 139 146 181 184 184 193 223 227 229 240 271 274 358 444 2200V 23.6 24.2 24.8 29.2 29.9 30.9 34.8 35.5 37.0 46.7 47.0 49.4 57.5 58.5 60.5 69.0 70.0 91.8 116
1/4
25
1/3
30
1/2
40
3/4
50
1-1/2
60
75
100
125
7-1/2
150
10
200
15
250
20
300 400 500
380V 50 Hz.
CA08102001E
33-242

March 2009
Single-Phase AC Motors
Table 430.248. Full-Load Currents in Amperes, Single-Phase Alternating-Current Motors The following values of full-load currents are for motors running at usual speeds and motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for especially low speeds or high torques may have higher full-load currents and multispeed motors will have full-load current varying with speed, in which case the nameplate current ratings shall be used. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120 and 220 to 240V.
hp 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 115V 4.4 5.8 7.2 9.8 13.8 16 20 24 34 56 80 100 200V 2.5 3.3 4.1 5.6 7.9 9.2 11.5 13.8 19.6 32.2 46 57.5 208V 2.4 3.2 4.0 5.4 7.6 8.8 11 13.2 18.7 30.8 44 55 230V 2.2 2.9 3.6 4.9 6.9 8 10 12 17 28 40 50
DC Motors
Table 430.247. Full-Load Current in Amperes, Direct-Current Motors The following values of full-load currents are for motors running at base speed.
Note: These are average direct-current quantities.
hp
33
Armature Voltage Ampere Capacity of Rating Fuses for Motors Recommended Values 120V 240V 120V 240V 3.1 4.1 5.4 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.8 4.7 6.6 8.5 12.2 20 29 38 55 72 89 106 140 173 206 255 341 425 506 675 5 5 7 10 15 20 25 30 50 80 100 3 3 3 5 7 10 12 15 25 40 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 275 350 500 600
1/4 1/3 1/2
3/4 7.6 1 9.5 1-1/2 13.2 2 17 3 25 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 40 58 76
These are average direct-current quantities.
Three-Phase AC Motors
The following values of full-load currents are typical for motors running at speeds usual for belted motors and motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM or less) or high torques may require more running current and multispeed motors will have full-load current varying with speed. In these cases the nameplate current rating shall be used. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600V.
Table 430.250. Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors

hp Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes 115V 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 4.4 6.4 8.4 12.0 13.6 200V 2.5 3.7 4.8 6.9 7.8 11.0 17.5 25.3 32.2 48.3 62.1 78.2 92 120 150 177 221 285 359 414 552 208V 2.4 3.5 4.6 6.6 7.5 10.6 16.7 24.2 30.8 46.2 59.4 74.8 88 114 143 169 211 273 343 396 528 230V 2.2 3.2 4.2 6.0 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 192 248 312 360 480 460V 1.1 1.6 2.1 3.0 3.4 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 40 52 65 77 96 124 156 180 240 302 361 414 477 515 590 575V .9 1.3 1.7 2.4 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 144 192 242 289 336 382 412 472 Synchronous Type Unity Power Factor Amperes 2300V 230V 16 20 26 31 37 49 60 72 83 95 103 118 53 63 83 104 123 155 202 253 302 400 460V 26 32 41 52 61 78 101 126 151 201 575V 21 26 33 42 49 62 81 101 121 161 2300V 12 15 20 25 30 40
For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above gures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respectively.
CA08102001E

AN16GN0AB Cutler Hammer Datasheet 8463650

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AN16GN0AB Cutler Hammer Datasheet 8463650

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AN16GN0AB Cutler Hammer Datasheet 8463650

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NEMA Contactors & Starters

NEMA Contactors & Starters

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Product Family Overview

ISO 9002 Certication

Standards and Certications

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Catalog Number Selection

Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)

XC = Coil Controller XR = Overload

X = Contact Block, Coil Controller, Contactor or Not Applicable

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Contactors Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

33-4 33-4 33-5 33-10 33-13 33-15 33-17 33-18

NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N111BS0X3N

NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N511BS0X3N

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Contactors Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

controller, factory assembled.

Cat. No. N111BS0X3N

Table 33-2. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Non-reversing Contactors

N111BSAX3N N111BS0X3N N111CS1X3N N111DS2X3N N111ES3X3N N111ES4X3N N111FS5X3N

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Contactors Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Cat. No. N511BS0X3N

Table 33-3. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Reversing Contactors

N511BSAX3N N511BS0X3N N511CS1X3N N511DS2X3N N511ES3X3N N511ES4X3N N511FS5X3N

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Starters Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

33-7 33-7 33-8 33-10 33-13 33-15 33-17 33-22

NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter, Size 0

NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter, Size 0

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Starters Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Cat. No. N101BS0G3A

24V DC coil voltage.

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Starters Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Cat. No. N501BS0G3A

with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection

24V DC coil voltage.

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Technical Data and Specications

Overall Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mounting Hole Spacing in Inches (mm) w x h

Weights in Lb. (kg)

Mechanical Operating Rate

Mechanical Life Humidity

Insulation Voltage (Ui)

Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters IT. Electro-Mechanical

Technical Data and Specications

Terminals L1, L2, L3/T1, T2, T3

2.5 mm Hex Key 24V DC 20 28

5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key 24V DC 20 28